TheUniversalEncyclopediaOfMathematics Text
TheUniversalEncyclopediaOfMathematics Text
TheUniversalEncyclopediaOfMathematics Text
AND ttNWBJ
" -
UNIVERSAL ENCYCLOPEDIA OF MATHEMATICS
THE UNIVERSAL
ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF
MATHEMATICS
WITH A FOREWORD BY
JAMES R, NEWMAN
Editor, The World of Matketiwtics
London
GEORGE ALLEN & UNWIN LTD
RUSKIN HOUSB MUSEUM STREET
iV, 39086
ytw *i-z[*
<1SS
eked
Foreword *
I. Arithmetic 492
7
FOREWORD
and quite properly, that you are equipped to make your own way at that
level. For instance, if you look up affine transformations, you are
James R. Newman
CHEVY CHASE, MD.
SEPTEMBER 1963
UNIVERSAL ENCYCLOPEDIA OF MATHEMATICS
;
ALPHABETICAL ENCYCLOPEDIA
UNDER SUBJECTS
Absolute value
The absolute value of a real number a, written \a\ (read : mod a),
equals a if a is positive, and a if a is negative, e.g. | 2| = 2,
|+2] The absolute value of a complex number z = a + ib
= 2.
Acute triangle
A triangle is said to be acute if each of the three interior angles
is less than 90 (i.e. if all interior angles are acute).
Addition
Addition is one of the four fundamental operations of arith-
metic. The addition sign is *+' (read: plus). The numbers which
are added are called summands.
4 + 3 = 7
Summand plus Summand equals Sum
Addition offractions
Fractions can be added directly only if they have equal denom-
inators, e.g.
yj + n= n'
If fractions with unequal denominators are to be added they
must first be brought to their least common denominator (see
below).
2a + 3b + a + 4b = 3a + lb.
11
/Ute^^ L'^oL-.c LIBRARY.
ALPHABETICAL ENCYCLOPEDIA
UNDER SUBJECTS
Absolute value
The absolute value of a real number a, written |a| (read : mod a),
equals a if a is positive, a is negative, e.g. 2| = 2,
and a if |
Acute triangle
A triangle is said to be acute if each of the three interior angles
is less than 90 (i.e. if all interior angles are acute).
Addition
Addition is one of the four fundamental operations of arith-
metic. The addition sign is '+' (read: plus). The numbers which
are added are called summands.
4 + 3 = 7
Summand plus Summand equals Sum
Addition effractions
Fractions can be added directly only if they have equal denom-
3 4 7
mators, e.g.
fj yj^fj'
+
If fractions with unequal denominators are to be added they
must first be brought to their least common denominator (see
below).
2a + 3b + a + 4b-3a + lb.
11
: : :
a + b = b + a.
With more than two summands, brackets may be inserted
(associative law)
subtracted:
a2 + 4 . b* + + 4 a2 = 5 a2 + 4(# +
4 cz
. . . c 3);
12
ADDITION THEOREMS FOR TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
= tan a + tan ft
V. tan(oc
1
+ /S)
tan a tan ft
tan a tan
VI. tan(a-) = ft
+ tan a tan 1 ft
cot a cot 1
cot(a + ) =
ft
VII.
cot + cot a /?
cot a cot +1
VIII. cot(a-# = cot a
ft
cot ft
The proof of formulae I-IV can be derived with the help of the
following figures.
In Fig. 1, clearly,
Xg
Then sin (a + ft)
=
AO
= AB = AC + CB = AC + DE,
Similarly,
In Fig. 2, similarly,
13
: :
Fig. 2
sin< cos<i
tan
,
cot
,
9
COS0 sin<
sin (na) = 1
1
) cos"
-1
a sin a I ., I cos n_3 a sin3 a +
-0
sin s*
G) cos" a a
14
AFFINE-SYMMETRICAL
a
and cot ^ can be calculated as follows.
a
we have cos a == 2 cos2 ^ = 12 sin2 a
1 -z>
a /l cos a a /l
-+ cos a
that is,
.
sin -z =J _- ; cos -r = /
2
Dividing, we have
and similarly
a /l + cos a
cot 7; = \A /
ii
cos a
2 1
Affine
Two figures (solid or plane) which are derivable one from the
other by an affine transformation (see below) are called affine
with respect to one another. E.g. an ellipse can be regarded as the
affine image of the circle on its major axis. Ellipse and Circle are
affine with respect to one another.
Affine-symmetrical
A plane figure is called affine-symmetric if a straight line exists
such that the part of the figure lying on one side of the line is
transformed into the part lying on the other side by an affine
15
AFFINE TRANSFORMATION
-*
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Affine transformation
An affine transformation of the points of space is a reversible
single-valued (one-to-one) transformation in space, in which the
ratios of distances separating three points P, Q, which lie on a R
straight line remain unchanged. I.e. if P', Q', R' are the image
points of P, Q, R, and if =
PQ
QR
= c,
P'Q'
then -=-
Q'R
= c.
/ = b x + b*y + b3z + 4
x Z> ,
z' = c x + c*y + cz z + c
x .
4
Here the coefficients ait bt , ct are real numbers which satisfy the
condition that the determinant
a, a9
D= bx u%
bo bo #0.
16
AFFINE TRANSFORMATION
_ / ,
Displacement distance: d = Va\ + b\. The
4
direction of the parallel displacement is that of
_
y y +
, ,
o4
tne yne j i ning the origin to the point Q(aif bj.
/=-y; y'=y.
3. Rotation about a point in the plane
= x cos 6 + y sin d,
x' . .
=
y (x) sin d + y cos d.
. .
x === a^x t x == x,
y=y; / = V-
17
AFFINE TRANSFORMATION
(c) In the direction of the line joining the origin to the point
v
Q(ax ,b&
xf sas atXt
/ = by.
(d) If the magnifications (a) and (b) are effected simultaneously
we obtain
x!=ax x t
y = by.
If a1 = b a, we obtain the similarity
1 transformation
X? ax, / = ay, in which all lines proceeding from the origin
are magnified in the ratio a: I.
All affine transformations of the plane can be obtained by
combining transformations 1, 2, 3(a), 4(a) and 4(b).
1. Parallel displacement
xf= x + a4 ,
The direction of the parallel displacement is
that f the line
J oinin S the ori g in to the point
'
/
y
== v +
y -r b *>
Q(a^ j>4 c<t). The d isplacement
, distance is
*=z + cA .
d=s Val + bl + cl
2. Reflection in a plane
(a) in the (x, j)-plane, (b) in the (y, z)-plane,
/ = -*
zf = z.
18
:
AFFINE TRANSFORMATION
y = y cos d + z sin d,
. . y' = _y,
=x
x' . cos +7 sin ,
4. Reflection in a point
(a) in the origin: (b) in the point P, (x P ,y v , z p):
= ax,
x? y= ty, /= cz.
19
:
ALGEBRA
Algebra
For historical reasons elementary algebra embraces a wide
variety of topics, but its central problem is the study of algebraic
equations (see Equations).
Modern (abstract) algebra generalises the study of ordinary
addition and multiplication, and is the theory of systems of ele-
ments on which operations with specified properties are defined.
Algebraic curves
A curve is called algebraic if an algebraic function can be
found which represents it.
Examples:
Straight lines, Conic sections
Neil's parabola
Folium of Descartes
Lemniscate
Conchoid
Cissoid
Algebraic numbers
Every algebraic number is the solution of an algebraic equation
(see Equations) :
a xn + a^"-1 + . . . + an = 0,
where aQ ax ,
, . . ., a n are rational coefficients.
The following are examples of algebraic numbers
/
x = 2, x = |, x = V 2TV3, x = %2 + V2.
x= 2 satisfies x 2 = 0,
x= f satisfies 4x 3 = 0,
x = V2 + V3 satisfies xi 4x + = 0,
2
1
x = ^2 + V2 satisfies x8 - 4x* + 2 = 0.
20
ALTERNATE ANGLES
Classification of the algebraic numbers
algebraic numbers
/ \
rational numbers algebraic irrational
/
integers
\ numbers
fractions
x= V2 + V3.
But there are also algebraic numbers which cannot be expressed
by means of roots, for algebraic equations of order higher than 4
cannot in general be solved in terms of roots. Those algebraic
numbers which can be expressed by means of roots are of special
interest, particularly those expressible in terms of square roots,
x= V2 + V3.
These can be represented by line-segments, since they can be
constructed in the plane by the use of ruler and compass only.
Conversely, every line-segment which can be constructed by
means of ruler and compass may be represented by a surd in
which only square roots enter (see Duplication of the cube,
Trisection of the angle).
Algebraic sum
An algebraic sum is a sum of directed numbers, e.g.
Alternate angles
Alternate angles occur where two parallel lines are intersected
by a third line. Alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the trans-
versal and opposite sides of the parallel lines, and are equal (see
Angle).
21
ALTITUDE THEOREM (EUCLID)
i pH
p
Fig. 5 Fig. 6
22
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY
Altitudes of a triangle
The perpendicular from a vertex of a triangle onto the opposite
sideis called an altitude of the triangle. Every triangle has three
altitudes (ha , hbi h c) which may lie either inside or outside the
triangle or may coincide (for right angled triangles) with a side
(leg of the right-angled triangle).
An acute-angled triangle has three internal altitudes.
An obtuse-angled triangle has one internal and two exterior
altitudes.
A right-angled triangle has one internal altitude, the others
coinciding with the legs of the triangle.
The three altitudes of a triangle intersect in the orthocentre.
The three feet of the altitudes form a new triangle (see Triangle).
Analysis
Analysis is that part of mathematics concerned with the investi-
Analytical geometry
Analytical geometry the study of geometrical relations by
is
X y
I + +
II +
III
IV +
A point lying on the x-axis has ordinate y = 0.
A point lying on the j'-axis has abscissa x 0.
24
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY OF THE PLANE
2. Distance between two points. The distance between two points
pi(xi, yi) and P2 (x2 ,y2) by Pythagoras's theorem (Fig. 7) is
d=V(x2 -x^ + (y2
- yi)\
*iKh)
i
>r
P.fx. IT,
J
7
T
.y
\
** x
1 H
!
m X
Fig. 7 Fig. 8
_ x1 + x2 _yiyz ,. v
m
=
4. Division of a line-segment in the ratio X (Fig. 9).
1
2
'
m-n ~ - X 1
'
~ny + my y ~Xy^
M = m-n l-X
1 2 x
25
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY OF THE PLANE
'W*,*)
Fig. 9
/ x
jf *W
Fio. 10
K y,)
x, 4
,
H
26
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY OF THE PLANE
This formula can be written as a determinant (see below):
yi
A = l x% y%
Xa y*
Equation of a straight line. The straight line through the
6.
points Px and P2 consists of all the points P(x, y) such that the
area of the triangle PPXP2 is zero, that is,
1 x y
1 xx yx = 0,
1 Xj y2
or (*i y* *2ji) + x(yi yd + j(*2 *i) = > which we may
rewrite as
Ax + By + C = 0, (a)
seen, a line through the origin has equation of the form y mx.
m is a measure of the slope of the line, in fact it is the tangent
of the angle between the line and the x-axis (Fig. 1 1). If the line
does not pass through the origin, then (unless it is parallel to the
j-axis) its equation has the form
y = mx + ,
27
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY OF THE PLANE
Fig. 11
and time the line passes through the point 5(0, w) on the
this
j-axis and again makes an angle with the
A:-axis with tangent m.
More generally, the line through the point Px {xi>y\) and
making a similar angle with the A:-axis has equation of the form
y - y = m (x - xj.
x
The straight line meeting the x-axis in P(a, 0) and the j-axis
in Q(0, b) has the equation (Fig. 12)
- +^= 1, (a ^ 0, b # 0).
If the equation of a straight line in the general form
Ax + By + C= is divided through by the constant
VA* + B 2
is the Hessian normal
the result
pFo(x ,Yo) form. This equation
Ax+ By+C =
VA + B2 2
28
:
the angle which the perpendicular from the origin to the straight
line makes with the positive x-axis then
The distance of the origin from the line is a special case of this
formula.
Example: The straight line y = fjc + 4 has the Hessian
normal form
' - 12
Ax + 3v
V16
,
+ 9
n
= 0, .
Le.
4x +-f -:L
3v
5
12 n
= 0.
d=
J 4x8 + 3x0-
-
12
= 4.
A
29
y
II.
ys = x + 2. s
Fig. 13 Fig. 14
mx 1 and m% = 5, so that
,
tan <f> = 5-1 = 23' that is
= 33 42'. +5
1
<f>
If the denominator (1 + m m^
x is zero m2 = and the
l
lines are perpendicular to one another.
30
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY OF THE PLANE
8. Analytical geometry of the circle.
Equation of the circle. For every point of the circumference of
a circle with the origin of the coordinate-system as centre we have
from Pythagoras's theorem the equation
*+/r a
(Fig. 15).
Fig. 16
If the centre is not the origin, but some other point 0(a, b), the
equation of the circle is
(x - af + (y - bf = r 2 (Fig. 16).
+2 A X + A 2+ ^ + 2 A y + A -^~-{-A +
that
*
is,
T 2 2 2
'
/ ,
B\ 2 / , C\ 2 D B2 C2
X + A) + ,
[r + A)=-A + A2 + A2 >
31
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY OF THE PLANE
r= v- + A 2 + A2 '
That is
r = iV37.
(i) Equations of circles specially related to the coordinate system.
(x a)2 + y 2 = r\
Centre lying on the j-axis: 0(0, b)
x2 + - b)2 = r\
A circle whose centre 0(a, O) lies on the x-axis and which
touches the j>-axis has the equation:
32
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY OF THE PLANE
define uniquely the quantities c, d and r, where (c, d) are the
Fig. 17 Fio. 18
mn 1
- n2
Vr 2(l + m2)
XlA ~~
+ m2 x 1 + m2
.
n m
yx - 7-7 a T-3T-2 Vr 2(l + m 2) - n\
1 + m
^1.2
1 + m
'* 2 2
33
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY OF THE PLANE
chords at right-angles.
y = mx + rVl + m 2
. The point of contact has coordinates
mr r
x =
Vl + m2 '
' VI + m2
2. If the point P^x^y^ lies on the circle x2 + y2 = r2 , the
xx
tangent through this point has gradient m = (perpendicular
34
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY OF SPACE
to the radius through Pj), and the equation of the tangent is
y yx = - (x
Xl ). + yy = r
xhis reduces to xxt x
2
.
circles are given with the coefficient of x2 the same in both, the
equation of the radical axis is obtained by subtracting one
equation from the other.
Example: To determine the radical axis of the circles
x2 + y2 - 36 = and (x - 3)2 + (y - 2)2 - 25 = 0. Subtrac-
tion gives 6x - 9 + Ay - 4 - 36 + 25 = 0, that is,
6x + Ay 24, or y fx + 6.
9. Analytical Geometry of the ellipse, parabola and hyperbola.
(See Conic sections, Curves of the second order, Ellipse, Hyperbola
and Parabola?)
35
:
X y z
I + + +
II + +
II +
IV + +
V + +
VI +
VII
VIII +
d - V(x2 - xx) + (y 2
2 -7i)
2
+ (H - *i)2 -
three numbers
X& ~~ X-^
cos a =
V(x2 --
*i)
2
+ o2 ->'l)
2
+ (^-"^
cos/? = J2-7l
V(x2 -"
*l)
2
+ 0>2 -^l)
2
+ (^2--^l) 2
*2~-*1
cosy = \2 I /,. ,^2 i {~ ~ \2
36
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY OF SPACE
a, and y are the angles which a line through the origin and
/J
= ^ + bz t (say),
where Z?x and b 2 are constants. In other words, points on the line
/ have coordinates of the form
(ax + a2 t, bx + brf).
x = ax + a2 y bx + b2
t, t, z =c +c x 2 t.
+
Cla
I. x = a (z Cj),
C 2
L
H. 7 = 61 + -g (z-c1 ).
37
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY OF SPACE
x y z
x V z
a b c
Ax + By + Cz +D
VA + B + C2 ~
2 2
D
P VA + B +
'
2 2
C2
38
ANGLE
and the direction-cosines of the plane (defined as those of a line
perpendicular to the plane) are
cos a as COS /? as
VA + B + C2
2 2
,
iV^ + ^+C 2
= C
cosy
Va + b +
2 2
c*
d = Axx + By + Cz + D
x x
VA* + B2 + C 2
of the point from the plane.
6. Surfaces of the second order. A
functional equation of degree
two in three variables x, y and z has the general form:
Angle
An angle is formed by two rays / and m proceeding from a
point A. I and m are termed the arms or sides of the angle and
A the vertex (Fig. 19). Angles are usually
denoted by small Greek letters, by /_A
where A is the vertex (if this is unambig-
uous), or, if B and C are points on / and
m, by /_BAC (where we note that the
vertex is the middle letter).
An angle divides the plane in which
it lies into two parts, the interior and
the exterior of the angle, where vertex Fig. 19
and arms are taken to belong to neither
part.
39
ANGLE
Construction of an angle (with ruler and compass). Given an
angle a with arms a, b and vertex O; to mark off this angle on a
straight line m in the clockwise sense, with the given vertex V
(see Fig. 20), describe about O and V equal circles with arbitrary
radius r.
Fig. 20
Fig. 21
40
ANGLE
Fig. 22
Comparison of angles (Fig. 23). Given any two angles a and /?,
a with arms m and n and vertex O, @ with arms a and 6 and
vertex V. If we lay out the angle /? on m with vertex so that the
arm a lies on m, and Z> lies on the same side of m as n, then 6 lies
Fig. 23
Fio. 25
41
ANGLE
Right angles. An angle which adjacent supple-
is equal to its
Angular measure
/x i Fig. 26
(l) Sexagesimal measure:
measure is the length of arc cut off by the angle on the unit circle
(i.e. circle with radius 1) with centre at the vertex of the angle.
1 radian = 57 17 44-8".
42
ANGLE
In scientific work the angular unit is often omitted in repre-
senting an angle, it being understood that the measure is in
radians.
Measurement of anglesis carried out by means of a protractor,
that a half-circle of metal or plastic graduated into 180.
is,
Fig. 27
.
x and y2 ,
(i
x and 52 yx and <%, dx and fi2 are alternate angles.
,
43
;
ANGLE
Conversely: If two lines lx and /2 are cut by a third line / and if:
(a) the angles of a pair on the same side of / and of lv l2 are equal
or
(b) the angles of a pair on opposite sides of / and of /x , /2 are
equal; or
(c) the angles of a pair on the same side of / and on different
Angles in a circle
44
ANGLE
s of a and the tangent t at an end-point of the chord is equal
circle
to the circumference angle a on the arc which lies between t and s.
Angle of sight. The lines of sight which proceed from the eye
to the end-points of a line-segment form together the angle of
sight, the angle suspended by the segment at the eye of the
observer (Fig. 29).
Two points can be distinguished by the eye if the angle of sight
determined by the points is not too small. The angle of sight
Fig. 29 Fig. 30
45
ANGLE BETWEEN TWO CURVES
trace).The projection of the line onto the plane forms with the
line an angle, which is called the angle between the line and the
plane, or the angle of inclination of the line to the plane.
Solid angle. A cone comprises the system of all rays proceeding
from a fixed point and passing through the points of a given
curve. Cones may be measured in solid angular measure, by
taking the sphere of unit radius with the vertex of the cone as
centre and evaluating the area of the surface segment cut out by
the cone on the sphere. The size of this area is taken to be the
Fig. 31
angle =, a hemisphere solid angle In. The full solid angle is Att.
O 4tt sin
2
-=, where = is the angle between the line rotated and
46
ANGLE OF INTERSECTION OF TWO LINES
Fig. 32
Angle-bisector
The bisector of a given angle is the straight line which passes
through the vertex of the angle and divides the angle into two
equal angles. The bisector of an angle is its axis of symmetry.
Construction of the bisector of an angle (see Fundamental con-
structions). In a triangle three angle-bisectors (wa w
p
wv), corre- , ,
The
angles of intersection of two straight lines is the angle
formed by the lines at their point of intersection. The angle of
intersection y> of two straight lines /x and 72 can be calculated
from the gradients of the lines as follows:
47
ANGLE OF SIGHT
Angle of sight
The lines of sight, proceeding from the eye to the end points
of a segment, together form the angle of sight (see Angle). If the
angle of sight occurs in a vertical plane we speak of the angle of
elevation. In surveying, etc., a theodolite is used to measure angles
of sight.
Angle (solid)
Angles, measurement of
The measurement of an angle in drawing is carried out by
means of a protractor; for surveying, and similar applications, a
theodolite is used.
Annulus
The area bounded by two concentric circles in a plane is called
an annulus (or circular ring). If the circles have radii R and r,
where R>
r, then the area of such a figure is
Apollonius's problem
The problem of Apollonius is to construct a circle which
touches each of three given circles (see Circle).
Arc
A segment of a circular line bounded by two end-points is
called an arc. The straight line obtained by joining the two end-
points of the arc is called the chord of the arc. The angle which
has the centre of the circle as vertex and which is obtained by
drawing the radii through the end-points of the arc is called the
central angle of the arc. If an arc of length b lies on a circle of
radius r and has central angle of a degrees then:
b=2m m
Archimedes's spiral
The archimedean spiral is a transcendental curve which can be
represented in polar coordinates by the equation r =
aO, a
constant (Fig. 34).
Fig. 34
Area, calculation of
For some purposes the area of a figure is determined by the
number of unit squares contained in Square measure).
it (see
Congruent figures have equal area, but of course figures with
equal areas need not be congruent.
49
Area, calculation of
Fig. 35 Fig. 36
C D
Fig. 37
50
AREA, CALCULATION OF
a h b h c h
A -Ldl - -
<>
-
2 2 ~ 2 ~ 2
I. A = ps,
II. A= \bc sin a = \ca sin $ \ab sin y,
TTT
III. A = ^a2
1
2
sin /?
:
sin
sin
a
y
= 1
- b%
2
, . sin y sin a
tz
sinp
=2 1
::c 2
sin a
:
siny
sin /?
->
Ar
a . b
A==
T"
Area of an isosceles triangle (Fig. 38)
51
AREA, CALCULATION OF
a% r-
4
Fio. 38 Fig. 39
Fio. 40
cover the figure with a grid of squares of equal size, and count
the number of squares which lie wholly within the figure; we then
estimate the area of squares part of which lie within the figure.
Naturally an approximate value only is obtained. Millimetre
paper serves well for this purpose.
Area of a circle
A = 7rr2 (r =s radius),
52
ARITHMETIC
or, equivalently,
d2
A=ir.-r (d as diameter), rr = 3*1415....
Area of an ellipse. With semi-axes a and bt the area is
A = nab.
Area, measurement of
In the metric system the unit of area is the are = 100 m8
(square metres).
1 km2 = 1 =
square kilometre 10 6 m2 ,
hectare
1 = 10 4 m2 ,
are 1 = 102 m2 ,
1 dm2 =
square decimetre
1 = 10
-2
m2 ,
In English measure:
Area-preserving transformation
In such a transformation corresponding segments of surfaces
contain equal areas.
The congruent transformations (rigid motions) are area-
preserving.
Arithmetic
Subdomain of Mathematics (see below). Wedistinguish: (i)
common arithmetic, that is, calculation with definite numbers,
(ii) literal arithmetic, calculation with numbers represented by
ARITHMETIC
17 2
numbers) is an integer plus a proper fraction, e.g. -= = 3 =. The
3
+
2_4_
7 7 7~7 ;
9 14" 9
"
14 ~ l' 2 ~ 2
~" 10
V
2* 5 6~2 :
6~2'35~r5~5*
54
ARITHMETIC
root: a =
Vb (read: th root of b\ where n, the degree of the
root and b, the radicand are known, and we wish to find a. The
55
ARITHMETIC
e = 2-718,281,828,495...
are of particular importance in theoretical mathematics; log,, is
written In. Common Briggsian logarithms are used for practical
calculations (base 10; written as log). E.g. (rounded off to four
decimal places).
56
ARITHMETIC MEAN
they do not enter into the degree of the expression. Thus
ax* +
Ab&y
6cx2y2 \3dxf +ley* is a polynomial with
five terms, homogeneous in x and y of degree 4. On the other
hand if the various terms have different numbers of literal factors
the expression is non-homogeneous (e.g. 5a3 lab).
Manipulation of polynomial expressions
(i) (a + b)(a - b) = a2 - b2 .
+ xyn-2 +jw~1);
here the second bracket contains a sum of n terms each with
(n
1) factors ordered according to diminishing powers of x
and increasing powers of y.
(iii) The binomial theorem: the powers of a binomial expression
(a + b) are:
(a + bf = a2 + lab + b2 ; (a + by = a3 + 3a 2b + 3ab2 + Z>
3
;
~ ^
(a + b)n = an + na^b + ^
! a*-2' 2>
2
+
(w
x
1)(
^ 3
2)
-a*-3*3 + + nab*- + b\ 1
njn - 2) -k+a
l)(n
1.2.3.
. .
.
.
.k
(n
-
Arithmetic mean
The mean (average = average value arithmetic mean) x of =
a set of n numbers is obtained by dividing the sum of the numbers
by n.
57
ARITHMETIC MEAN
1 1 n
*o = ~ (*i + x2 + - + *) = 2 Xkl
8 +9+ 13 + 8 + 12+10 = 60 =
Xn
v~ 6
-r
6
10.
In our example:
Xl =8 jc3 = 13 x5 = 12 = 6
x2 =9 x4 =8 x6 = 10 fc = 1, 2, . . ., 6.
~~
Xj + X2 + . '
xn
n
vx + v2 + . . . + vn = (x - Xj) + (x - Xj) + + (x - xJ . . .
= n x (*! + x + . + xj 2 .
+ X + X3 + + X
X-y 2 . . .
n
(^i + x + 2 . . . + xn = 0. )
58
ARITHMETIC SEQUENCE
is lessthan the corresponding expression with any other mean
value x' taken as estimate.
We prove this as follows. If v[ x' jclf v'% = x/ x2 , . . .,
2 -
- hx' 2*'(*! + x + + xn) + x\ + x\ +2 . . . . . . + xl
= nx'* - 2x? .n x + x\ + x\+. . + xl . .
Arithmetic sequence
An arithmetic sequence is a sequence of numbers in which two
consecutive terms always have the same difference. If the differ-
ence is d, the terms of the sequence are:
ax = a, a2 = a + d, az =*a + 2d t a4 = a + 3d, . . .,
an = a + (n l)d.
59
: :
ARITHMETIC SEQUENCE
Example: ax = 2, a2 = 4, 3 = 6, . . . ; d = 2.
ax =ais called the initial term and a n the general term of the
Arithmetic series
The (unevaluated) sum of terms of an arithmetic sequence is
= n(2a x + (n - \)d),
that is,
Sn = ^ (2ax + {n - \)d) = ^ (a + an x ).
Interpolation
If new terms are inserted between the terms of an arithmetic
sequence in such a way that the extended sequence is also arith-
metic, an interpolation is said to have been effected.
60
ARITHMETIC SEQUENCE
We must have:
4= + 5d, that
I is, d= I.
Example: y =2+ 3x
X= i 2 3 4
y= 2 5 8 11 14
Example:
(i) The sequence of square-numbers is an arithmetic sequence of
the second order.
Primary sequence: 1 4 9 16 25 36 49 . . .
4th difference-sequence: 24 24 24 . . .
y = b xk + b^*-1 + . . . + bk_xx + bk
yieldsan arithmetic sequence of the fcth order if equidistant
numbers (e.g. the natural numbers n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, .) are . .
For n = 1, a = 1, whence:
1
6 + *x + * 2 + *3 + *4 = -1,
for n = 2, a2 = 3, whence:
for n = 3, az = 9, whence:
62
ARITHMETIC SEQUENCE
b = 1, bx = 4, b2 = 6, b3 = 7 and bA = 3.
The general term is therefore
cB = - 43 + 62 - 7 + 3
and the sequence is obtained by substituting the numbers
1, 2, 3, 4, for n in this expression.
. . .
1st difference-sequence: 4 9 16 25 36
2nd difference-sequence: 5 7 9 11
3rd difference-sequence: 2 2 2
^o + ^i + ^2 + h h
Sb + 461 + 2Z>2 + 63 = 5,
63
ARITHMETIC SERIES
^o = 3 b = % b = & b3 = *
i z
sn -
111
first
3/1
3
n square numbers
+ 22 + in - (w +
is therefore:
l)(2w + 1).
Arithmetic series
An arithmetic series is the (uncalculated) sum of the terms of
an arithmetic sequence (see above).
Associative law
An associative law asserts the irrelevance of the order in which
operations are performed:
a . (b . c) = {a . b) c = a b
. . . c for multiplication.
Asymptote
A straight line is called an asymptote of a curve, if the curve
and the line approach indefinitely close together but never meet.
Axial symmetry
Aplane figure is called axially symmetric if a straight line exists,
the axis of symmetryt such that the figure can be superposed on
64
BINARY SYSTEM
itself by rotation about or reflection in the line. E.g. an equilateral
triangle is axially symmetric with respect to each of its altitudes
(Fig. 41).
ymmetry
Axioms
Propositions which are laid down with-
out proof, in order to prove further
propositions (theorems) from them.
Euclid's geometry is the classic example
of the number and variety of theorems
that can be proved from a few simple
axioms.
Fio. 41
Binary system
The binary system a number system using only two symbols,
is
for example The base of the binary system is 2. Every
and 1.
58 = 32+16 + 8 + 2
= 25 + 1 24 + 23 + 22 + 1 21 +
1 . . 1 . . . .
2
10011 = 1 . 24 + 22 + 1
+ . 23 . . 21 + 1 .
2
1 1
2 10
3 11
4 100
5 101
6 110
7 111
8 1000
9 1001
10 1010
65
BINOMIAL COEFFICIENTS
l
1,1, read n over k' (n and k positive integers).
n(n - - 2) (n - k +
0- l)(w
1.2.3.
. .
.
.
.k
1)
= l = l and = tf k is a P ositive
(o) ( k)
'
(o) *
66
BINOMIAL DISTRIBUTION
'(r) -CM,:,)-
4. If 7M is also a positive integer we have
("r)-C)(5)+G-.)ffl + W + -
Binomial coefficients can also be formally calculated for negative
integers and for fractionalnumbers (see Binomial series).
Binomial distribution
If the probability of a given event isp, and the probability of
the event not occurring is 1 p = q, then the probability of the
ment is repeated m times, each time the ball being put back in
67
BINOMIAL EQUATIONS
the urn and the balls shuffled afresh, the probability of drawing
= q).
is mp m{\
The variance is mpq = mp(l p).
When m
is large, the binomial distribution approximates to
the Gaussian normal distribution (see Frequency curve).
Binomial formulae
The powers of the binomial expressions (a + b) and (a b).
These are
{a + bf = 1,
(a + b)1 = a + b,
(a + bf = ai + 2ab + b2
(a - bf = 1,
(a - bf = a - b,
(a - bf = a% - lab + b\
In general
= an + ~2
(a + b)
n
(fj
a^b + (\ a
n
b* + . . .
+ (" 1
)flfr"- 1 + *".
(a - bf = an - ("\ a^b + ()
a n-*b* - . . . + (~l) nb n
68
BINOMIAL THEOREM
n n
(the last term, ( \) b is positive if n is even and negative if n
is odd ; see Binomial Theorem).
Binomial series
The binomial series is as follows:
(1 + x) = + 1
Q, + GMd* + "-G)*
The expansion holds for all fixed real a and for all x in the
k\
Binomial Theorem
The binomial theorem is as follows
(a + b)
n = an + (
") a^b + {^\ a^b2 + . . .
+ 1 ab "~X + bn '
( l)
69
:
BINOMIAL THEOREM
k) 1.2.3. . .k
for n >k^ 1.
/6\
= 6.5.4.3.2 = r /6\ 6.5.4 _
e * l5J 1.2.3.4.5
6'
\3 j
" 17273 = 20 '
/6\
\4/
6.5.4.3
1.2.3.4 ' (
\2/
6
)=^
1.2
= 15
^
o !-<
so that
fourth of (a +
bf and so on.
Expansion
(for further terms, see Pascal's triangle)
Q 1
Q
0.
G) G)
70
BISECTION OF A SEGMENT
In the binomial theorem the exponent n is a positive integer.
To calculate the powers (a n
+
b) when n is a negative integer or
a fraction see Binomial series.
Biquadratic equation
Equation of the fourth degree, containing the unknown raised
at most to the fourth power. Its normal form is
Bisection of an angle
Describe a of arbitrary radius r about the vertex O,
circle
intersecting the in A and B, and then describe about A and
arms
B two equal circles intersecting in C; the line w joining C to O
bisects the angle. The angle bisector w is the line of symmetry of
the angle (see Axial symmetry, Fig. 42).
/R
x
Fig. 42 Fig. 43
Bisection of a segment
Describe about the end points A and B of the segment circles
71
BRACKETS
Brackets
The bracket a mathematical symbol which expresses a calcu-
is
3 . 5 + 2 = 15 + 2 = 17.
a + 3b - c = a + (3b - c).
If a ''-sign stands in front of the bracket, in omitting the
bracket all signs within must be reversed
a + 2b - c- d+ 3e = (a + 2b) - (c + d - 3c).
a + (b + c) = (a + b) + c; 3 +4+2=3+6=7+ 2.
72
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
Multiple brackets
If an expression contains a bracketed expression within which
a further part stands in brackets, and we wish to eliminate the
brackets, then the innermost pair of brackets must be dealt with
first. In such circumstances different types of brackets are com-
73
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
on which their operation is based, we distinguish between analogue
and digital devices. In an analogical procedure a particular
physical process is taken to represent either another physical
1. The slide-rule
1. The slide-rule
74
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
can slide along one another,
scales are constructed, so that they
one on the frame and the other on the lower edge of the slide.
Multiplication and division. Application of the rules that
multiplication corresponds to the addition of logarithms and
division to subtraction yields the appropriate procedures. Calcu-
lation is carried out with mantissae only, i.e. without regard to
the characteristic. The position of the decimal point has to be
determined mentally. Since 1 and 10 have equal mantissae,
identical scales can be thought of as cyclically laid out to the right
or to the Whether the slide is drawn out to the
left. right or left
depends on which side the result can be read off.
1 2 2-5
Result: 3-75
1 b 5-6 10
1-96
1 |
3-5 h 10
bx a
Result: 1-96 -> 19-6
75
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
Example 3: 8 -r 2-4 Subtraction of the segments a and b.
1 2-4
t a 8>(J
1
Result = 3-33
Example 4:
10
t
Result: 6->0-6
examples 3 and 4.
Upper scales. A
slide rule usually possesses two further logarith-
mic scales which slide along one another, each laid out in half-
measure compared with the lower scales, one on the frame and
the other on the upper edge of the slide. The square is the corre-
sponding magnitude on the lower scales.
76
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
The square-root is obtained in a similar way. The given number
is expressed in the form x x 10 n where x lies between 1 and 10
and n is an integer. The given number istaken on the left or
right of theupper scale according as n is even or odd, the result
being read off on the lower scale.
1 100
1
f 10
Result: 2 -20.
1 10 60 100
1
f 10
Result: 7-76 - 0-776
Multiplication and division can be carried out as in examples
1-4 using the upper pair of scales; however, the lower scales are
preferable for accuracy, there being twice as much room for
interpolation and reading off.
Further scales. Various types of slide-rule have other scales,
for example e*, trigonometrical functions, log, 1 x2 x3 etc. , ,
77
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
(c) For expressions of the form
ax X a2 X . . . X am
bx x bz x . . . x bJi
alternately divide and multiply, so that the number of settings is
kept as small as possible.
(d) For multiple products, use the reciprocal scale.
10 6-8
Reciprocal scale
2-6
3-5
f
Result: 6-18 -* 61-8.
a +b+ c
Example 9: x 5-58 + -7 =
7
The rule is set to give values a and b = -. We require
a
a +b= 5-58.
Reciprocal scale
78
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
The solution is obtained by systematic testing with this setting.
a *=-7 a +b
a
1-75 4 5-75
2-0 3-5 5-5
1-9 3-68 5-58
*i X%
4
Divide by x to get x* 6-11 = 0, and set the scale as
shown. x
a = x3 Cubic scale
Reciprocal scale
x a = Xs *-*X a-b
2 8 2 6
2-1 9-26 1-91 7-35
2-01 8-1 1-99 6-11
79
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
2. Electrical analogue computers
These computers contain a series of calculating elements. For
each element the terminal voltage bears a specified relation to the
input-voltages, the magnitudes used in a calculation being repre-
sented by electrical tensions. Present-day analogue computers
have calculating-elements for:
(a) Summation
(b) Integration
(c) Multiplication by a constant factor
(d) Multiplication
(e) Reversal of sign.
80
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
product register (recording the results of addition, multiplication
and subtraction) and, in some cases, a storage register for the
later use of intermediary results. The revolution and product
registers can be moved sideways on a carriage to facilitate calcu-
lation with multi-digit multipliers. Further, most machines have
a transfer-device which, for example in the case of the product
a.b c, does away with the need to set up by hand the inter-
.
Procedures
for carrying out practical calculations
Example: Evaluation of y = ax + bx + c
2
x x2 = (l)
2
2x2 = 2(2) l-5x = 1-5(1) v=(3) + (4) + 3
Special calculations
iterative formula
A
T + an
u n+l
2
Example: a = v3
a =2
ax = -j- = 1-75
a2 = 1-732143
a3 = 1-732051
a* = 1-732054 etc.
82
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
an+i = j ' = 0, 1, 2, . . . .
io 10 v
= A /, B*
W^B l ~ wb~J\ aPProximately-
t [
l + BjlQ^-^oX 10Bj
83
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
Fig. 45
84
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
number represented by sign, characteristic and mantissa,
itself is
e.g. the 8leading places. Thus we have a kind of semi-logarithmic
representation.
Examples:
1. 1-234 = 1-234 x 10 50 1234000;
2. -0-001234 = -1-234 x 10"3 -47 1234000;
3. 12340 = 1-234 X 10* 54 1234000.
The addition of number 50 (the base of the characteristic)
this
ensures that the characteristic is positive over a very wide range.
In using a floating-decimal-point in place, e.g. of 10 fixed decimal
places, a range of values covering 100 decimal places
(10-50 <x<10 50
)
is obtained.
We speak of the standard form of a number if the first figure
of the mantissa is non-zero, of unstandardised form otherwise.
E.g. given 50 1234000 =
51 01234000, the left side is in standard
form, the right unstandardised. The need for unstandardised
calculations can arise in considering the accuracy of a result. It
may well happen that in the subtraction of nearly equal numbers,
the first places of the mantissa vanish, and subsequent standard-
isation may then suggest a spurious accuracy in the result.
The arithmetic unit can test whether a number in one of its
registers has a particular sign (sign-testing), or is zero (zero-
testing), or that a given number is in a given position. The
result
of the test is reported back to the control so that further progress
of the calculation can be made dependent on this (logical)
decision. The arithmetic unit provides for the carrying out of its
operations in the following (or similar) registers:
(a) Accumulator-register, in which the result of an addition
or subtraction appears.
(b) Multiplicand-divisor register for registering multiplicands
or divisors.
(c) Multiplier-quotient registerregistering multipliers or quo-
tients.
The basic individual element from which an arithmetic unit is
constructed is a switch, e.g. a mechanical switch, electromagnetic
relay, valve or transistor. Modern valve or transistor computers
85
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
achieve 200,000 or more additions of 10-place decimal numbers
in a second. Since the switches involved are in general capable
of only two states, the internal use of the binary number-system
is required (the digits and 1 alone being effectively used).
The binary system uses the number 2 as base. Any number
can be represented by the sum of powers of 2. For example:
13 = 8 + 4+l = lx23 +lx2 +lx2= 1101 2
156 = 128 + 16 + 8 + 4 = x 2 + X 24 + x 23
1
7
1 1
+ 1 x 22 = 100 11100
The use of other number codes can offer the advantage of auto-
matic checks on accuracy, as against the drawback of smaller
calculating speeds.
Storage unit. When called on, the store takes up information
(data; intermediary results; in stored-programme computers, the
programme as well). It contains a number of storage-locations
each of which can be 'called on'by reference to a unique 'address'.
The following devices are used for storage: Small ferromagnetic
rings (magnetic cores); drums, tapes or discs with magnetic
coating (magnetic drum, magnetic tape, or magnetic-disc stores);
paper tapes, or cards with fixed storage by means of punched
holes (punched tape, punched cards); pins with changeable
positions (mechanical storage); relays (electromagnetic storage).
There exist two types of store, internal and external. An internal
store is in loose connection only with the computer, i.e. it can be
86
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
giving in and taking out data and instructions, and controlling
exchanges with an internal store. Keyboards, punched tape,
punched cards and magnetic tape are used as input media. The
most rapid means of input is afforded by magnetic tape, and,
using this, at the present time up to 40,000 alphabetical or
numerical characters can be fed per second into a magnetic-core
store; punched cards reach input speeds of about 500-600
characters per second; punched tape for normal rates of operation
with photoelectric sensing, between 200 and 1,000 characters per
sec. Output likewise can be effected by punched tape, punched
cards and magnetic tape; and frequently also by means of tele-
printer, tabulating machine, or automatic typewriter. Oscillo-
graphs are also used for graphical representation of output
functions (photography being used for permanent records).
Output speeds are smaller than input speeds, except in the case
of magnetic tape. In order that calculation should not be inter-
rupted during input- and output-times, so-called buffer-stores are
frequently introduced.
In large modern computers input and output are undertaken
almost exclusively with magnetic tape. Separate devices are used
for transferring information to and from the tapes, e.g. from
or
to punched cards. Choice of input and output units depends pre-
dominantly on the nature of the problems being dealt with. Such
problems fall into two broad groups.
(a) Commercial data-processing problems (characteristically
involving the handling of large quantities of data, frequent input
and output, little calculation).
and technological problems (emphasis on actual
(b) Scientific
computation; smaller quantities of data involved).
Thus for commercial problems, computers with rapid input
and output units are preferable; on the other hand scientific
problems usually call for rapid computation.
The control unit. The control unit controls the actual computa-
tion. According to the way in which the
control unit is given its
individual instructions, we distinguish between plug-board,
punched-tape, punched-card and stored-programme computers!
Special computers with built-in programmes are
also in use. In
plug-board computers the sequence of calculating-steps is
deter-
mined by connecting wires on a plug-board. The small
flexibility
of such apparatus restricts its use to situations in
which small
87
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
numbers of standard calculations are continually repeated (for
instance, in pay-roll calculation). The more conventional punched-
card machines (tabulators, calculating punches) belong in this
category.
For punched-tape and punched-card-controlled machines (not
to be confused with machines in which programmes are inserted
in an internal store by means of punched-cards or punched-tape)
successive instructions are delivered directly from punched tape
or from a sequence of punched-cards. This type of control is
required if storage-capacity is small. On account of the large
access-time, these machines are very slow. The control unit itself
is similar in construction to those of stored-programme machines.
In stored-programme machines, the control unit contains an
order-register which takes up orders and interprets them. An
order contains an operation part, in which the type of operation
to be performed (arithmetic operation, position-shift, sign-test
or input or output operation) occurs, numerically coded. It also
contains at least the store-address of the operand (for example,
the address of the number to be added to the content of the
accumulator, the address of the location in which a result from
the accumulator will be stored, or the address of the storage
location whose contents are to be abstracted). An instruction-
counter contains the address of the next order. If the access-time
to all storage-locations are equal, as with magnetic core stores,
the computer operates in such a way that instructions are stored
at successive locations and successively called upon. In this case
an instruction does not need to contain the address of the sub-
sequent instruction. On the other hand, in the case of machines
with magnetic drum storage it may be possible for the programme
to be so arranged that after carrying out an order, the storage-
location of the next instruction is immediately accessible.
We distinguish according to the number of operands which
are taken up in an order, between single and multiple address
systems. For example, the Bell-System of the IBM 650 is a
3-address programme system; the instruction 3 A
B C means:
multiply (operation code =
3) the contents of the storage-
location A by the contents of storage location B and bring the
result into the storage location C. According to whether a sub-
sequent address is or is not given, we further speak of (multiple-
or single-, +
1) address-systems or (multiple- or single-, 0) +
.
89
; ;
+ 2x + 1 for x <1
-^-K 2
+ 3* for x > 1
(d) Programme-modifications;
(e) Error-stop;
(f) Punched -card (input or
output);
x 2 + Contents of
the Intermediate
(g) Magnetic tape (input or
store in result
store for y output)
(h) Printed output;
(i) Drum (external store), input
or output.
r
Fig. 46
90
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
a) d)
A
b)
p.
)
CZ3
0)
Fig. 47
91
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
92
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
symbolic programming lies primarily in the avoidance of errors
incoding and of the duplication of entries in the store, and also
in the full utilisation of the capacity of the computer,
programmes
being run through in the shortest possible time.
93
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
that required for a symbolic programme). disadvantage is that A
the programmer has no direct insight into the machine pro-
gramme. Improvements in the machine-programme are barely
and must therefore usually be carried out in the original
possible,
pseudo-programme, involving a further translation-procedure.
94
:
:
First pass
Second pass
Input tape 1 : 101
Input tape 2 : 088
Output : 088
Input tape 2 : 100 (< 123, which would be the next record
on tape 1);
Output : 100
Input tape 1 : 100 (contents of tape 2 have been exhaust-
ed);
Output : 101
Input tape 1 : 211
Output : 123, 211. Sorting complete.
On the average strings contain, after each pass with n store and
locations used, at least n times as many records as before.
The
first input tape can be regarded
as comprising strings of one
95
CALCULATING INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES
X
with t = 1, t n = - tn_v
96
CALCULUS OF OBSERVATIONS
Programme testing
Calculus of observations
In the calculus of observations the aim is to obtain the most
probable value for quantities of which varying observations have
been taken. In general the adjustment of errors of observation
follows the Method of Least Squares, introduced by Legendre
and Gauss (see Error).
97
CATENARY
Catenary
The catenary is a transcendental curve which can be represented
by the equation
a 2 -
Fio. 48
Cavalier perspective
98
CENTRAL PERSPECTIVE
lie in a plane parallel to the image-plane are transformed con-
gruently. The image of the positive x-axis is in general inclined
at an angle of 45 to the negative ^-axis. In the direction of the
*-axis segments are in general shortened in the ratio 1:2.
Cavalieri (1598-1647)
CavalierVs theorem. If two solid bodies are of equal height and
have bases of equal area, and if all plane sections parallel to the
Fig. 49
Central angle
Central perspective
99
CENTRAL PERSPECTIVE
Fig. 50
Central projection
From a point (the centre of the central projection) are con-
structed rays joining the point to some solid or plane figure (the
projection rays); these intersect an image plane in the image
points, or the image figure. The image figure is said to arise from
central projection onto the image plane.
Centra] symmetry
Central symmetry in a plane is a special
case of axial symmetry (see Symmetry). A
figure is said to be centrally symmetric with
respect to a point, the centre of symmetry,
if when rotated through 180 about the
centre of symmetry, the figure comes into
coincidence with itself.
101
CENTROID OF A TRIANGLE
Centroid of a triangle
The centroid of a triangle is the point of intersection of the
Ceva (1648-1734)
Cevds theorem. Three concurrent lines passing through the
three vertices of a triangle intersect the sides of the triangle in
such a way that the product of three non-adjacent intercepts on
the sides is equal to the product of the other three intercepts
(Fig. 52): AY BZ CX = AZ
. . . ~BX . CY.
c
Fig. 53
Chord
A chord of a circle is a straight line joining two points of the
circle (see Circle).
that is, =
-a
sin a
-b
sin
q
p
= -
sin
c
This formula rests on the fact that a peripheral angle is half as big
as a central angle on the same chord (Fig. 53).
102
CIRCLE
Chord theorem
Iftwo straight lines intersect in the point P in the interior of a
and cut the circle respectively in points A and B, and C
circle
and D, then
PA:PC = PD.PB (Fig. 54).
Circle
Definition and terminology (Fig. 55). The circle is the locus of
points having the same distance from a fixed point O, called the
centre of the circle. A
line joining two points on the circle and
passing through the centre of the circle, is called a diameter (d).
Secant
Circumference
Fig. 54 Fig. 55
103
CIRCLE
Point of contact
Tangent
Fig. 56 Fig. 57
Angles in a circle
104
CIRCLE
Opposite are
Fig. 58 Era. 59
Constructions
1. Circle through three given points. The perpendicular from
the centre of a circle onto one of its chords bisects the chord, the
arcs associated with the chord, and the central angle of the
chord (Fig. 60).
Conversely the perpendicular bisector of a chord passes through
the centre of the circle. It follows that, given three points A, B
and C which are to lie on the circle, the centre of the circle must
lieon the perpendicular bisectors of the segments AB, BC and
CA. The centre of the circle is thus the point of intersection of
any two of the three perpendicular bisectors. The circle is the
circumcircle of the triangle (Fig. 61). The segments AO, BO
and CO are all radii of the circle.
2. Circle of Thales. The locus of right-angle vertices of right-
105
CIRCLE
Fio. 60 Fig. 61
Fio. 62 Fig. 63
106
CIRCLB
p CPole)
Fro. 64 Fio. 65
P and Bx and through P and 2?2 are the required tangents from P
to the circle. Bx and B2 are the points of contact of the tangents.
The segment joining Bx and B2 is called the chord of contact,
and the straight line through B1 and Bz is the polar (or polar line)
of the point P. The point P itself is called the pole of the line
through Bx and 2?2 Pole and polar uniquely and reversibly
.
107
CIRCLE
a third line c is given, the centre of the circle also lies on the
bisector of the angle between a and c (and on the bisector of the
angle between b and c). By Fig. 66 we see that there are four
centres O, O a Ob and O These are the centres of the incircle
, . of
the triangle ABC and of the three excircles (escribed circles) of
this triangle. The radii are obtained by dropping perpendiculars
from the centres onto a side of the triangle ABC.
Fig. 66
108
CIRCLE
The circles which lie wholly outside the triangle and which
touch the three sides of the triangle or their extensions are called
excircles (escribed circles) of the triangle. For the construction
of these circles see the construction of circles which touch three
straight lines (Fig. 66). The segments on the sides of the triangle
measured up to the points of contact of the incircle and excircles
can be calculated. They are (Fig. 67):
rr CH =
CG a + b-c
r =s c,
1r -~7?
AU = AK = b + -c-a = s a,
a
BH-BK= -= = s-b,
AD AE= - = s b,
m = TF= b +C-a=
s -a.
AD*DBsc
= ,
- a)..tan a^ Hs a)(s b)(s c)
p (s -
^J-
109
CIRCLE
Similarly,
P P
r l(s a)(s c)
tan
2
=
s-b - V - 6)
and W P - J - *)tan^; (
jfr
tan
2
=
s c = V/-j(s
j($
7 r
c)
and , so r
p = (s c) tan :=
2
a y
pa =j . tan ^, P& = -s tan ^,pe =s . tan ^;
or, equivalently,
S(S fl)(5 b)
-J- s c
- =-+-+ -; pa + Pb + Pc ~ P = 4r;
P Az Pft Pc
s = a + b + c + d is
CIRCUS
The radius r of the circumscribed circle of this quadrilateral is
1
r = . V(ab + cd)(ac + bd)(ad + be).
^j
We have for the diagonals e and /: ef=ac + bd (Ptolemy's
Theorem, Fig. 69).
_ Had + bc)(ac
be) + bd) \ab + cd)(ac + W)
~ V ab + cd f :
J- ad + be
In general the sides of a quadrilateral are not tangent to a single
circle.They are if, and only if, the sums of opposite sides are
equal (Fig. 70).
8^ "'//
Fig. 69 Fro. 70
111
CIRCLE
circle and the chord theorem (Fig. 72) if P lies inside the circle.
There is no corresponding theorem for when P lies on the
Fig. 71 Fig. 72
Fig. 73 Fig. 74
112
CIRCLE
Fig. 75 Fig. 76
e= concentric position \
c<r -ri 1 no intersection, smaller? no common tangents
within larger circle /
c = r -r2
x contact from within one common tangent
rx + r% > c> r ra x two points of intersec-
tion two common tangents
e= rx + ra contact from without three common tangents
c> r + r2 x no intersection four common tangents
113
CIRCLE
Fig. 77 Fig. 78
Fig. 79
Fig. 80
Fig. 81
CIRCLE
FiO. 82
Fio. 83
115
CIRCLE
Fig. 84
Any two of the three inner centres of similarity Ilt I% and Iz are
collinear with one of the outer centres of similarity (Fig. 84;
Theorem of Monge, 1746-1818, Paris). These straight lines are
called the axes of similarity. The line through A x A 2 , A z is called
,
116
CIRCLE
d$. Join the end-points of the diameter dx and d2 , and let the joins
of centres through Ox and
intersect the line
2 in A 3 and Iz .
Fro. 85
117
CIRCLE
8j
oJ
\\
Or
^i
.-^- -
V\
-'"$1 'D,n
o;
Fig. 86
(Fig. 86).
To construct the remaining tangent circles, we determine the
pole of each of the three inner centres of similarity with respect
to the three given circles, and join the poles to the radical axis;
118
CIRCLE
>l
N /
N \ /
'Oc
Fro. 87
the intersections with the given circles are the required points
of contact (Fig. 87).
C = 2rx 3-141...
The number 3-141... which appears here is denoted by the
Greek letter it.
119
CIRCLE, SECTOR OF
Fio. 88 Fig. 89
Circle, sector of
120
CIRCUMCIRCLE
Now the circumference of the circle has length 2rrr, and so the
=
iW We
arc associated with the central angle a has length / -rrjr.
therefore have
A= \. (Fig. 90)
Circle, segment of
If a circle is divided into two parts
by a secant the parts are called seg-
ments (see Circle).
Fro. 90
Circular cone
A cone whose base is a circle is called a circular cone (see Cone).
Circular measure
The size of an angle in circular measure is the arc-length which
the angle cuts off on a unit circle (R =
1) having the vertex of
the angle as centre. The size of a right angle in circular measure
. TT IT
is
^ or -z radians. The circular measure of an angle is related to
Circumcircle
A
circle which passes through all the vertices of a polygon is
called the circumcircle, or circumscribed circle, of the polygon.
Not all polygons possess a circumcircle. The following are
examples of those which do: all triangles, squares, rectangles,
isosceles trapezia and regular polygons (see art.).
121
CIRCUMFERENCE
Circumference
The circumference of a circle, i.e. the complete circular arc, is
of length litr, where r is the radius of the circle (see Circle).
Circumference angle
The angle between two chords of a circle, whose point of inter-
section lies on the circumference of the circle (see Angle, Circle).
Cissoid
The Cissoid is the algebraic curve with the equation
y\a x) .x ,
3
or in polar coordinates
r a sin <f>
tan <f>.
Fig. 91
Coefficient
The determinate (constant) numbers which occur as factors of
literal terms in an algebraic sum are called coefficients, e.g. in
3 3
la + -t x = 4, 7 and -z are coefficients.
COMBINATORY ANALYSIS
Combinatory analysis
Combinatory analysis is the branch of mathematics concerned
with the ways in which a given number of objects (elements) can
be grouped together, or arranged together in groups. Every
grouping of an arbitrary number n of objects is called an arrange-
ment; it is called an arrangement without repetition if each
element occurs once only.
(1) Simple permutations. The simple permutations of n elements
comprise the possible orderings of the n elements taken all
together. If the objects are all different, there are n candidates
for the first position,
1 remaining candidates for the second,
,\nJ
PlW- />*
nl
0i 1X 2) .(n-r+l) = .
. .
,
(n r)l .
3''
Example: three objects a, b, c; r = 2;
(
= 6; the per-
mutations are: *** z''
123
COMMENSURABLE?
(ii)With repetition: There are n candidates for each of the r
and so the number of permutations is n r
positions, .
/\ /4 \ 4.3.2.1
The numberi_
is - - YTlTTl =
6'
^J ^J
(ii) With repetition: Each element can be chosen more than
combinations is then I )
Example: n = 4, r = 2 a,b,c, d: aa ab ac ad
bb be bd
cc cd
dd
/4 + 2-l\ /5\ 5.4 ^
Commensurables
Two or more quantities are called commensurable if they are
both measurable or divisible by a third quantity.
Examples: 20 and 25 are commensurable, since they have the
same divisor, 5.
The distances 20 yards and 12 yards are commensurable, since
they can both be exactly measured by the distance 4 yards.
124
COMPLETION OF A PARALLELOGRAM
Quantities which cannot be measured or divided by a third
quantity without remainder are called incommensurable, e.g.
lines of length 1 and Vl are incommensurable.
Commutative Law
For addition: a + b = b + a,
that is, summands are interchangeable.
Compasses
A pair of compasses serves primarily for the construction of
circles. Itcomprises two arms, held together at one end by a
joint, so that theycan be separated and held apart at a constant
angle. One arm has a pointed end, which can be stuck in the
surface, the other ends in a pencil or drawing-pen and serves to
describe the circle.
Complementary angles
Two angles which add up to
90 (one right angle) are said to
be complementary. E.g. the
angles adjacent to the hypo-
tenuse of a right-angled triangle
are complementary angles (Fig. Fig. 92
92), a + = 90.
125
COMPLEX NUMBERS
HPGD (which are not cut by the diagonal) are equal in area
(Fig. 93).
Proof: The triangles denoted by Roman numbers are pairwise
congruent (I to II and III to IV), and so they are taken away
if
from the triangles ABC and A CD, which are likewise congruent,
then the residual figures are equal in area.
Complex numbers
A complex number is the sum of a real number (see below) and
-5 = i.V+5.
The sum of a real and an imaginary number is referred to as
a complex number.
The real summands are called the real parts of the complex
numbers.
Example: In +
the real part is 1 ; 1 is called the real unit.
1 /
imaginary unit. A
complex number whose imaginary part is equal
126
COMPLEX NUMBERS
to zero a real number. If the real part of a complex number is
is
equal to zero, we have a (pure) imaginary number. A one-to-one
correspondence can be established between the complex numbers
and the points of a plane, the Gaussian number plane. The complex
number z a = +
ib with real part a and imaginary part ib is
associated with the point P with abscissa a and ordinate b in the
Gaussian plane (see number plane and further below).
The absolute value \z\ of a complex number z a ib is = +
defined as
\z\ = + Va2 + b = 2
r.
..|z|+vT+T-+Vz
1
The angle <f>, which the line *
a r cos <f>
zx =1+ U h. * *
Two
complex numbers are equal, if they coincide in respect of
both and imaginary parts.
their real
Addition of complex numbers. Two complex numbers zx =
ax + ibx and z2 = a^ + ib2 are added by adding the real and
imaginary parts of each number; the result is the new complex
number
zi z = <h +
2 ibi (*2 + *a) = ai ~ <h + Kh 2);
e.g. (7 - 3/) - (2 + 3/) = 5 - 61.
Multiplication of complex numbers. Two complex numbers
zi =a + i ib x and z2 = a^ +
are multiplied by carrying out
ib 2
formal multiplication of the binomial expressions and putting
*
2
=-l:
zi z%
+ ibx)(a + ib%) = a^ 6 6 +
(i 2 X 2 /(a^, + a^,);
e.#. (1 + 0(2 - = 2 + + /(2 - 1) = 3 + 1 1.
128
COMPLEX NUMBERS
ax + (ax + 2 ~ ib d
~ z*~ zx ~ ib x #>i)(fl
Zl
z2 a2 + ib 2
~~
(a2 + ib^ - ib
a| + A|
+ b xb 2 g^ axb2 0^2 .
+ + "
+ 68 fli *>!
'
flS
5 - (5 - 0(1 - /
(5-Ot(1 + 0- iT,- (1 + 0(1 .
, , x
E.g.
m
- 5-1-5/-,- 4
2- .6
/
2
s=2
- 31
.
-
and so
zx . z2 = fy-2 [cos (^ + <&j) + 1 sin (& + <a)].
In particular,
129
COMPLEX NUMBERS
In words: in raising a complex number z to the power n, the
absolute value, r, of the number is raised to the power , and the
argument <j> of z is multiplied by n.
-2V5.(-iV2 + /.iV2)
= -2 + 2/.
Division of complex numbers in the Eulerian representation
Similarly, in dividinga complex number zx by a complex
number z2 the absolute value
, r x of z x is divided by the absolute
value r2 of z2 and the argument 2 of z2 is subtracted from the
, <f>
argument x of zx <f>
.
(cos <f>
i sin <f>)
n = cos (<) / sin (n<f>)
130
COMPLEX NUMBERS
We therefore have
Vz = Vr + 2kir) +
[cos (<f>
i sin (<f>
+ 2kn)]
__ n/- /cos 6 + 2kir
<y r i
j. sin
. 6 + 2kiT\ .
z
\ /
1 = cos + i sin 0,
360 360
.
n n
720 720
z,,
z
= cos 1- i
.
sin
n n
*-i = cos
2( - 1)180
+ i
.
sin
2(n -
l)180
c
zx = cos r
360
H i
.
sin
360
r = cos 120 + i sin 120
c
= -i2^2'
+ ^V3
720 720
z2 = cos 5 \- i sm -r = cos 240 + 1 sm 240
J*
2 2
131
COMPLEX NUMBERS
Geometrical interpretation of calculation with complex numbers
(1) Conjugate complex numbers (see above; Fig. 95). The
numbers z = a + ib and z2 = a ib are conjugate complex.
In the number plane, these correspond to mirror-image points in
the real axis. In the Eulerian representation
zx r (cos <f>
+ i sin <)
z2 r (cos <f>
i sin <f>).
*$>+**
ZfO + 16
rx . r 2 (Fig. 97).
132
CONCAVE
Fig. 97 Fig. 98
argument <f>
of z (Fig. 100) and as absolute value Vr where r is
the absolute value of z (see above).
Concave
Concave = curved from the inside (see also Convex).
133
CONCENTRIC
Concentric
Two circles with the same centre are said to be concentric with
respect to one another.
Conchoid
The conchoid is an algebraic curve represented by the equation
Fig. 101
Conditional equations
Equations involving an unknown are called conditional
equations (see Equations (2)).
Cone
Given a closed curve c lying in a plane, and a point S not in
the plane, then a cone is formed by joining S by a straight line
134
CONE
to each point of the curve. These lines (elements or generators s)
may be regarded as infinitely extended in both or one direction;
or they may be thought of as line-segments lying between S and c.
In the latter case, the surface of the cone is formed of the gener-
ators together with the plane area enclosed by c. S is the vertex
of the cone.
The length of the perpendicular from the vertex onto the base
is called the altitude H
of the cone. The volume of a cone is
G.H
V = , where G is the area of the base. In particular, for a
Conformal transformation
A transformation is called conformal (angle-preserving,
isogonal) if every angle is transformed into another angle
of equal
size. Rigid motions are conformal transformations,
as are the
similarity transformations and the transformations of
(complex)
function theory defined by differentiable functions.
Congruent
Congruent figures are identical in shape and size. Two segments
are called congruent (symbol: ^0 if one segment is obtained
by
marking off the other.
Two angles are called congruent, if one can be obtained from
the other by marking oiF on an arbitrary line.
The following axiom links the congruence of segments with the
congruence of angles. If, for two triangle s A^Cand AA&C^
the congruences AB ^
A x Blt ACg* A X CX and ABAC ^ Z_BXA X CX
hold, then the congruence /_ABC g* /_A B CX is also satisfied.
X X
For other plane figures congruence can always be referred back
to the congruence of segments and angles.
136
CONIC SECTIONS
Conic sections
A plane figure which can be obtained as the intersection of a
plane with a right circular cone is called a conic section. The
following cases arise:
1. The plane passes through the vertex of the cone and cuts
the axis at an angle greater than the angle, a, of the cone. This
yields a single point of intersection.
2. The plane passes through the vertex of the cone and inter-
sects the cone in two straight lines which themselves pass through
the vertex of the cone (i.e. are generators).
3. The plane does not pass through the vertex of the cone but
intersects the axis in some other point and at an angle of 90.
The plane figure formed by the intersection is a circle (Fig. 106).
4. The plane intersects the axis of the cone in such a way that
the angle between the axis and the plane is less than 90 but
greater than the angle, a, of the cone. The resulting figure is an
ellipse (Fig. 107).
/
1
t
t
/
1
/
/
\
\
\
\
\
A
/Angle
/
of\
cone \
f
/
^A
90 \
Y
137
CONIC SECTIONS
138
conic SECTIONS
139
CONIC SECTIONS
Fig. 114
140
CONIC SECTIONS
Fig. 115
CE=AE + AC.
The triangles AEO and LqAC are isosceles, since their sides run
141
CONIC SECTIONS
AE = AO and AC = AL .
Thus CE = AO + ALQ = OL .
intersection of the circle with the parallel line are then points of
the parabola, P1 and P2 .
A
point P of the hyp erbola is joined to Fx and F2 and the
2A XA 2 = A F2 F A 2 + A FX -F A X
X 2 2
-
X
= A XB 2 C 2 + A CX -BXA X
2 ./4
2
= A B -A BX + A CX A 2 2
X 2 X 2 (^
called the minor axis of the hyperbola, and its length is denoted
by 2b. e is called the linear eccentricity of the hyperbola. In the
right-angled triangle OBxA 2 we have e2 = a2 + b % .
Ps, P*.
Conical frustrum
If a circular cone is cut off by a plane parallel to the base of
the cone and at a height H
above it the result is a conical frustrum
(Fig. 120). Putting H=
height, r2 =
radius of base-circle,
rx radius of upper-circle, the volume of a frustrum is
144
CONSTRUCTION, GEOMETRICAL
This holds for both right and oblique conical frustrums.
The lateral area of the surface of a right conical frustrum is:
S = tts^ + ra)
where s is the length of a generator.
Constant
Construction, geometrical
145
1 .
CONTINUED FRACTIONS
Continued fractions
a
Every rational number -r (a, b positive integers) can be de-
r2 = ft rz +U < r4 < r3
a ri 1 ri r 1
5 -ft + *-* +
, .
- = ft + -3 = ft + .
~;
r
r-ft
'1
+ ?-ft
'1
+ r; 7
r3
= ft + 7
r3
= ft + 7 ;
[1 ^3
rw-2
_
#-i t ,
:
^n
= qn-i + ,
:
1
= w
' n
qn +, t\
o = qn .
146
CONVEX
a
we obtain the continued fraction for the rational number ,.
b
a l
_l_
ft + - 1
1
?2 +
?3 +
<-* +
k
693
Example: To develop 77= as a continued fraction.
=1 so
8 77= = 4 +
T
147 . 105 + 42 147 1
105 = 2 . 42 + 21
l + 1
42 = 2 . 21 + 2 + 2
a ~L 1
1S
i. j
the development of a
i *
= ^5- =,
1
2
1 H
1 which is a solution of the equation
1+ T+TT.
t
1
X
1+X
Continuous transformation
All transformations which can be represented by continuous
functions are called continuous transformations.
147
COORDINATE SYSTEMS
Coordinate systems
Coordinate systems in a plane
Two which intersect in a point O, the
straight lines in a plane,
origin, can be used to establish the relative positions of points of
the plane. These lines are then called coordinate axes. The first
coordinate axis is called the abscissa-axis (x-axis) and the second
the ordinate-axis (y-axis). The origin divides each coordinate axis
into two parts. On each coordinate axis a unit-point is fixed,
denoted by E and E
The direction OE fixes the positive direction
' .
of the x-axis and that of OE' the positive direction of the jy-axis;
by convention OE' is to the left as one moves from O to E. If
the coordinate axes intersect at right angles, the coordinate
system is called rectangular. If the coordinate axes do not inter-
sect at right angles the coordinate system is described as oblique
(Fig. 121).
yfl^y)
OE
the ratio
OP
- the ordinate y of P. The numbers x and Jy are called
OE'
the coordinates of P and we write P(x,y) or P(x; y). The abscissa
of P is always written first.
148
COORDINATE SYSTEMS
Polar coordinates in a plane (Fig. 122). If in a plane we fix a
point O (the origin, or pole), a line-segment OE with unit point
E proceeding from O, and a positive direction of rotation, then
the position of any point P in the plane can be identified by two
numbers. The first number is the distance p of P from O, measure*d
by means of the unit length OE. The second number is the angle
between the directions OE and OP. This establishes a so-called
<f>
*(QbV)
149
COORDINATE SYSTEMS
A
Fig. 124
150
COORDINATE TRANSFORMATIONS
projection of the radius vector onto the xy-plane makes with the
.x-axis and the 'latitude' <f>,
i.e. the angle which the radius vector
makes with the xy-plane. We have then:
x = r cos cos A, j>
z r sin 0.
Fio. 126
Coordinate transformations
If two coordinate systems are given in a plane or in space, then
a fixed point P has coordinates in respect of both systems. The
transition from the coordinates of the point in the first system
to the coordinates of the same point in the second system is
called a coordinate transformation. A
coordinate transformation
can be represented by a system of equations between the co-
ordinates of the point in the first and second systems.
Coordinate transformations representing the transition from
one rectangular coordinate system to another rectangular system
are of especial importance. These are referred to as orthogonal
transformations (orthogonal =
rectangular).
151
COORDINATE TRANSFORMATIONS
y = / + d.
(2) Rotation of the coordinate axes (Fig. 128). Suppose the
origins of both coordinate systems are the same and that the
x-axis and the x'-axis make an angle d with one another, d being
measured in the anti-clockwise direction from the x-axis to the
x'-axis. Then the transformation between the coordinates x,
y
and x', y' of the same point is given by:
xf = x cos + y sin
<5 <5 x = xf cos y" sin
<5 <5
and
y' = x sin d + y cos <5 j; = xf sin + / cos d.
<5
y = -y
changes the direction of the j-axis (in three dimensions this trans-
formation would signify a rotation of 180 about the x-axis); it
also is an orthogonal transformation.
152
:
COORDINATE TRANSFORMATIONS
Fro. 129
let the point P have coordinates (x, y, z) in the old system and
(x*, /, z') in the new. Then
x* = x a and x = x
f
+a
/ =y-b y=y' + b
z! = z-c z^z? + c (Fig. 129).
153
:
COSECANT
ax h Cl < K c[
a2 bz c% = 1 and a2 b2 4 = L
a3 h Cz as bs 4
Cosecant (cosec)
Cosec a is the ratio of the hypotenuse to the side opposite the
metry).
\
-
sin
oc
(see Trigono-
Cosine (cos)
The cosine function cos a is the ratio of the side adjacent to
the angle a to the hypotenuse in a right-angled triangle (see Trigo-
nometry).
Cosine theorem
There are three such theorems
I a2 = b2 + c 2 2bc . cos a
II b = c 2 + a2 - lea
2
. cos /5
c2 = a2 + b - lab
2
III . cos y.
154
CUBE
The cosine theorem of plane trigonometry can be used to solve a
triangle if the three sides of the triangle are given or if two sides
and the included angle are given.
2. The angle cosine theorem of spherical trigonometry
states
that if a, b and c are the sides and a, /? and
y the angles of a
spherical triangle then:
II cos =
ft cos y cos a + sin y sin a cos b
III cos y = cos a cos /? + sin a sin cos c.
/?
3. The cosine theorem for the sides of the same triangle runs:
Cotangent (cot)
Cot a is the ratio of the side adjacent to the angle a of a right-
angled triangle to the side opposite (see Trigonometry).
Cube
The cube is a solid bounded by six
congruent squares (Fig. 130). The six
squares meet one another in twelve
edges of equal length. Each face is
perpendicular to its neighbouring faces.
The twelve edges meet in eight vertices 'W
(corners), each vertex comprising the
intersection of three mutually perpen- Fig. 130
dicular edges. A
cube with edges of
length a has volume V =
a5 , surface area S= 6a2 ; the length
of the diagonal of a face is d = aVl and the space-diagonal
D = aV3.
155
CUBIC EQUATION
Cubic equation
Equations which contain the unknown raised to the third
power. Normal form: x3 + ax2 bx + c = (see Equations).
+
Cubic numbers
The third powers of the natural numbers, i.e. 1, 8, 27, 64 .
Curvature
Deviation of a curve (surface) from a straight line (plane). The
curvature of a curve at a point is more marked the more rapidly
it departs from its tangent in the neighbourhood of the point.
Curves
Curves are geometrical structures in space which for many
purposes can be regarded as derivable from a straight line by a
reversible transformation.
A curve segment arises from a reversible transformation of a
straight line segment.
A curve, or curve segment, is called continuous, if the trans-
formation through which it arises is continuous.
A curve is called closed, if a reversible transformation of the
curve into a straight line segment can be found such that a single
point on the curve corresponds to both end points of the line.
156
CURVES
Plane curves
A curve which lies wholly in a plane iscalled a plane curve,
e.g. straight line, parabola, circle, ellipse, hyperbola.
Skew curves
Curves which do not wholly lie in a plane are called skew
curves, e.g. helix.
Fig. 131
x =u{t), y =
v(t), z =
w(t) can be put into correspondence with
the point t of the straight b'ne. The equations * u(t), y v(t), = =
z =w(t) are called the parametric equations of the curve, t being
the parameter. Since the numbered straight line is an orientated
line (see Orientation) the curve with parametric equations
x = u(t), y = v(t), z = w(i) is also an orientated curve. Of two
points on the curve one is behind, or earlier than the other, if it
corresponds to the smaller value of the parameter. The other
point is the later of the two. If the curve is described continuously
from earlier to later points, the curve is said to be described in
the positive sense.
157
CURVES OF THE SECOND ORDER
x xm + r cos t, y = ym + r sin t.
The centre O of the circle has coordinates 0(xmi y TO); the radius
is r.
the pitch is h.
1. The parabola
y
2 2px = 0, where p is a positive number.
2. The ellipse
x2 y2
~2 + 72 = 1, where a and b are two positive numbers.
158
CURVES OF THE SECOND ORDER
3. The hyperbola
x2 y2
tf
~ 2 = J where a and b are two positive real numbers.
a hyperbola, if e > 1.
/ = 2x - x 2
: Circle e2 = 0,
y
2
= 2x-^x2 : Ellipse e2 = i,
y
2
= 2x: Parabola e2 = 1,
2
= 2x + r x 1
2
Hyperbola
. .
e2l = -3
y :
159
CYCLOID
t as parameter it is represented by
x = p(t sin i)
160
CYLINDER
Cylinder
Cylinder
If the end-points of parallel radii of twocircles of equal radius
lying in parallel planes are joined we obtain a circular cylinder
(Fig. 135). The line-segments joining the two circles are called
generators of the cylinder. If they are perpendicular to the parallel
planes we speak of a right cylinder, otherwise of an oblique
cylinder. The distance apart of the two parallel planes is called
the altitude H of the cylinder.
Cylinders are obtained by joining the points of any two con-
gruent figures in parallel planes by parallel segments, e.g. elliptical
cylinder; two congruent ellipses lying in parallel planes form the
base and upper surface.
The volume of the cylinder is
V = A .H
'
(A = area of base).
For the circular cylinder
Decimal fractions
Fractions with denominator 10, 100, 1000, ... are called
decimal fractions, e.g.
573 3578
1000' 1000*
162
DEGENERATE TRANSFORMATIONS
Decimal system
The decimal system originated in India and reached Europe
through the Arabs. In the decimal system the numbers are
written using 10 signs:
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9.
= 3,000 + 50 + 9.
The exponent n, and the coefficients which appear, are uniquely
determined.
The decimal method of writing numbers can be extended to
all the real numbers, e.g.
Degenerate transformation
A projective transformation of the points of a plane or of
space is called degenerate, if different points give rise to the same
image point.
Example: Suppose in a rectangular coordinate system in a
plane a point P with coordinates (x,y) has image point P\x 0).
y
163
DEGREE
Deltoid
A deltoid (kite-shaped figure) is a quadrilateral in which two
pairs of neighbouring sides are equal (see Quadrilateral).
De Moivre's formula
The powers and roots of complex numbers are obtained by
means of de Moivre's formula:
if z r (cos + sin
<f>
i (f>),
Descriptive geometry
Descriptive geometry is the branch of mathematics concerned
with the representation of three-dimensional objects as plane
figures. For this purpose central projections, general parallel
projections and orthogonal parallel projections are used. Central
projection can be regarded as corresponding to the act of seeing.
The three-dimensional object is projected onto a projection plane
from a centre of projection lying at a finite distance. This sort of
projection gives a very good qualitative picture, but is less suitable
for the assessment of quantitative relations, so that if an actual
measurement has to be derived from measurement of the pro-
jected image a roundabout procedure must be employed.
164
DETERMINANTS
Determinants
An w-rowed determinant is a quantity depending upon w2
numbers arranged in the form of a square. The numbers them-
selves are called the elements of the determinant.
Two-rowed determinants
A two-rowed determinant is defined by:
12 aik is used to indicate the
au cfa a12 #21* element in the ith. row and
21
the kth. column.
(an , read: a one one.)
Example:
2 3
= 2.1-3.0 = 2, = 5 . 1 -6 . 2 = -7.
1
h a12 *n *,
X=
h a2Z
= 21 b2
; y
"u <*12 011 12
aZL #22 #21 #22
Example:
I. jc = 21
+ 7j>
II. 4x-3j> = 22
21 7 1 21
22 -3 -217 4 22 62
x = ~ " j; = -
= 2.
1 7 -31 '
1 7 -31
4 -3 4 -3
Two-rowed determinants are also used for the calculation of the
'outer-product' (vector product) of two vectors (see Vector
product).
Three-rowed determinants
A three-rowed determinant is denned by:
#u #12 13
ctzi *22 #23 #11 #22 **33 i #12 #23 ^31
Xfl x
#32
*31 32 33 #31 .
166
: :
DETERMINANTS
Principal diagonal Secondary diagonal
*ii #13
022
031
Minors (subdeterminants)
If one row and one column of a three-rowed determinant are
struck out, there remain four elements only, in the form of a
square. These remaining numbers, in the arrangement in which
they occur, form a minor. Since there are nine possibilities
corresponding to the number of ways in which one row and one
column can be eliminated, we obtain nine minors from a three-
rowed determinant. To every element there corresponds in a
natural way one minor: to the element in the rth row and the
fcth column there corresponds the minor A
ik arising from the
elimination of the ith row and the kih column.
Example: au a12 a
013
13 Strike out the first row and the
<*21 #22 023 second column, giving
31 032 033 A12 = a21 tf
23
fl 033
31
a31
+ a13 !
. 031 032 03
n-rowed determinants
The value of an n-rowed determinant is likewise defined so that
it can be calculated by developing about one row or column and
then evaluating the (n l)-rowed minors. We have (developing
about the first row):
167
: :
DETERMINANTS
+ . . . + (-l)***^,..
wl "n2 . a
Example: Calculation of a five-rowed determinant (developing
about the second row)
5 4 3 2 1
12 4
11110
1-2 -4 -2 -3
= (-l) 2+4 .l
5
1110
-2 -3 -2
3 1
10 111 10 11
5 4 3 2
+ (-l) 2+ 6 .2 1111
1_2 -3 -4
1 1 1
= 10 -2 . (-2) = 14.
In this the minors have been calculated as follows
5 4 3 1
1 1 1 4 3 1
1 -2 -3 2 ,2+1 -2 -3 -2
1 1 1 1 1
5 3 1 5 4 1
+ (-1)2+2 1 -3 -2 + (_ 1)2+3 1 -2 -2
1 1 1 1 1
1 -2 -3 -4 -2 -3 -4
1 1 1
5 4 2 5 4 3
+ (_ 1)4+3 1 1 1 + (_ 1)4+4 1 1 1
1 -2 -4 1 -2 -3
(develop about the last row)
= -4+2= -2.
169
DETERMINANTS
Applications of determinants
Cramer's Rule. The system of equations
#1 #,w2 *3 .#
If Z) =
0, then the left-hand members of the equations are not
independent of each other.
The values of xlt x2 xs, . . ., xn , are quotients of w-rowed
,
determinants lt D D
2 , . . ., D
n and the coemcient-determinant D,
where
bl #12 #13 #1 #u h a13 . . . ax
^2 #22 #23 #2n #21 ^2 #23 #2
Di =
D9 =
O n a nx fl2 #n #nl n #3
A, ^2
Xy x2 = Xst ^. *"*
D
D'
170
DETERMINANTS
Example:
*i+ Xn + *3 + x4 = 4
2xj + x% =3
=4
*3 T ^4 = 2
The determinant D is:
1111 1 1 1 1 1 1
2>= 2 10 = (-2)
( 2 1 + 1 1 = -1.
2 10 1 1 1 1
11
The determinants D lt Z>2 , Dz and JD4 are:
4 111 1 1 1 4 1 1
l = 3 10 = (-3) 2 1 + 1 4 1 = (-3) +2
4 2 10 01 1 2 1 1 = -1,
2 11
14 11 2 3 1 4 1
2 3 = (-1) 4 1 + 1 2 3 - (-4) +3
4 10 2 1 4 1 = -1,
2 11
114 1 2 13 1 1 4
D = 2 13 = (-1) 2 4 + 1 2 1 3 = -8 + 6
2 4 2 2 4 = -2,
2 1
1114 10 3 1 1
*1_ - *2~ D ~ -1
D ~-l 1' ~~ *
_ D _ -2_
~
D ~ -1 2,
:
""
171
DIAMETER
Diameter
A diameter of a circle is a chord which passes through tne centre
of the circle. In length the diameter of a circle is double the radius
(see Circle).
Dilatation
If a segment undergoes a change of length the ratio of the
increase of length to the original length is called the dilatation.
Dimension
Dimension is a property of the basic geometrical elements (see
below) and the derived geometrical structures. Points have
dimension zero. The straight line has dimension 1. The plane has
dimension 2. Space has dimension 3. Derived geometrical struc-
tures have their dimension defined so as to conform to these
values. Thus a curve lying in a plane and denned by a single
algebraic equation has the same dimension as a straight line; a
surface in space defined by a single equation has the same dimen-
sion as a plane; a curve in space defined as the intersection of
two surfaces has the same dimension as a straight line. In physics
dimension often has a quite different meaning, being used to
denote physical measures. E.g. cm/sec is the dimension of a
velocity.
Diophantine equations
Equations of the form ax + by = c are called diophantine.
Here a, b and c are given integers, and integral number-pairs x
and y are required which satisfy the equation. We find solutions
by first solving the equation ax + by = 1. Thus if U, V is a pair
of values which satisfies the equation ax + by = 1, i.e.
aU + bV= 1, then x = cU + bp and v cV ap with p an
arbitrary integer is the general solution of the equation ax + by
= c (verify by substitution). In the same way we obtain from a
pair of values U, V satisfying aU bV 1 the general solution
of the equation ax by = C by putting x = cU + bp,
y = cV + ap, where p is an arbitrary integer. The solutions of the
172
DIAMETER
164 = 5 Remainder 9
+ 31
31+9 = 3 4
9+4 = 2 1
4+1 = 4 0.
5 + 1 ~~ 37
2+1 3 3 + 1
4
, 31 ^ = V
164'
e P enultimate convergent has numerator 7
and denominator 37 = U. If we choose =
U 37 and
V = 7 then we have
x = cU + bp = 7(-37) + 164 .p
and y = cV + ap = 7(-7) + 31 ./?,
that is
173
DISTRIBUTIVE LAW
Distributive law
In its usual form, this establishes a relation between addition
and multiplication: a(b + c) = ab + ac.
Division
Division is the fourth fundamental operation of calculation.
a-rb =a -r, 12 -r 4
12
= -=.
b 4
If weinterchange the dividend and the divisor, we obtain the
reciprocal of the quotient, e.g.
4 12
4 -T- 12 = jx is the reciprocal of -j-
174
DIVISION
negative:
6 _ 6a __
-2a ~
+2"~ 3 3*
b
+ d ss bd + bd~~~bd
3. In multiplying fractions, numerators and denominators are
multiplied together:
a c ac
Yl~Fd
4. To divide two fractions the first fraction is multiplied by the
reciprocal of the second
a m
c ad ad
~~
b '
d~ b c be
175
DIVISION
dividend and of the divisor in the same way, the literal numbers
in alphabetical order and arranged according to decreasing or
increasing powers.
will be ordered as
Example 1:
Example 2:
(2x2 + Ixy + 4y
2
) -r (x + 3y) = 2x + y + --
x+3
~(2x2 + 6xy) y
xy + 4y2
-(+ xy + 3y ) 2
f
176
DIVISION
Division ofpowers
(a) Equal bases. Here we subtract the exponent of the divisor
ap
from the exponent of the dividend : = dp~9
5
a5 fl
Division of roots
(a) Equal indexes. Here we retain the index and divide the
radicand; e.g.
rt-Nv n V
(b) Equal radicands. We must first make the orders of the
v
'*' ^ ~ ^84
^8 ^8 V8
(c) Roots can be written as powers with fractional exponents,
powers;
and so can be divided by using the corresponding rules for
e.g.
b*
w v y
9
TO/
Va a"
8*
177
DIVISION RATIO
a + ib {a + ib)(c id)
\a -f io) -.
" ^+ ia) ~c+ id
~ (c + id)(c - id)
ac + bd + i(bc ad)
c* + d*
,. ..
- 1 + - / (1 + 0(5 - 6/)
E.g. (1 + -t p+ , r
bi)
5 +6
.
(5 + 6 )(5 _ 6/)
.
5 + 6-* 11-/ 11
~~
25 + 36 ~ 61 ~61 61
Division ratio
If C
coincides with A the division ratio is 0. As approaches C
B, the division ratio tends to +00 or 00 according as C
approaches from the exterior or the interior of the segment
AB. In Fig. 136 the division ratio of a segment is taken as
ordinate and the distance of C from A as abscissa. The division
ratio remains unaltered under affine transformations (see Trans-
formation, affine).
Dodecahedron
Dodecahedra are solids bounded by twelve surfaces. In the
case of rhombic dodecahedra, these are twelve rhombuses, and
in the case of pentagon dodecahedra (pentadodecahedra) twelve
regular pentagons. The pentadodecahedron is one of the so-called
Platonic solids (see below).
c = 2-718,281,828....
The number e is the limit of the sequence with general term
>.-(-r
The term e for this limiting value derives from Leonhard Euler
(1731).
a=[ l+ '
n)
179
ELLIPSE
H)"<<HP
e=
l( + Ti + ki + k + h + --- + $-
3 -
1
Ellipse
180
ELLIPSE
a2
+ b2 ~ lm
(x - xj 2
(y - yJ _ 2
a2 + &2 - 1-
(x - a? 2
_
a 2 + yb* ~
,
l-
Jy
2 = a x
2&2 62
o
a2
x\
b2
If we put = p, -e = e, p being termed the parameter and s the
/ = 2px - (1 - eV-
(Cf. the general apse equation of a conic section in the article
Curves of second order.) p and e are positive numbers, and since
we are dealing with an ellipse e is less than 1.
Length of the focal distances (Fig. 137): If the point P{xx ,y^
x2 y
2
181
ELLIPSE
X^ V2
Affine relation between circle and ellipse: The ellipse - + jz = 1
The circle x2 + y2 = a2
the circle on the major axis of the
is
t.% L2
y\^a2 -x 2
and so y% = ^ y\ = -% {a - x2 2
), that is,
_l
+ y*i
6 ~
i
'
a2 2
x ~ym )
> ues on the ellipse with axes a and b (Fig. 138).
\
Wesay that the ellipse is the affine image of the circle on its
major axis. Constructions for tangents to an ellipse and for
conjugate diameters of an ellipse can be derived from the pro-
perties of the affine transformation.
1.Point by point construction of the ellipse. We draw the
circles on the major and minor axes and construct points on the
ellipse (Fig. 138) as already described above.
183
i
ELLIPSE
I. y = mx + n,
X2 V2
a2 b2
The solutions are:
*i.2
== -"
T~,
2
b
a2mn
-
+arm22 bT9~,
2
m2 VcPmr
ab
+ aF~9
y
2
n + 2
b 2'.
k= Va2m2 + 62 .
184
: J
ELLIPSE
b 2X
2"^. From this gradient together with the coordinates of Pt
we obtain the equation of the tangent as:
ei2 j_ yii-iim
a
"*"
b2 ~
Where the centre is not at the origin but at the point (xm y), ,
the equation is
a2
+ yy-
eo_l
b2 ~ 1
li
or more generally,
- xj(x - xj - yJO - y
(*o
a2 + Oq b2
~ 1'
185
:
EQUALITY SIGN
(a) At a point of the ellipse. We draw the two focal lines of the
point and bisect the angle between one of them and the extension
of the other.
(b) From a point outside the ellipse. Draw from the given point
P the straight line through one of the foci F2 of the ellipse, and
describe the Thales circle on the segment PF2 This . cuts the circle
on the major axis of the ellipse in the points H which
lie on the
Equality sign
If the equality sign *=' occurs between two mathematical
expressions it means on the right and left
that the expressions
hand sides of the equality sign are equal. The following laws hold
for the relation of equality
186
EQUATIONS
a = a (Reflexivity).
a = b implies b a (Symmetry).
3. If two quantities are equal to a third, they are equal to one
another
Two quantities which are not equal to one another are called
unequal (sign: =#).
The equality sign does not signify that two quantities which
Equations
Anequation implies the judgement, or the establishing of the
fact that, two mathematical quantities are equal to one another.
We distinguish between identical equations (see below), con-
ditional equations (see below) and functional equations (see
functions).
1. Identical equations
An identical equation (identity) asserts that two given constant
mathematical expressions are equal, e.g.
2 + 2 = 4, a + b = b + a.
2. Conditional equations
any number in an equation is unknown we call such an
If
equation a conditional equation. The unknown is usually denoted
by one of the last letters of the alphabet, x, y or z. If such an
equation is given, the problem arises of determining the unknown
x so that the meaning of the equation is fulfilled, e.g.
x - 5 = 4.
187
EQUATIONS
Example: x5 + 4x? + 4x + 1 = 0.
For the classification of algebraic equations, see below.
Transcendental (non-algebraic) equations contain transcen-
dental functions of the unknowns, thus, e.g.
Algebraic equations
A. With one unknown. The standard form of these equations is
n-1 w~2 =
O*
M
tfi* + 2* + -i* o + 0. + +
Here x is the unknown, n a given fixed positive integer and
ax , fl j
2 > an-X> a n
188
EQUATIONS
ak x n ym . . .z p .
x2y2z* + x3 + yx* + z6 + 5 = 0.
The first term is of degree 6, the second of degree 3, etc. The
xi + xzy+yi =
is homogeneous, of degree 4.
Of particular importance are equations of the first degree in
several variables, e.g.
5x + 6y-7z + 3u = 0.
There are called linear equations. They arise in number theory
as diophantine equations (see above) and above all in analytical
geometry (see above).
C. Systems of algebraic equations. If more than one equation
is given for the determination of the unknowns, we speak of a
system of equations.
The unknowns can be uniquely determined only if the number
of unknowns is equal to the number of equations. With more
equations than unknowns, we become involved in problems of
the Calculus of Observations (see above).
V + A*"-1 + AF-*+ . . . + An =
189
EQUATIONS
f(x) = x
n
a^ 11-1 a2x n~2 . . . a n 0,
+ + + + =
A-
where at is written for -j-
xn + a^"-1 + . . . + an =
has at least one (real or complex) root xx (Fundamental theorem
of algebra).
4. If f(x) is divisible by (x x^f but not by (x Xj)
r+1
, x is
called an r-fold root.
5. As a consequence of 2, 3 and 4 we have: Every equation of
the nth degree has exactly n roots, each root being counted
according to its multiplicity.
6. If xlt x2 x3 , , . . ., xn are the roots of the equation f(x) =*
then
fix) = (x Xj)(x XjX* Xg) . . . (x xj
(decomposition into linear factors).
7. The following relations hold between the coefficients and
the roots of the equation f(x) 0: =
i = (*i + *2 + *3 + + xn)
&2 ~ t(^i^2 X^X^ + ' . . . + X^X^ + X _iXn)
. . . r
1
x"- is equal to the negative sum of the roots.
x"-2 is equal to the positive sum of products of roots taken two
at a time.
190
EQUATIONS
The constant term is the product of all the roots, with sign
(-D w .
equation/fr) =
8. If an with real coefficients has the complex
root = a + ib, also
x1 it has the conjugate complex number
x2 a ib as a solution.
9. The general equation of the nth. degree, n > 4, is not soluble
by means of radicals, i.e. for such equations there is no solution-
formula by which the solutions can be calculated from the
coefficients by rational operations and the extraction of roots.
For equations of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th degrees, such general
methods of solution do exist.
However, special forms of the equation of the th degree can
be solved by radicals, e.g. binomial equations (see below) and
symmetrical equations of the 5th and 7th degrees.
x-2= 4
+2 +2
x = 6.
191
: :
EQUATIONS
x = 12.
2 = 37.
X
a + x = 2b c and
2b c a + x are equivalent.
of a fraction:
Z l T
2 h - == 7. Least common denominator:
8*-24^ x-3 2* -6
8(x - 3).
8x - 24
192
EQUATIONS
2V(5 + x)(5 - x) = 6
X2 _ 16 =
with solutions
xx = +4
and x2 4 -
193
EQUATIONS
V5 + 4- V5-^4 = 2
is evidently true, so xx = 4 is a solution.
But if we = 4 for x we have,
substitute xx
VT-4 - V5 + 4 = 1 - 3 = -2,
so x2 = 4 is not a solution.
Methods of solution for algebraic equations
(1) Equations with one unknown
Equations of the first degree (linear equations with one
(a)
unknown) Equations of the first degree contain the quantity to
:
194
EQUATIONS
x 2
+ 5jc 10 = is a mixed quadratic equation.
xx = +V~^q or x2 = Vq.
Examples:
x2 -9 = 0, *2 +4= 0,
or x2 = 9, or x2 = 4,
that jq =
is, 3 that x1 =
is, +2/
and x = 2
3. and x2 = 2/.
x 2
+ px = q.
(ff
and so the equation now reads
195
:
EQUATIONS
x +P
P P
*1== -2 +
, IIP?
Vl2J-"-?'
_
*2= 2 J&-
The following solution formula is widely used: The quadratic
equation
ax2 + bx +c=
has solutions:
2 - - 2-
%\ -b + Vb <%
Aac
>
' Xa2 -b Vb Aac
2a 2a
Example 1: x2 x 30 = 0. Here p = 1, q = 30,
SO Xi
that is
_1 /121_, _1 /121
10 + 50
= 6,
10
10 - VlOO-
- 4. 5(- 120) = 10 - VlOO
- + 2400
and*2
10-50
10
196
EQUATIONS
_5
2 _1
Xi *2 ~" 2"
Example 2:
Ax2 - \2x + 9 = 0; b2 - Aac = 122 -4 . 4 . 9 = 0,
thus we have a real double-root, v/z.
Xi
_
x2 _32*
Example 3:
Ax2 - 12x+ 13 = 0; 62 - Aac = 122 -4 . 4 . 13 = 144-208
is negative, so we have 2 conjugate complex roots, viz.
3
3 .. _
xz + ax2 + bx + c = 0.
197
EQUATIONS
/ + Ipy + 2q = 0,
where
yx = u + v
u + v i /- ,
2 ^2
= u + V -.L.V3.(u-v).
7s
2 2
2. Trigonometrical solutions (p # 0, q # 0):
(l)?2 +/> 3 ;>0.
(a) /> > 0. From the equations
*
tan jl
= +V?
and ,,
tan w = J7tan ?
q N 2
we evaluate the angles < and ip which Ue in the intervals
--<$<-
7T 7T
and
77
_- <v,<_. 77
yx = 2 V/Tcot 2\p
iV3
198
- ^
EQUATIONS
we evaluate <f>
and tp, where
;
77"
-4 < ^ < 4*
77"
yx = -2 \f~p sin
2y>
^= Y^(ih^2^ +
VIco,2'') ''
(2) (f + />
3
<! (irreducible case).
We evaluate the angle j> from the equation
Ji = 2V-p / cos
<k
72 =-2a/^cos^ + 60)
j3 = -2V^cos(|-60).
The cubic equation therefore possesses
f _ 72y - 280 =
with/? = - 24, f = -13,824, Therefore: 3p = - 72,
and ^ = -140, ?2 = -19,600. 2q = -280,
and q 2
+f = 5776.
We take
= "^140 +
u \Z5776 = \^140 + 76 = ^216 = 6
and y = ^140 - V5776 = -^140-76 = ^64 = 4,
and the solutions of the reduced equations are therefore:
yx = u +v=6+ 4 = 10,
J2 = 2~ + 2 (" - y) = -5 + /A/3,
J3 = j 2
^ (" - y) = -5 - iV3.
xx == 7 + iVJ; x3 + 7 - iVJ.
8; at
2
-360 - 1) = - 36_y + 36
+ 36 = +_36
200
EQUATIONS
with p = - f = -2197,
13, 2? = 74,
= = ? +/ =
2 2 -828.
and q 37, ? 1369. and
(This is the irreducible case.)
37
We therefore put
r cos d> = r
V2197
log = 1-5682
37
= 3-3418
log 2197
0-5 log 2197 = 1-6709
x* + ex3 + bx* + ex + d = 0.
/ + pf + qy + r = 0.
We isolate j4 :
f = -/>/ - qy - r.
201
EQUATIONS
/ + 2y z + z = 2 a
-pf ~qy- r + 2fz + z\
and so {f + z) = y\2z -/>) qy + za - r.
2
2
qy
equal to twice the product of y and
2?
j- r , and so the
equation for z is
q
2 = 4(z2 r)(2z p) t the cubic resolvent.
Vz[ . V7 V7 = - |.
2 .
3
sin
n n
x4 cos
2tt
n
1- 1
.
sin n
2ir
2.2.7T . 2.2.7T
x8a = cos r- 1 sin
n
, . . .,
n
sin
2( - l>r . . 2( - l>r
^n = cos [ i sin
n
n
202
EQUATIONS
The equation
xn - -1 = cos (2k + \}rr + i sin (2fc + IV (A: any integer)
has n roots:
w .77 37T ... 3rr
x, = cos - + /I
/ sm -,
w
x2 cos T
+ ' sin "T
jr3 = cos
57T
n
1-
.
1
.
sm
57T
n
, . . .,
*
.
sm
7T 7T 37T 3?T
= y=
.
Xj = cos x + z
.
sm r +*,
.
*2 = cos -r- + i
.
sm *
7T 7T 1 I /""
*! =s cos r + i sin r = cos 60 + 1 sin 60 = = + x V 3,
*i- 1.
x3 = cos y + /sin y cos 300 + / sin 300 =*+-_- \/3.
Example 5: The equation xn a = 0, a positive, can now be
solved in the following way. We put
xn =s a =a . (cos 2for + / sin 2kir).
203
1
EQUATIONS
- /
x2 = Va
n/
I cos
2tt
\- i
.
sin n
2tt\
)
\ J
- /
Xod = Va
n/
I cos
AlT
n
H i
.
sin n
47r\
)
\ J
xnB = va I cos
n
V i sin
n
}
\ J
t 7m
x2
n/
= va I cos H i
.
sin 7>tt\
I
i
.
sm j
204
EQUATIONS
Example: X* - Xs - 21jc
2
+ x + 20 = 0.
The factors of the constant term are:
+ 1,-1, +2, -2, +4, -4, +5, -5, +10, -10, +20, -20.
We insert these values in turn in the equation:
x = +1;1 - 1-21 + 1 +20 = 0.
x = - 8 - 84 + 2 + 20 = -54.
+2; 16
x = -2; 16 + 8 - 84 - 2 + 20 = -42.
x = 2 not a root of the equation.
is
(10x)3 + 7 . (10*)
2
- 40 . 10* - 100 = 0.
We write lOx = z and obtain:
2? + 7Z2 _ 40z ~ 100 * 0.
The factors of 100 are:
+ 1,-1, +2, -2, +4, -4, +5, -5, +10, -10, +20, -20,
+25, -25, +50, -50, +100, -100.
We insert these values in the equation:
= +1; 1 + 7 - 40 - 100 ^ (no solution),
z
-(z3 + 2z2)
5z2 - 40z
-(5z2
+ lOz)
-50z - 100
-(-50z - 100)
206
EQUATIONS
z2 + 5z - 50 = 0.
This has solutions
z2 = +5, z3 = 10.
Symmetrical equations
An equation is called reciprocal or symmetrical if the reciprocal
value of every root is also a root.
xjc+l=0isa
Example: x2 reciprocal equation since it
+Ax+A = x
becomes:
+ M^r + M9"=-
On account of the symmetry of the coefficients, we can associate
207
EQUATIONS
the first with the last term, the second with the next to the last,
and so on, and write
or
X +-= XX U, X2 + \2 = W2 - 2, X3 + 3
Xs
= W3 - 3w,' . . .,
'
x -i= u, x2 +|= 2
2 + 2, x3 - i = a3 + 3, . . ..
6jc* + 5X - 38x + + 6 = 0.
3 2
5x
Dividing through by x2 we get:
6x2 + 5x - 38 + X- + -s
X1
= 0.
We next collect together symmetrical terms:
Putting x +- =e u, we have
x2 + x- = 2
u2 - 2,
so that
6(u2 - 2) + 5w - 38 = 0.
The solutions of this equation are:
5 10
i = 2 "2 =- y
Then
x + - = x, giving x2 = 2, x3 =7
208
EQUATIONS, LINEAR SYSTEMS OF
and
1 10 1
x + - = - y, .
giving
.
x4 = ,
-3, *5 = -j
x-three'); e.g.
1* DX-^ *" **Xn "j" ^3 "^ 1
11* X-^ ^~ Xg == Uj
III. x2 +x = 3
1.
A. Substitution method
B. Equating method
C. Addition method
D. Determinant method (see Determinants).
Example: I. x y = 3 giving: x = 3 +y
II. 2x + 2y = 14 giving: x = 7 y
Equating the results we have:
Substitute = 2 in equation I x 2 = 3, or x =
j> : 5. Solution
of the system is then: x = 5, y = 2.
C. Addition or Subtraction method. Here we obtain an equation
in only one of the unknowns by adding suitable multiples of the
original equations. The remaining unknown is calculated from
this equation and the result substituted in one of the original
equations so that the other unknown may be calculated.
x = 5.
II. 3x + 2z = 11,
III. 3y + Az = 10.
210
1
II. 3x + 2z = 11,
III. 12 - 2x + Az = 10.
2x + 22 -
12 6x = 10,
we get 24 = 8x, or x = 3 .
I. y = 7 x z,
II. j = 14 - 2x + z,
III. j = jc-2.
Equating the expressions on the right in pairs we obtain two
equations in two unknowns:
(A) x z = x 2; that 2x + z = 9
7 is,
5x = 25 j = *-2 z = 9-10
*= 5 y= 5 2 z =
7=3
211
EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE
Example 3: I. 3x + + z= 8
2y (-2) 1
II. 2x 3y + 2z=U
+ 3
III. x- y + 2z = 6 (-3)
z = 3.
5y + 12 = 17,
that is, 5/ = 5,
y=l.
Lastly, substituting z = 3 = 1 in equation III we get
and y
jc + 6 = 6,
1
x= 1.
Equilateral triangle
of a triangle are equal it is called equilateral.
If all three sides
The three internal angles of an equilateral triangle are equal to
60. For further theorems, see Triangle.
Error
If a measurement is taken twice and the results differ, as
m * = J- = 0-707 d.
V2
212
ERROR
The error of one of a sequence of measurements can be defined
as the deviation of the single reading a n from the actual unique
true value a of the entity concerned. In the theory of error the
apparent error is the deviation from an estimate (usually the
arithmetic mean; see above) based on the totality of different
readings. An error is called systematic if it is constant and arises
from a cause which is usually recognisable {e.g. temperature
changes in the surroundings). Such an error is not considered in
the theory of error.
An accidental error is an error e, whose cause is frequently
unknown, such as to be legitimately regarded as outside our
control and unavoidable. This type of error alone is a subject
for the theory of error. Where many readings are available, its
character can be established by means of the frequency-diagram,
or histogram (see Error, theory of).
A true error is the deviation e n of a measurement a n from the
(usually unknown) true value, a, of the object measured:
en = a an .
213
ERROR, THEORY OF
S =
St?
N = 0-7979m.
The standard error of the single observation an of a sequence of
measurements is for N observations
A*- VJV- 1
~ NN- 1
Error, theory of
The theory of error enables one, given a large number of
observations (a n) on one and the same quantity, to calculate that
value which probably lies closest to the true and unknown value
(a). In addition it enables us to provide a measure of the accuracy
of a sequence of measurements. If the end result is given in the
form a Aa, or in numbers, e.g. as 345 3, it is important
to make clear whether (taking 3 as an example) we mean
where in the last case (w) the probabilities that the true value
lies within and outside the range 345 3, are both equal to ,
while the probability of the true value lying in double the range,
(345 6), is 95 per cent. The difference between the true value
and the observation is called the error. Since the true value is
usually unknown, the difference v between observation and arith-
metic mean is also called the error.
The theory of error deals only with accidental errors (see above).
Their nature can be investigated by means of the frequency curve.
214
EUCLIDEAN ALGORITHM
An example of a method in the theory of error is the Method of
least squares. For further information, see Error, Frequency
curves\ Mean value, Distribution, Method of least squares.
Escribed circle
Acircle which touches one side of a triangle externally and
touches the extensions of the other two sides is called an escribed
circle of the triangle. A
triangle has three escribed circles (see
Triangle).
Euclidean algorithm
The euclidean algorithm is a procedure for determining the
highest common factor of two numbers. If a and b are two positive
integers and a >b, then in carrying out the euclidean algorithm
we perform the following divisions:
a = q .b + r2 (0<r2 <b)
b = qi-r2 + rs (0 < r3 < rj
r2 = qa-r3 + h (0 < r4 < r
147 = 1 105 + . 42
105 = 2. 42+ 21
42 = 2 21 + .
215
EUCLID S THEOREM
Euclid's theorem
Euler's line
216
EXPONENTIAL EQUATIONS
Exponential equations
Exponential equations are equations in which the unknown
appears in the exponent of a power, e.g.
3
X
= 6561 ;
7*-*- 1 = 32
*-1
+ 3
2x+1
.
(i) 3
X
=
6561; take logarithms:
0-47712.* = 3-81697
_ 3-81697
X ~
0-47712
sides we have
(x
( + l)log7 = 2*log3 + log (i + 3)1
that is
s
that is,
7 10 lo g** -0-32222
*H-9 = ^Tv - n' 29524
AMil
1
1
0TXS= ==
l^J r^io9l4
-
217
EXPONENTIAL FUNCTION
Exponential function
A function of the form y = ax where a
, is an arbitrary constant
greater than zero and x is variable between oo and +00, is
termed exponential.
An exponential function has the property:
If a = e we have
the important exponential function y
x
e . =
The inverse of this function y x
e is y
In x (see Fig. 144). It =
was proved by Leibniz that exponential functions are transcen-
dental (see also Infinitesimal calculus and Inverse functions).
Fig. 144
Exponential series
The exponential series
x3
1! 2! 3!
2-7182818. . . =e = +
1
1 y-j + j\ + 31 +
+ ^! +
218
FACTORISATION
n\
Exterior angles
The exterior angles of a polygon
lie outside the polygon and
between its sides or the extensions
of its sides; they are adjacent to
(and supplementary to) interior
angles. Since the extension can be
of either side there corresponds to
every interior angle two equal
exterior angles. The sum of either
set of exterior angles of a polygon
Fig. 145
(ax +&+ yx + bx + ex in Fig.
145) is always 360.
For n = 0, 0! is defined as 1.
Examples: 1! =1 31 = 1x2x3 = 6
2! = 1x2 = 2
Factorisation
The formation of a product from a sum is called factorisation;
e.g.
a2 + lab + b2 = (a + b)(a + b).
219
FACTORISATION
Similarly we have
a*-b3 = + ab + b )(a - b)
(a2
2
220
FALSE POSITION, RULE OF
yv
_ y*~yi xY _ *i^2 - x2y x
Fig. 146
Xo ^~ X-t Xo ^ X-t
*i-ji or
^172 -~ x2yi y% -yi
Xa
y*-yi X% -x 1
^2-^2
-yi
221
FALSE POSITION, RULE OF
r ^i+ - 2094
2
*3=-2-i- -. i '
= x + ht = -2-05 - 0-05/.
x(0 2
)y*~yi- -0-5151;
= i
-72 -0^2-7,) =
yU OW 7a -0-0308,
73
J =-0.061^-^ = ~- 5459 '
that is,
223
feuerbach's circle
Folium of Descartes
The folium of Descartes belongs to the class of algebraic
curves. It can be represented by the equation
^3 + ys = Zaxy.
~~
sin 3
<f>
+ cos3 <f>
Formula
A formula is a frequently-used calculating rule expressed
succinctly by means of literal numbers and mathematical signs,
6 '
8 '
(a + bf = a* + 2ab + 6a .
224
FREQUENCY CURVE
Fig. 147
f F(x) dx
represents the number of outcomes for which the observed value
lies between n and m.
225
FREQUENCY, RELATIVE
ffh
i N
{ s
\
Vo/ue of observed quantities
k_* o
Fig. 148
Vtt
where h is a parameter which gives the form (peaked or flat) of
the curve.
The proportion of errors, according to a Gaussian distribution,
which lie between vx and +vx is
2h
,-AV do.
V;
Other expressions, given other assumptions, have been given
for frequency curves, notably by Poisson.
Frequency, relative
If an experiment is performed N times and a particular outcome
occurs g times the quotient & is called the relative frequency of
this outcome.
226
FUNCTION
If a sufficient number of trials is made, the relative frequency
of an outcome approaches the probability of occurrence of the
event.
black-haired:
Function
Numerical dependence of a quantity on one or more other
variable quantities. The area of a square is, e.g., a function of the
length of side, the frequency of a piano string a function of its
length, cross-section and tension, the weight of a litre of dry air
a function of pressure and of temperature. In the strict mathe-
matical interpretation y is called a function of x if, corresponding
to each permissible value of x, a value of y can be calculated or
observed. We write: y =f(x) and say: y is equal to /of x (or
simply fx); other letters and symbols can be used in place of f
(e.g. F, 0,/i,/\ etc.). x is called the argument; it is the independent
variable, y is the dependent variable, since its value depends on x.
If x can take all values in an interval, e.g. every value between
1 and +1, x is said to vary continuously. Further the function
y =f(x) is said to be continuous at a point jc in the given
interval if as x - x y tends to a finite value which is equal to
f(x ). It is often helpful to represent a continuous function of a
single independent variable by the coordinates of a curve (graphi-
cal representation, graph of a function); for at each point P of
the curve (Fig. 149) a value x on the horizontal axis is related to
a definite value y on the perpendicular axis.
227
FUNDAMENTAL CONSTRUCTIONS
An equation involving x and y can give y as an 'implicit'
function of x: e.g. 4x2 9y
2
+ =
36. Solution of this particular
equation gives two 'explicit' functions
=2,/rr
i.e. in this example y is many- valued. If y is a function of x, x is
angle, in radian measure, whose sine has the value x). The inverse
of the function v =
ax yields the function x loga v (logarithm). =
The gamma-function, T(x), first discussed by Euler, is an exten-
sion of the factorial function x\, for factorials are defined only
for positive integral x (y x\ 1 .2 .3 = =
x) (see p. 219). . . .
Fundamental constructions
The following geometrical constructions are in frequent use
and are referred to as fundamental constructions (see Construc-
tion, geometrical).
228
FUNDAMENTAL CONSTRUCTIONS
3. Bisection of a segment.
4. Erection of a perpendicular on a straight line.
5. Dropping of a perpendicular from a point onto a straight
line.
6. Construction of a parallel to a straight line, through a
given point.
7. Construction of a parallel to a straight line at distance a.
8. Bisection of an angle.
Fig. 150
X<
X'
Fig. 151 Fio. 152
tfo*
n
+ i^
n_1
+ . . . + an_ x + an =
x
> Cj> *
S
/
Fig. 156
Fig. 155
231
GALTON'S BOARD
**-C)"
As there are n rows of nails, (n + 1)
1 1 19 19 1 1
32' 32' 32' 32' 32' 32*
Geometric mean
The geometric mean of two numbers, a, b is x Vab.
Example: The geometric mean of the numbers 4 and 9 is:
x = V4~9 = a/36= 6
(see also Geometric sequence).
Geometric sequence
A sequence of numbers at , a2 , a3 . . is called a geometric
, .
geometric sequence:
* = Va_! a n+v
.
1. q>\
The sequence increases, e.g. 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, ... .
2. q= 1
3. 0<<1
The sequence is decreasing, e.g. a1 = 2,q=*l:2, 1, f, I, ,
Tfr, , ....
4. 0>?> -1
The terms of the sequence are alternately positive and
5. -\>q
The terms of the sequence have alternately positive and
negative signs and their absolute values increase, e.g.
a=\,q= 2:
Geometric series
The sum of an (unevaluated) geometric sequence is called a
geometric series:
sn = a + aq + aq2 + . . . + aq""1 + . . . .
233
GEOMETRIC SEQUENCE
Example: a = 3, a = 2, n = 10.
- 1024)
s10 = 3 + 6 + 12 + 24 + . . . +
3 .
29 = 3 .
(1
1-2
= 3 1023 = 3,069.
.
a{\ - q)
s. =a=
1
a(l-<72)
j2 =a+ aq = j _^
j3 = a + a? + a? = 2
1
_ ">
j4 = a + a# + a?2 + af = j _
_ a -jzi
s = a + a? + a?2 + atf + + ?,n_! = -J
s n- x _ q i-q l-q
234
GOLDEN SECTION
a
s t is defined to be the sum of the infinite geometric series.
Example: a 2, q = j
Geometric series
The unevaluated sums of the terms of a geometric sequence (see
above) is referred to as a geometric series.
Geometrical elements
The fundamental element of linear geometry is the point.
The fundamental elements of plane geometry are the point and
the straight line.
The fundamental elements of solid geometry are the point, the
straight lineand the plane.
These geometrical elements are regarded as directly given.
Their properties are determined by the axioms of the geometry.
Golden section
A segment is said to be divided in golden section if the larger
segment is the mean proportional between the complete segment
and the smaller segment. This is equivalent to saying that the ratio
of the complete segment to the larger segment is equal to the
ratio of the larger segment to the smaller.
Construction: Draw a circle, with centre O, whose radius is
half the length of the complete segment a = AB which is to be
divided in golden section (Fig. 158). Let 2cbe a diameter of the
circle. Draw the tangent to the circle at A and mark off on it
from A a segment of length a, with end-point B. Draw the secant
235
GOLDEN SECTION
of the circle from B through O, cutting the circle in points D
and E. BD is the larger of the two segments required. This follows
from the Tangent theorem (see below) which tells us that
BD.BE= AB%
that is,
Fig. 158
5 8^ 13 21
'
8' 13' 21' 34" ' *
236
'
My
Fro. 159
Example: 3x 4 = 0.
The associated functional equation is: y 3x =
4 (Fig. 160).
Equations of the second degree. Here the type of curve we get
is a parabola.
238
:
x* - 2x + 1 =
has three roots whose approximate values are: 1-6, +0-6, and
+ 1-0.
Graphical solution of equations with first degree with two unknowns
x
1st equation: y 2 2nd equation: y = 2*
-z\ 1
239
GRAPHICAL SOLUTION OF EQUATIONS
Suppose, for example, after 19 miles the slow train must wait
on a siding at a station to let the express go by and can only
proceed when the express has passed through the station. visual A
240
HARMONIC SERIES
Is = )'
then
2
=y^
a)(s b)(s c)
a _ _p (s - b)(s - c)
tan
2""j-a~V s(s-a) '
. P P l is - c)(s - a)
tan 2~-
S -b~^l s(s-b) '
<)(s - b)
2 s c V s(s c)
Harmonic division
Harmonic mean
numbers a and b.
x = 2.4.6 = 48
^ = 4-8
4 + 6 10
(see also Harmonic series).
Harmonic series
241
heron's formula
nii n
~~ + 2
+ 3
+ 4a + 5a
+ ' ' *
*
+ (2
s -1 +1 + + 2s )
/l 1\1 /l 1\
>I+ 22+(4 + 4) + (8 + 8 + 8 + 8) + ---
1 1
+ ^p + + pj
,,111
=l+2 + 2+2+--- + 2
1
=1+
N ~*
-^ as iV-> 00, the series diverges.
a ~\- b -4- c
If we denote by s = the semi-perimeter of a tri-
242
HORIZONTAL
105 = 3.5.7;
the highest common factor is therefore 3 . 7 = 21.
Horizontal
A plane or line is said to be horizontal if it is at right angles
to the perpendicular (plumb line). In practical situations a
spirit level can be used to determine whether a plane is horizontal
or not. The opposite of horizontal is vertical or perpendicular.
243
horner's array
Horner's array
Homer's array may be used for calculating the values of
rational integral functions. By continued bracketing of x, the
rational integral function
We write
A x OqX + ax A 2 = x(a x + aj +
, a2 = x .A + ax 2,
A 3 = x A 2 + az and so on.
. ,
aQ ax a2 a3 a4 as . . .an_x an
T GqX A xX A 2X A 3X AqX ... A n_2X A n xX _^.
a Ax A 2 A 3 A A 5 A n_x y . . .
In place of x we can set any number we like, and then use the
array to calculate in turn A x , A 2 , . . ., A n_Xi and finally/.
Example: y = 0-9*4 + 0*7xa + jc 1*2. The coefficients a ,
., a
. .
4 are
Hyperbola
The hyperbola is defined as the locus of points for which the
difference of their distances from two fixed points, the foci, is
constant, = 2a say.
If the foci are Fx and F 2> then the mid-point of the segment
FXF2 is called the centre, O, of the hyperbola. If segments of
length a are drawn on either side of O on the straight fine through
Fx an d F2 we obtain the vertices A x and A 2 of the hyperbola.
A XA 2 is the transverse axis of the hyperbola. If we erect the
244
:
HYPERBOLA
Fig. 168
both its transverse and its conjugate axes. The point by point
(*-*o)
2
,
(y-y f _ ,
245
HYPERBOLA
3. Vertex equation of the hyperbola. If one vertex of the hyper-
bola lies atthe origin of the coordinate system, and if the centre
lies on the x-axis, then the hyperbola has the equation:
(x + a) 2 y2
a2 b2 ~L
This equation can be rewritten as
b2 b2
y =2x+ ~ix2 (vertex equation).
y
2
= 2px - (1 - s2)x2 s> 1.
Rectangular hyperbola
If the axes of the hyperbola are equal in length, the hyperbola
is called rectangular. Its standard equation is x2
y
2
a2 . =
The focal lengths of a point Pix^y^ of the hyperbola
3-12 =
a
1 are (Fig. 168):
PFi = -x1 +
e
a = ext + a; PF^ = -e *, a = ex a.
a a
^2
yp = 1 are
.
HYPERBOLA
m2 bH2 aT~2
"~
*i1,2 2 2
a2 b2 ~
Where the centre of the hyperbola is not at the origin but at the
point (x , y ) the equation of the tangent reads
(x - x )(x1 - x ) (y - yQ)(y - y ) _
2
"~
2
x
- 1'
a b
or more generally
{x x ){x1 x) 0-Jo)(ji-Jo) = 1.
b2
Fig. 169
248
HYPERBOLA
v= -a Vx* - a
y
2
or y -*i'f>
h I sfi h
Now -xjl g x tends to zero as x tends to infinity,
X* )r
Construction of the asymptotes of the hyperbola -$ = 1.
a* b2
Draw the perpendiculars to the transverse axis at the vertices of
the hyperbola and mark off segments of length b on each and
in the same direction. Join the end points Cx and C2 of the two
segments to the centre of the hyperbola. The line through O and
249
HYPOTENUSE
in the points Gt and G2 Then
. drop the perpendiculars from P
onto i^Gj and FX G2 These are the required tangents tx and t2
. .
Hypotenuse
The side opposite the right angle in a right-angled triangle is
called the hypotenuse of the triangle. The legs of the triangle are
the sides adjacent to the right angle.
250
INDIRECT PROOF
Icosahedron
The regular icosahedron is one of the so-called platonic solids.
It is bounded by twenty equilateral triangles (see Platonic solids).
Identical transformation
If, for a transformation in a plane or in space, all points
coincide with their image points, the transformation is said to be
identical.
2a + 3a + 4b = 5a + 4b
Imaginary numbers
The (so-called) imaginary numbers are among the complex
numbers (see above) : complex numbers whose real parts are zero
are called imaginary, e.g. i, 2i, --3*.
The imaginary numbers are multiples of the imaginary unit
i = V 1. In the representation of complex numbers on the
Gaussian number plane (Argand diagram), the imaginary numbers
lie on the j-axis (see Complex numbers, Number-plane).
Indirect proof
If a proposition is proved true by demonstrating that its
negation is false, the proof is said to be indirect.
251
INEQUALITY
Consequently Vl is irrational.
Inequality
If mathematical expressions are connected by one of the
ordering-symbols <, >, <, or ;>, the resulting proposition is
referred to as an inequality; e.g.
2. a + b\^\a\-\b\;
\
\a - b\ > \a\ - \b\.
252
INFINITE SERIES
Infinite series
00
1 1111
1+ 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + --"
t? 1 ifc=
Jfc=l
Examples:
! 2 o&=i
= ^ (geometric series with ratio \ and initial term 1).
253
INFINITESIMAL CALCULUS
00
2. ^ kis divergent.
&=i
Infinitesimal calculus
The infinitesimal calculus is concerned with the treatment of
limits (originally with Elementary
'infinitely small' quantities).
infinitesimal calculus divided into two parts, the differential
is
Differential calculus
An
(unrigorous but) intuitive idea of the differential calculus
is most
easily grasped by reference to the graph (Fig. 171) of a
function y =f(x), represented in rectangular coordinates by a
curve which has a tangent at every point. Join two points Px and
P% of the curve by the chord s iy2 > so th at the gradient of the
254
INFINITESIMAL CALCULUS
Um Ay = ^> '
= /'/*)
the tangent to the curve (with angle c) at each point of the curve.
Flo. 172
n
/> -/<>(*) = d-
v
so that
that is
Ay -r Ax = 2xx + Ajc.
dfx2)
lim (2x + Ax) 2x, i.e., j = 2x.
1 1
Now 2x = x2 4- -zx = y -r xx an(* this says, in geometrical
dz dz
differential of z is dz = -=- dx + r- dy.
Integral calculus
An intuitive idea of the integral calculus is likewise most easily
grasped geometrically (see Fig. 173). The curve y =f(x) between
P (x j ) to P(xn y n) forms with the ordinates y and y n and the
, ,
which are spaced at equal intervals Ax, so that we can form two
256
:
INFINITESIMAL CALCULUS
sums of rectangles one of which is greater and the other less than
the required area F; in Fig. 173
x x, x l *j x 4 x X
Fig. 173
V=*SSff(x,y,z)dxdyds.
if
^ =/(*) then $f(x)dx = F(x).
Using this fact, a large number of integrals can be solved. The
following table contains the first derivatives of the simplest
functions:
y / y /
xn HX"-1 ex ex
sin* cos* ax a* In a
cos* sin x
In*
1
1
X
tan*
cos 2 * 1
logaX
1
xlna
cot*
sin 2
x
du
/ = ^
df(u)
4. Chain-rule: If y =f(u) then
-p
259
INFINITESIMAL CALCULUS
^.prtrf.*-^;*.-*-^ ,_
correspond to the points of division and ya and yb to x = a and
x b. Then:
6
h
f(x)dx tv t (ya + Ay + 2y2 + 4y8 + 2y4 +
x . . .
Ja
+ 472m-l+J 6 ).
Inscribed circle
The circle which touches all sides of a polygon on the inside
is called the inscribed circle of the polygon. Not all polygons
possess inscribed circles.
Integers
The set of integers comprises the positive whole numbers, the
negative whole numbers and zero. The positive integers are
identical with the natural numbers. In the domain of integers we
can add, subtract and multiply without restriction, i.e. every sum,
260
INTEREST
Interest
Simple interest
on loan. The
Interest is the increase accruing to capital put out
amount of interest from the principal (i.e. capital)
is calculated
P, the rate of interest p and time of duration of the loan /. In the
calculation of simple interest it is usual to regard a year as
containing 360 days. The rate of interest p specifies how much
interest is to be paid to the lender of a principal of 100 for one
. Pxp
year. Thus a year's interest on a principal Pisp%, that is, ~Tqq~'
PX t 360 Interest-number
100 *
p Interest-divisor
261
INTEREST
242-25
360
Interest-divisor: -r- = ir>n
120.
Compound interest
Interest is said to be compound if the interest is added to the
principal at the end of each conversion-period (such as a month
Capital
at
Time
Interest Capital at end of year elapsed
beginning
in years
of year
Po-P
^0
100
Pi = Po + A,.4 = Po(l+4)=Po? 1
Px .p
Pi
100
Ps = Pi+Pi-o-Pi{l+o)=P? 2
P*
Pz-P
100
iW +P .4=P (l+4)=P
2 2 2 *
8
3
...
Pn-l -P
Pn-l Pn = Pn-l + Pn-l
= P-l 2 + n
100 joo { 100/
= P q*-i.q=Pfl
262
INTEREST
* "*"
Ton
= ^ ancl refer t0 th ' s *l y as
uail1:it ttie interest-factor.)
Interest-factors
263
INTERIOR ANGLES
Result: We have
Pn = P x n
q for the final capital,
Iogi> -logi
m number J
log#
other hand the interest is added more often, say m times a year,
the capital after one year with interest-rate p% per annum is
after n years
p =p( i+
ioy
Examples: To what sum does 20,000 increase after 4 years at
3-5% compound interest?
From the table, p. 263, we get: 1 increases in 4 years at
3-5% to 1-14752. Thus P4 = 20,000 X 1-14752 * 22,950.
Interior angles
An interior angle is one formed by neighbouring sides of a
figure and lying within the interior of the figure.
Interpolation
The determination of an intermediary value of a function by
means of a sequence of known values of the function is called
happens that the value of a function is
interpolation. It often
required which corresponds to an argument-value for which the
264
INTERSECTION, POINT OF
Linear interpolation
The simplest, and for most purposes sufficient, form of inter-
polation especially if the function concerned is closely tabulated
is linear interpolation. Here it is assumed that increments of
the functional value may be taken as proportional to correspond-
ing increments of the argument: for values x + th in the interval
/i(0<f<l),
*1 "~
-*o
Quadratic interpolation
The refinement of linear interpolation is quadratic inter-
first
Intersection, point of
Two non-parallel straight lines lying in a plane intersect in a
unique point. If the straight lines are specified by their equations
relative to a coordinate-system in the plane, the coordinates of
the point of intersection P can be calculated by regarding the
equations of the straight lines as a system of two equations in
two unknowns and solving for these unknowns.
Example; line l y = 3x 1,
line /2 y = 3.x + 5.
265
INTERSECTION OF TWO CURVES
System of equations: 1. v
= 1,3x
2. y + 3* = 5.
FiO. 175
+ y2 = 144.
Equation of circle, x2
System of equations, 1. x2 + y =
2
144,
2. /- 10*.
266
INTERVAL
Solutions:
Fig. 176
Interval
The totality of all numbers which lie between two fixed numbers
a and b is called an open interval, a and b are the limits of the
267
INVERSE FUNCTION
Inverse function
Solution of a functional equa-
=f(x) for x gives x = g(y).
tion v
Ifwe interchange x and v in this
new equation, to give x and v
of inde-
their usual connotations
pendent and dependent variable,
we obtain the inverse function
v = g(x) of the original function
v=/(*)(Fig. 177).
Graphically, if the same scale
is used for x and v, v =
g(x) is
Fig. 177
the mirror-image of y =f(x) in
the straight line v = x.
Square, = x2 v Root, = Vx = x*
y 1*
v = x y = tfx = x
1
Power, n '*
Exponential functions, y = a x
Logarithm, v = loga x
y = e* y = lnx
y= 10* y = logx
Sine, y = sin x Inverse sine, v = sin-1 x
Hyperbolic sine, v = sinh x Inverse sinh, v = sinh-1 x
IRRATIONAL NUMBER
1.x3 1.3.x5
sm-1 x = x + y-I +2 T 4 T 5- + ... ,
+ 2 4
. . 6 (2k).(2k+l)
+
In particular, j = tan-1 1 = 1^ + ^ + = + . . ..
Inversion
An inversion occurs in a. permutation (see below) if two elements
Irrational number
The realnumbers are sub-divided into the rational numbers
(see below) and the irrational numbers. The irrational numbers
are thus the non-rational real numbers, e.g. V2, e = 2-718. .
(see below).
269
ISOSCELES TRIANGLE
Isosceles triangle
Jointed quadrilateral
/ Da
Fig. 178
270
LEAST COMMON MULTIPLB
l,l_l 2_5
+ 3~6 + 6"~6*
2
271
LEMNISCATB
Lemniscate
A lemniscate is an algebraic curve. It can be represented by
the equation
(jc
2
+ ff - 2aV - f) = 0,
Fro. 181
(a2
+ ff - 2a (x - f) M - a*.
2 2
Length, measurement of
The unit of linear measurement in the metric system is the
metre. The length of the metre m
was established (1889) as the
distance between marks on a bar of platinum-iridium preserved
in Paris. In the comparable system of measurement used in the
United States and in countries of the British Commonwealth
(mainly for commercial purposes) the yard is the unit of linear
measurement. 1 yard is now uniformly defined as 0-9144 m. We
have:
1 Kilometre (km) = 103 m (= 0-6214 mile)
1 Hectometre (hm) = 102 m (= 328 feet 1 inch)
272
LIMIT
amounts to 1") =
3-258 light years = 3-0826 X 1013 km.
1 nautical mile = 1-852 km = 6,080-3 feet = ^ meridian degree.
Length-preserving transformation
Atransformation is called length-preserving if in the trans-
formation every section of a curve corresponds to a section of a
curve with equal length. The congruent transformations (= rigid
motions) are length-preserving.
Limit
of an infinite sequence approach a definite value /
If the terms
in such a way that if we select some quantity, however small,
N
we can always find a number so that every term of the sequence
273
LIMIT
after the Nth differs from / by less than the selected small quantity,
then / is said to be the limit of the sequence.
If the terms of the sequence are denoted by ax , a2 , . . ., then
we write:
lim a n = I or a n -> / as n -* oo.
n-*oo
(See Sequence.)
Example: The sequence 0-3; 0-33; 0-333; 0-3333; ... has the
limits-
Evaluation of limits
1.The limit of a sum (or difference, or product) is equal to
the sum (or difference, or product) of the limit.
2. The limit of a quotient is equal to the quotient of the limits,
provided the limit of the denominator differs from zero.
Formally:
limcM
a
lim t2 = "7, , where lim b n # 0.
_* b n Inn n _*,
--oo
Examples:
an = 2 + -;
w'
6n =3+ ^;
^ 2 lim aB 2; lim =3
Jis
^+ '->-?. ([2 +3 + [ 3
+s])
274
"
LINEAR EQUATION
2+
*i([ + a]-[
Bd 3
3)
1-
-SLt'-s)-
lim a nfe n lim a n lim 6 W = 2 . 3 =6
tlao n-*ao
"^ (
2 +
9(
3 + s)
-Sl ( + ; + 5 + )
-6 -
hm
,. *
r- = ^>
t- T"
2 ,.
o and lim
(
2 + l\
r
2
7
n^* n lim 3 _,
I
I If I
3
\
3 + 2^/
These rules can be used for the evaluation of limits.
Example:
An
=1 4-1 Ihn(4-I)
n*< W 1
n fl L n-c
i-I ita(i-I)
1
~ I^To " 4 *
lim 1 lim -
n-*oo n-*oo
Linear equation
Equations of the first degree, i.e. containing the unknown
most the first power.
raised to at
The normal form is ax + b = (see Equation).
275
LINEAR TRANSFORMATION
Linear transformation
Linear transformations are transformations of the complex
z-plane onto the complex w-plane, carried out by means of
complex linear functions. The theory of these linear transforma-
tions belongs to the foundations of the 'Theory of Functions'.
In what follows z denotes a complex variable: z x iy; = +
similarly, w is a complex variable: w u iv. The constants = +
a, b, c, d etc., denote complex numbers.
1. = az + b
Transformation by means of integral linearfunctions w
(1) a1, w = z + b; this is a translation along the vector b.
For b = we have w = z, the identical transformation.
(2) b = 0, w = az, where a ^ 0. These are similarity transfor-
mations in which rotation occurs about the origin O through an
angle a =
arga and stretching occurs in the ratio 1:|| (|a| is
the absolute value of a). If in particular \a\ = 1, i.e.
a = cos a + i sin a,
276
LINEAR TRANSFORMATION
(2) We
seek the point which has the same argument as z but
1
z outside the circle (Fig. 182), the tangents from z to the circle
lies
are drawn. The line joining the points of contact of the tangents
= az +b
3. The general linear transformation w
cz +d
A
non-degenerate transformation of the z-plane on to the
w-plane is defined by this function if the determinant
a b
= ad be t^= 0.
c d
277
LITERAL NUMBERS
(adbc\
-):' _ ^a ,
w + -(asml). .
Then
(ad bc\ Z _
+ ~c~\
a / ad bc\ 1 a
w
c~~ ) 7~)'7 + 'c
^ / ad-bc \ 1 a
+ d+?
that is,
ad + be a ad + be + flcz + /a az +b
~~ ~~
c(cz + d) c~~ c(cz + d) cz + d'
and so these three steps together yield the transformation
w = az + b
cz + d
a
other words all points z have the same image pomt w = - and
so the transformation is degenerate.
Literal numbers
Literal numbers are represented by letters of an alphabet
(customarily the Latin and Greek alphabets). Any definite number
can replace such a letter in a calculation, provided of course that
the substitution is carried through consistently.
By convention the early letters of each alphabet are used as
known fixed quantities, and the last letters to signify unknown
fixed quantities, or variables. Frequently indices or other dis-
tinguishing marks are added to the letters of the alphabet, e.g.
ax b 7 ,
, A4 , otg, ft* Rtf.
278
LOCUS
The importance of literal numbers lies in their usefulness in
presenting mathematical laws and rules clearly, compactly and
comprehensively, by means of 'formulae'. E.g.
Locus
The set of points satisfying certain conditions is called a 'locus'.
Examples:
(i) The locus of points distant r from a fixed point O is the
circle with centre O
and radius r.
(ii) The locus of points equidistant from two fixed points A
and B is the perpendicular bisector of the segment AB.
(iii) The locus of points distant dftom a straight line /comprises
the pair of lines parallel to / and distant d from it on either
side.
279
:
LOGARITHM
(ix) The locus of points whose distances from a fixed point F
and a fixed straight fine / are equal is the parabola with
focus F and directrix /.
Logarithm
A logarithmic function is the inverse of a power function.
The logarithm (of b to base a) is the exponent () to which the
base(a) must be raised in order to obtain the antilogarithm (b).
base
n a b
logarithm antilogarithm
Example:
1. log a (x . y) = log a x + loga j> log (7x3) = log 7 + log 3
2. log a Fj = log a x - \o$ a y log ^ = log 7 - log 3
281
LOGARITHM
These formulae are simple consequences of the rules for calcu-
lating with powers.
There are as many systems of logarithms as there are possible
base numbers a >
0. To obtain the relation between logarithms
in one system with base a and those with base b, the following
equation is used
log6 x = log
6 a X log x.
x = 50652* x = 3-2711
See also example 6.
17
^.log x=
1()17
log 17 = 1-23045
log 1017 = 3-00732
Here the subtraction cannot be carried out, since the subtrahend
is greater than the minuend; we proceed as follows:
log * = 0-22313 -2
x = 0-016716
log = 0-41015 -
jc 1
x = 0-25713
Logarithmic tables. A
table of logarithms (see Table 2) is a table
containing the mantissae of the logarithms. According to the
number of places given, we speak of 4-figure, 5-figure, etc.,
logarithm tables.
* Note that the result x =
50652 is short by 1. Errors like this occur in logar-
ithmic calculations, since values in the table of logarithms used have been rounded
off in the last decimal place.
283
LOGARITHM
Logarithmic functions (see Functions). The function y = log a x
is called a logarithmic function. For a 2, the graph = is shown
in Fig. 184.
Fig. 184
xu
'
2 8
, / 1 \ JC JC
+ n
+ . . .
(-i<:jt<+i).
,
/I + A =2n (
X
X*
+ 2k +
+ J + J + --.+
X* t
JC
2 ** 1
\
l
[x) [ 1 ' * '
7
(-!<*< +1).
284
LOGARITHM
Interpolation in tables of logarithms. (For general remarks on
interpolation, see Interpolation.) In logarithmic calculation it is
sometimes necessary to achieve greater accuracy by interpolation.
Suppose we wish to determine log 101-34, given
0-0004
log 101-34 = log 101-3 + -qTj- X 004
To find
x = log 246-57.
285
:
LOGARITHM
In the 5-figure table we find
17
1 1-7
2 3-4
5-1
Since we have to determine log 246-57 we look for
3
7 in the left column of the and find next to it
table
4 6-8
8-5
the number 11-9. 11-9 is added to the last two
5
6 10-2
figures of log 246-5 = 2-39182, i.e. to 82.*
7 11-9
8 13-6
9 15-3
Logarithmic equation
Logarithmic equations are conditional equations in which the
logarithm of the unknown appears, e.g.
5 log x = x.
In general such equations must be solved by graphical or
numerical methods, though sometimes a simple method can be
found, e.g.
286
LOGARITHM
If the logarithms of both sides of an equation coincide so must
the antilogs. Thus:
19 91 rt
xx = 13
_ 19
V
/361 728
~ 4 16
+ 16 *a 2
Logarithmic series
The series
yZ y3 yi vn
m(l+*) = ;c-| + |-| + ...(-l)-i^ + ...
converges for all a: such that 1 < x^ 1 (and only these values).
In = natural logarithm.
For-l<:*<+l,
1 n
r ^ = ^+2+3 + 4
+ --- +
+ "--
For 1 <x< 1,
ln
r ^ = 2(, + I+T + ... + 2TTT + ...).
287
LOGARITHMIC SPIRAL
Logarithmic spiral
The
logarithmic spiral has equation r me?, where= is m>
a constant number, e =
2-718. ., and r and <p are polar co-
.
Fiq. 185
Maclaurin's series
jM. M+ m x+ m* + qs> x* + .
Mathematical geography
To represent the position of a point on the earth's surface we
refer it to the earth's axis (i.e. the diameter of the earth about
which is executes in 24 hours its daily rotation). The two end-
points of the axis are called the geographical poles (North and
South). The great circle equidistant from both poles is called
the equator; the half-circles running from North to South pole
are called meridians and the circles running parallel to the
equator, parallels of latitude. The position of a point on the
earth's surface is denoted by its (geographical) latitude and
longitude (Fig. 186). The latitude <f> of a point is the angle between
the normal to the earth's surface at the point and the normal at
the equator. It ranges, to the North and to the South, from 0 to
90. The longitude of a point is the spherical angle at the pole
288
MATHEMATICAL GEOGRAPHY
between the meridian through Greenwich and the meridian of
the point in question, or alternatively the arc between the two
meridians at the equator. The longitude ranges from 0 to 180
to the east and to the west.
289
MATHEMATICAL GEOGRAPHY
directions at Px and P2 are denoted by A and E. We have
cos d = cos (90 - 0j) cos (90 - &)
+ sin (90 - ^) sin (90 - &) cos (A2 A^,
Loxodrome
The great-circle path is not the only one between two points
on the earth's surface. In actual navigation it is often unsuitable,
since it may
lead into latitudes where ice is a danger. Usually the
preferred path will be that with constant direction, the so-called
loxodrome. Sea-maps are therefore usually maps in which such
paths appear as straight lines (Mercator's map). In the latitudes
most important in navigation the loxodrome is usually not much
longer than the great-circle path. For air navigation, on the other
hand, either great-circle routes are preferred, or routes with
meteorological advantages.
290
MATHEMATICAL GEOGRAPHY
Distance d 98 miles.
log d = 1-9912 log d= 1-9912
Direction a = 65
log / = 2-0549
Initial latitude:
38 50' N / = 113-5'W
Final latitude:
38 08-6' N Initial longitude: 12 17' W
Mean latitude fa
38 29' N Final longitude: 14 10-5'
Initial latitude
Final latitude
291
MATHEMATICAL INDUCTION
Mathematical induction
Mathematical induction is a method of proving a general
proposition involving an integer n which may be any positive
integer (or any integer greater than some fixed N). Such a proof
proceeds in the following way:
1. It is first proved that the proposition is true when n is equal
Matrix
A
matrix may be regarded as the array of coefficients of a
system of linear equations; e.g.
292
MEASURING OFF AN ANGLE
I 2 1 4 I
\ 2 -3 1 1 /
Mean proportional
The mean proportional with respect to two quantities a and
jc
f f
293
MEDIAN
Suppose the given angle has vertex S and legs h and k. Describe
about S and A equal circles with arbitrary radius r. Let the one
circle cut h and k in Hand K
respectively and the other cut /in
F. Now describe about F a circle with radius HK. This cuts the
first circle in G, and the straight line through A and G is the
second leg of the required angle. Note that the angle a can be
measured off on different sides of/.
Median
The median of a number of observations is that value which
has an equal number of observations greater and less than it.
In the case of the Gaussian normal distribution the median
coincides with the arithmetic mean.
BZ CX AY
See Fig. 192.
Fig. 192
294
:
MOLLWEIDE EQUATIONS
fi
= 8-2 0-674 V0- 1733,
the true value lying inside this range with probability 50 %.
Mixed number
Sum of an integer and a fractional number, e.g.
,2 , 2
13 =1+ 3
Mollweide equations
295
o
MONOTONIC
The formulae are
a a- 8
, Q + o
cos z
2__ a b ,
.
sm
2
a +
cos ^
' c .
sin
a + #
2~
P-y -y
A
o +i
c
C0S 2 u
o c
.
Sln 2
T"^
a ~~
+ y ~ . P + y
cos sin
2 2
y
a y a
c +
_i_
a
cos
2 t
ca
.
sin 2
^
cos +a
y
-z
6 .
sin
y +
- =
a
Monotonic
1. Monotonic sequence
A sequence x n is said to be monotonic increasing if x <, x
n n+1
for all n, and monotonic decreasing if xn xn+1 for all n. If >
xn < x n+i or x n > x n+1 for all n we speak of strictly monotonic
(increasing or decreasing) sequences.
2. Monotonic functions
all x n < x n+1 ,f(x n ) ^/(x
for n+1), the function/*)
If, is said
to bemonotonic increasing. Monotonic decreasing and strictly
monotonic functions are defined similarly.
3. Monotonic laws
(a) for addition. If a < b then a + c < b + c.
(b) for multiplication. If a < b then, if c positive, ac < be.
is
296
MULTIPLICATION
n~ x
The binomial distribution Pn(x) = I
J
%
pq has mean
value E = np. If the mean value is an integer, then it is also the
most probable value of the distribution. If it is not an integer, it
lies between two integers x w and x w+1 In this case, one other of .
= 4, p = q = i = = = 2;
2. For n i>4(x)
Q Qj and j
Multiplication
Multiplication is the third of the four fundamental calculating
operations. It results from abbreviating the process of addition
of equal summands:
a + a + a + a + a = ax5; 3 + 3 + 3 = 3x3.
The numbers multiplied together are called factors; the result of
the multiplication is called the product. The first factor is some-
times called the multiplicand, the second factor the multiplier:
5 x 3 = 15
multiplicand X multiplier = product.
The commutative law holds for multiplication:
297
MULTIPLICATION
(+2) (+3)
. = +6, (-2) (-3) . = +6.
(+2) . (-3) = -6, (-2) . (+3) = -6.
(+a) . (+b) = +ab, (-) . (-b) = +ab.
(-a) . (+b) = -ab, (+a) . (~b) = -ab.
298
MULTIPLICATION
To multiply algebraic sums together, every term of one sum is
multiplied by every term of the other:
(a + 3) . (2b - c) = lab + 6b - ac - 3c.
4. Multiplication ofpowers
(a) With the same base; multiply by adding the exponents and
leaving the base unaltered
5. Multiplication
of roots
With the same index; multiply by leaving the index un-
(a)
altered and taking the product of the radicands
(b) With the same radicand; we make the roots similar and
proceed according to the rule for roots with the same index, e.g.
Va.Va= Va Ya = Va n+m ;
A/3 . A^3 = 5 7
-
A/3' . V = A^TT5 = a/P 5
.
~^ m
V~a .yTa = a~n .am = a~
n
= a
mn
= "a/^;
(7 + 5/) . (1 + 3/) = 7 + 7 3/ +
. 5/ + 5/ 3/
1 . .
= 7 + 21/ + 5/ + 15/ = 7 + 2
26/ - 15
= -8 + 26/.
Negative numbers
The introduction of the negative numbers is due to the need
for subtraction to be performable without restriction. In the
domain of positive numbers the subtraction a b c can only =
be carried out if a >
b (a greater than b). If, on the other hand,
a < b (a smaller than b) we define c = (b a), e.g.
5 7 = ( 2). Here the ' sign' on the left hand side of the
.
Neil's Parabola
Xf = x '
Etc. 194
Nomography
Representation of a functional relationship by a so-called
nomogram is used when frequent graphical solution of the same
301
NOMOGRAPHY
scale (y = c log x), the quadratic scale (y = ex2) and the pro
jective scale
/
I y
ax + b\
t~jI- For three variables we speak of
function-nets.
yf(x
I 2 3 4 5
Fio. 196
Fio. 198
x
NOMOGRAPHY
Examples of net charts
\. z cx
n
Given scale-ratio
. /, we obtain:
Nomograms
The straight line joining two parameter values on two straight
or curved lines laid out with appropriate scales gives a point of
intersection on a third scale such that the required result is read
off directly.
1 L*
j
y
/
s
A
1 \
\
+
2 3 4 S
303
:
NOMOGRAPHY
For an arbitrary pair of values (x, y) the condition is that the
determinant
Fig. 201
c c constants)
lf %
1. Three parallel straight line scales.
,
Code-equation:
. sin (a
-=
+ = a ~B
/?)
+
sin sin ,
(Fig. 203).
304
NOMOGRAPHY
305
NONLINEAR SYSTEMS OF EQUATIONS WITH TWO UNKNOWNS
Fig. 206
Example: I. 2x2 - 3/ - 6 =
II. 3x2 - 2y2 - 19
The resultant is:
2 3/ -6
R=
2 -3/ -6
3 -2y 2 - 19
3 -2y2 - 19
that is,
Null sequence
A number-sequence whose limit is is referred to as a null
sequence.
Examples:
i 1 1 1 1 I
"
j. i, , -r 3> , -r ,
.,(-l) n 1 .
2 4 5
Null vector
A vector whose length is zero is a null-vector (see Vector).
Number
Number is a fundamental concept of mathematics, and should
be strictly distinguished from the concept of numeral. The
numerals are merely the signs by means of which numbers are
represented (see Numerals, Number system).
Number-plane
The number plane (also
Gaussian plane, Argand
diagram) provides a visual
OzO+2*
representation of the com-
plex numbers (see above) in
the same way as the real
numbers are visualised as
forming a straight line.
A rectangular coordinate
system is constructed, the
horizontal axis usually being
referred to as the real axis,
Fio. 207
and the perpendicular as the
imaginary axis (Fig. 207).
307
. .
NUMBER, TYPES OF
3, 2, 0, 2, 3,
1, 1, being laid out on the real axis
4, . . .
way
In this every point of the number plane is associated with a
complex number and vice versa.
Number system
A number system is a method of representing numbers by
means of symbols. Modern number systems are place-value
systems. The Romans, Greeks, and Egyptians used number
systems in which an individual number symbol had the same
value essentially regardless of the position in which it occurred.
(See Numerals, Place-value system, Roman number system,
Decimal system.)
Number, types of
1. Natural numbers cardinal numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, . . .
308
NUMBER, TYPES OF
1111111 *
Ty 4' 5' 6' T 8' * * *
4.
Decimal numbers numbers written according to the system
using 10 as base (integral, rational or irrational numbers)
Finite decimal numbers: decimal numbers in which a finite
number of digits come after the decimal point: for example,
7 = 0-25.
4
Infinite decimal numbers: decimal numbers in which an infinite
number of places come after the decimal point.
309
,
7. Complex numbers
Imaginary numbers. The square root of a negative number is
e.g. 1 cm, is laid out and the process repeated arbitrarily often.
The points of division thus formed to the right of the origin are
labelled from left to right 1, 2, 3, 4, . . , and those formed
. to
the left of the origin, from right to left 1, 2, 3, . . .
I I I I I I I I I I I I l"
-.6-5-4-3-2-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 .
012345678
I I I I I
1
I I I,
310
ORDERING
Numerals
The numerals are the symbols which are used to name the
individual natural numbers (see Number-system, Decimal system,
Roman number system).
Oblique triangle
A triangle is referred to as oblique if one of its interior angles
is obtuse, i.e. greater than 90.
Octahedron
The octahedron is one of the so-called Platonic solids. It is
bounded by eight equilateral triangles (see Platonic solids).
Octant
If a three-dimensional rectangular coordinate system is set up
then the space is divided by the coordinate planes into eight
octants. Each octant is bounded by three mutually perpendicular
coordinate planes (see Coordinate systems).
Opposite angles
Opposite angles or opposite-lying angles occur where parallel
by a transversal. Opposite angles lie on the same side
lines are cut
of the transversal and on different sides of the parallel lines.
Angles opposite to the intersecting parallels add up to 180 (see
Angle).
Ordering
We can always establish for two real numbers which unique
one of the three ordering-relations <, =, >
holds between them
(see Inequality), e.g.
r- 2 6
3<4, -l>-2, V2<2, =
5
(read: 3 less than 4; 1 greater than 2; root 2 less than 2).
311
ORIENTATION
Orthocentre
The point of intersection of the three altitudes of a triangle
(see Triangle); it lies on the Euler line of the Triangle.
Fig. 208
312
PARABOLA
Parabola
A parabola is the locus of points equidistant from a fixed point,
the focus, and a fixed straight line, the directrix (see Conic
sections).
The distance of the focus F from the directrix I is denoted by
the parameter p. The standard equation of the parabola is
y
2
=
2px. This is the vertex equation of the parabola, the vertex
of the parabola (i.e. the point nearest the directrix) being taken
in this representation to be the origin of the coordinate system
(Fig. 209). The focus of the parabola then has coordinates
F I -z, 1 and the directrix has equation x y
Fio. 209
parabola from the vertex to and beyond the focus the greater is
the distance of the points of the parabola from the axis. For
construction of parabola, see Conic sections.
x2 = 2py Directrix: y = p -x
x2 = Ipy Directrix: y = +p -z
y
2 = 2px Directrix: x = p -z
y
2 = 2px Directrix: x = + p5
2. If the vertex of the parabola is not taken as the origin of the
coordinate system but has coordinates S(a, b), then the following
possibilities arise:
(a) Axis of parabola parallel to y-suds (opening above)
J1.2
l, 2 -
= +^ ~ V/<p
Vfa ~ 2mii).
Special case: m = 0, the straight line is parallel to the x-axis.
The system of equations is then:
y
% =
2px, y =
n. In this case
m=p(x + xd-
315
PARABOLA
The equation of the normal at the same point is
m* \ mj
meter of the parabola. The mid-points of chords of a family
with common gradient m therefore lie on a line parallel to the
x-axis and at distance from it. This line is called the diameter
m
with reference to the direction m.
5. Tangents to the parabolas y
2 = 2px,x2 = 2py,x2 2py:
(a) The line ;>= mx + n is tangent to the parabola y 2
= 2px
if D = p + 2mn = 0.
(b) The line y = mx + n is tangent to the parabola x 2py 2
if D = pm + 2n = 0.
2
iy ~ )Oi - b = ~P (* ~ a + x - a
) i )
316
PARABOLA
(x - a)(xx - a) = p - b + y b)
.
x
1
^Tangent at vertex
Fia. 210
317
PARABOLA
4. The
distance of the point of contact of a tangent from the
focus equal to the distance of the focus from the point of
is
intersection of the tangent with the axis of the parabola. (In Fig.
210, TF = FP^.)
5. The tangent at Px bisects the angle between PXF and the
perpendicular from Px onto the directrix.
6. The projection onto the axis of the parabola of the line-
segment between the point of contact of a tangent and the point
of intersection of the tangent with the axis, is bisected by the
vertex. The segment bisected is referred to as the subtangent.
7. The projection onto the axis of the parabola of the segment
lyingon the normal, between its points of intersection with the
parabola and with the axis, is called the subnormal. The sub-
normal has length p.
8. The mirror-image of the focus, with respect to a tangent,
lies on the directrix of the parabola.
9. If the tangents at points Plt P% of a parabola intersect in R,
then RFPX = RFP2 .
318
PARABOLA
vertex is the foot H
of the perpendicular from the focus onto the
required tangent. Join FH
and let it intersect the directrix in G.
G is the mirror-image of the focus with respect to the required
tangent. Through G draw the line parallel to the axis of the
parabola. This intersects the tangent in its point B of contact
with the parabola.
\
v s
JF x
c
*
/ bV.
4 k
Fio. 211 Fio. 212
Parallel
Two straight lines which lie in one and the same plane and do
not intersect are said to be parallel (Fig. 212).
Parallel axiom
If an arbitrary straight line and A a point which does not
a is
319
PARALLEL PROJECTION
is the perpendicular from P onto m, then PF is defined as the
distance between the parallel lines. The distance defined in this
way is the same wherever P is chosen to he on /.
Parallel planes
Planes which do not intersect are said to be parallel.
Parallel planes are everywhere the same distance apart. A
straight line is said to be parallel to a plane if it lies wholly in a
plane which is parallel to the given plane.
Parallel projection
A projection (see art.) in which all rays of projection are
parallel is called a parallel projection. The direction of these rays
is called the projection-direction. The projection-direction is given
relative to the image-plane. We
speak of oblique parallel projec-
tion, if the rays of projection do not intersect the image plane at
right angles. If the rays of projection do intersect the image-plane
at right angles, the projection is orthogonal. The general parallel
projection used for representing solid objects by plane images,
is
Direction of
translation
A,
Null direction
Fig. 213
Parallelogram
A quadrilateral in which pairs of opposite sides are parallel is
the angle a (see Fig. 214). At P on lx lay out the angle a, on the
same side of llt and in the same sense, from AP. Then the free
arm of the new angle gives the direction of the required parallel m.
/j may conveniently be chosen to be perpendicular to m (a
= 90).
2. To construct a straight line m parallel to a given straight
line / and at a distance a from it (Fig. 215). Take a point P on /
m,
"
A
,
"1 t
P
B m,
321
PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION OF A CURVE
AB and ~DE,
BC and EF,
CD and FA.
Fig. 216
322
pascal's triangle
Pascal's triangle
Pascal's triangle is the following array of numbers, in which
the individual numbers of the array are the binomial coefficients
10 10
1 15 20 15 1
323
PERPENDICULAR BISECTOR
Perpendicular bisector
The perpendicular bisector of a given straight line segment AB
isthe straight line perpendicular to AB, and passing through its
mid-point.
The perpendicular bisector of a segment is the axis of symmetry
of the segment (see Fundamental constructions, Triangle).
The perpendicular bisectors of the three sides of a triangle
intersect in the centre of the circumcircle.
Perpendicular, construction of
To drop a perpendicular onto a straight line (Fig. 217).
'V ss
x
Fig. 217
Perspective
Two figures or solid bodies which arise from one another by
a perspective transformation (see art.) are said to be in perspective
with respect to one another. The perspective image of a circle
324
PERSPECTIVE TRANSFORMATION
can, for example, be a parabola, and the parabola and the circle
are then in perspective with respect to one another (see Perspective
transformation).
Place-value system
A place-value system is a number system in which the value of
a number-symbol depends not only on the symbol itself but also
on the position in the number at which the symbol occurs. The
sexagesimal system of the Babylonians, with base 60, our own
decimal system, with base 10, and the binary system (base 2) used
by many computing machines are examples. Each place-value
system has a positive integral base and as many different number-
symbols as this base allows.
A sexagesimal system must thus have 60 number-symbols; the
decimal system uses the symbols 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9;
a binary system can use the symbols and 1. See Number system,
Numerals, Decimal system.
Plane
The plane is one of the basic geometric elements of space (the
others are the point (see below) and the straight line (see below)).
326
PLATONIC SOLIDS
Planetary orbits
The path of a planet in its motion about the sun is described
as its orbit. The movement of the planets about the sun results
Planimetry
Planimetry, or 'plane geometry', comprises the study of figures
lying in a plane. Parallel with plane geometry we speak of 'linear
geometry', the study of geometrical structures lying in a straight
fine, and of stereometry or 'solid geometry' primarily concerned
with geometrical structures in space which do not lie in a straight
line or in a plane.
The term 'planimetry' is often confined to that part of plane
geometry concerned with the measurement of plane figures.
Platonic solids
Platonic solids or regular polyhedra are convex polyhedra
which are bounded by regular, mutually congruent, polygons.
There are five Platonic solids, viz.
Tetrahedron, Hexahedron (cube), Octahedron,
327
PLATONIC SOLIDS
General properties
Tetrahedron 3 3 4 4 6
Octahedron 4 3 8 6 12
Icosahedron 5 3 20 12 30
Hexahedron 3 4 6 8 12
Dodecahedron 3 5 12 20 30
328
POINT-SEQUENCE
Tetra- Octa-
Cube Dodecahedron Icosahedron
hedron hedron
2 /- a2 r- j* a2
Lateral surface, G 4^3 a2
T V3 ^ V25 + IOV? h*
Total surface, S a2 V3 6a2 2a2 VT 3a*V25 + 10V5 5a2 VI
a" r-
Volume, V
12
z a3 jV5 j (15 + 7 VI) ^(3+VS)
a ,-
Radius, r -^ -
2
V3 fvl \ V3(l + A/5) 4V1O + 2VI
Angle between
edges, a 60 90 60 108 60
Angle between
faces, 70 33' 90 109 28' 116 34' 138 11'
<f>
Point
Points are basic elements of linear, plane and three-dimensional
geometry. Properties of points: two distinct points determine a
straight line (connecting line).
Two straight lines, which lie in a plane and are not parallel,
intersect in a point (point of intersection).
If three distinct points lie on a straight line we can say of just
one of these points that it lies between the other two. (Ordering
of points on a straight line.)
Three points of space which do not lie on a straight line
determine a single plane.
Point-sequence
If according to some prescribed rule a first point Px determines
a second P2 and P2 determines a third Pz> and so on, these points
,
P P2> P3 * 4
1>
329
,
POLE
Pi(2 + i 5),P
2 (2 + J,4 + i).
M 2+ s'
4+
*)'M
2+ ^ ,4+ s)'---'
>
n (2+1
1^ ~ n
2
' 4 + -U
i^y* '
"
The sequence converges to the point P(2, 4), since the sequence
of distances
= i - 2)" + + ji; -
pj-
J (2 + (4
*J
is a null sequence.
Pole
If, as jc - x ,f(x) -> 00, f{x) is said to have a pole at x . E.g.
Polygonal numbers
Polygonal numbers are numbers which form an arithmetic
sequence (see art.) of the second order. The general term of these
sequences is
Zn =1 [2 + (w
\)d], where d is one of the numbers 1,2, 3, . .
13
XXX
Triangular numbers
6 10
X
XX XX XX
XXX XXX
X X X X
X
14XX
Square numbers
XXX
9
xxxx
16
XX XXX xxxx
XXX xxxx
xxxx
Pentagonal, hexagonal and other such numbers are not so
adequately represented in this way.
Polygons
The polygon defined by the points A lt A 2 , . . .,A n lying in a
331
POLYGONS
Fig. 220
332
POSITION VECTOR
Polyhedron
A polyhedron is a closed portion of space bounded on all sides
by plane surfaces. The lines of intersection of these surfaces are
called edges. The edges meet in the vertices of the polyhedron.
In the case of convex polyhedra we have Eulefs theorem: If a
convex polyhedron has v vertices, e edges and / faces then
y +/=e + 2.
If a denotes the number of angles, then we also have:
2 2
a = 2e, a ^ 3/, v ^ ^ e>/^ 3 e>/^ 2v ~ 4 -
Polynomial
Expressions comprising one term, such as 2a, \bc, can be added
or subtracted from one another. Several literal numbers associated
in this manner form a polynomial expression, a 2b Ac d +
for example is a polynomial of four terms. A polynomial of two
terms is called binomial, e.g. a + b.
Position vector
A position vector a vector whose point of origin is the
is
333
POWERS
Powers
A power is a product of equal factors. E.g.:
43 = 4x4x4, a 5 = axaxaxaxa.
Evaluating the product, we obtain the value of the power; e.g.
43 = 64, 3
2 = 9, a1 = a.
Nomenclature, a n = c:
2 x 32 = 2 x 9 = 18; if a n = c then b x an = b x c.
{a x b)
n = an x bn ; (3 x 5)
2
= 32 x 52 .
X = ^;
a
(a - bT = aw 4- b";
/12\ 2 12 2
(12-4)
(12 -7- 4)
a
2 =
=(y-j\ =12
I
-442a = -^
= 12*2 -r
334
POWERS
Multiplication ofpowers.
(i)with the same base: the result of multiplying powers with
the is an expression with the common base raised to
same base
exponent equal to the sum of the individual exponents.
a p x a9 = a, 32 x33 = 3^ = 35
an x bn = (a x b)\ 33 X 53 = (3 x 5)
3
= 153
Division ofpowers.
(i) with the same base: to divide powers with the same base
we raise the base to the differencebetween the exponent of the
dividend and the exponent of the divisor:
a71
= a1
E.g. CTfl8 = fl
8-2 = fl
3
; *4 -r X6 = X4-6 = X-2 = ^
(for x~2 = -g, see below).
(ii) with the same exponent: to divide powers with the same
335
POWERS
Xn
But since also equals 1, x is defined as 1.
a p
Similarly, so as to be able to extend the relation
a
= a*-* to
Q
4-3
* = 1 = 1.
42 16
The rules given above hold unaltered for negative and zero
exponents.
Powers with fractional exponents. In order to extend the relation
i
(a p) 9 = ap - q
to fractional indices, we need to have (a*) 9 = 1, and
1 V
so we define a" to be the qth root of a. Then a power a" with
2
a = %a v ,
3
e.g. 4s = y/& = -^64 = 8.
In particular,
The rules given above hold also for fractional exponents, e.g.
12 12 9+14 23
oV = a1 5
= a = a = V^
3 _3 3 1 ifi
a1 a1
Power-series
A series of the form
00
2 akxk = a + a x + a x2 +
fc=0
x
x
2 azx* + . . . + anxn + . . .
" X* X X2 Xs
^=
Jn= + I
Tl
+ 2! + 3!
+ ---
converges for all values of x.
2. The logarithmic series
+ *)-*- T
ln(l
2
+ T3 - ... + (-l)"- 1 ^+
n!
. . .
3. The power-series
f>bc n = 1 +
+ 2!x2 + x 3IJC
3
+ 4!jc
4
+ 5!x6 + . . .
337
PRISM
Prism
A
prism is a solid having polygons lying in parallel planes as
base and upper surface, and bounded by parallelograms as lateral
surfaces.
If the lateral surfaces of the solid are perpendicular to the base,
said to be a right prism (Fig. 224), otherwise
it is it is called an
oblique prism (Fig. 225).
Three-sided
prism
regular n-sided prism. The distance between the base and the
upper surface is called the altitude. The volume of a prism with
base-area B and altitude h is V = B h. .
Probability
If an event occurs n times, and if we may expect the event to
turn out in a particular way (a favourable event, a success) m
times out of the n trials, each of the events being equally probable,
then the probability P of a success is
n
338
PROBABILITY
82,878
i,= = - 82878 -
i6aooo
1 1 1
a6oralisP = + 76 = --
, .
either 7
6 3
Multiplication law {compound probability). If an event is
regarded as occurring if a number of sub-events independently
occur, then the (compound) probability of the occurrence of the
event is equal to the product of the probabilities of occurrence of
the sub-events.
Projection
Projective
Two plane figures or two solids which arise from one another
by a projective transformation (see art.) are said to be projective
with respect to one another; e.g. the projective image of a circle
is a conic section.
340
PROJECTIVE TRANSFORMATION
points Q Qx Q2
, which must also be different and which can he
,
Fig. 227
341
PROPORTION
quired image-point of D.
(The transformation D -*- Dx is a projective transformation in
which A - A lt B -> Bx and C - Cv By the fundamental theorem,
it isthe only such projective transformation.)
3.The three dimensional and plane affine transformations (see
art.) are projective transformations. The affine transformations
leave unchanged the division-ratio of three points on a straight
line, and so, a fortiori, leave unchanged a cross-ratio formed from
division-ratios. The affine transformations are those projective
transformations which send infinitely distant elements (points,
lines and planes at infinity) into other infinitely distant elements.
Proportion
If the ratioof the numbers a and b is equal to the ratio of the
numbers c d, i.e. if a:b
and =
c:d we speak of a ratio-equation
or proportion, a and d are referred to as the outer terms, and b
and c as the inner terms of the proportion. If the outer terms are
interchanged and the inner terms are unchanged, the proportion
remains valid. Inner terms can only be interchanged with outer
terms if this is simultaneously done on both sides. The sides of a
proportion may be interchanged. The product of the inner terms
is equal to the product of the outer terms. a:b
c:d implies =
a X d=
b X c.
4th proportional In the relation a:b =
cd, d is called the
fourth proportional. If a, b, and c are given, dean be calculated:
b X c
~ a
3rd proportional. Suppose in a proportion with equal inner
terms, a:b = b:c, c is to be calculated for given a and b. c is
called the third proportional with respect to a and b. We have
c =
b*
a
342
PROPORTIONALITY EQUATION
Mean proportional or geometric mean. In the proportion
a:m = m:d, m is called the_mean proportional or the geometric
mean of a and d;m = Vad.
a c
Derived proportions. If a:b = c:d, we have t = -,. We can add
b d
1 to each side of this equation. Thus
t
b
1 =d -, 1, so that br = d -
^ i/ 6? n
a:c:m = b:d:n.
Proportional
Two variable quantities are said to be proportional to one
another if theirquotient has a fixed value m. is called the m
proportionality factor. For instance, the ratio of current intensity
to voltage is constant for a direct current (Ohm's law).
Two numbers are said to be directly proportional if they stand
in direct ratio to one another, e.g. time worked and money earned
(the longer the time worked the more money earned).
Two numbers are said to be inversely proportional if they stand
in reciprocal (indirect) ratio to one another, e.g. speed, and time
taken to travel a certain distance at that speed (the greater the
speed, the shorter the time taken).
Proportionality equation
We speak of a proportionality equation if the ratios of two
pairs of numbers are equal;
a:b = c:d.
343
PROTRACTOR
Protractor (see Angle)
Fig. 228
Pyramid
An n-sided pyramid is a solid bounded by an n-sided polygon
as base and by n triangles as sides. The n triangles meet in a
point, the apex, which does not he in the plane of the base. The
n sides have each one edge in common with the base.
If the base-surface of a pyramid possesses a circumcircle, and
if the perpendicular from the apex passes through the centre of
this circle, then the pyramid is said to be a right pyramid; other-
wise said to be oblique. If the base-surface of a right pyramid
it is
344
PYRAMID
The regular three-sided pyramid whose base-edges and lateral-
edges are equal is referred to as a regular tetrahedron. If a
pyramid
is by a plane,
intersected parallel to, and distant x from, theH
base, the figureformed by the intersection is similar to the base-
surface; the area of the intersection-figure is to the area of the
base-surface as the square of the distance (H H x) of the inter-
secting plane from the vertex to the square of the altitude of H
the pyramid; GX .G = (H - H^-.H 2 (Fig. 229). If we remove
the part of the pyramid lying
above the intersecting plane
there remains a truncated
pyramid (frustrum). Pyra-
mids with equal altitudes
and bases of equal area, are
intersected by planes at equal
distances from the bases in
figures of equal area. From
this it follows, by the prin-
cipleof Cavalieri (see art.)
that pyramids with equal
base-surfaces and altitudes
have equal volumes. This
gives an elementary method
for calculating the volume
of a pyramid.
We imagine a three-sided Fig. 229
prism divided by two plane
sections into three pyramids.Of these, I and II have equal bases
C4J?Cand DEF) and the same altitude (as the prism), I and III have
equal base-surfaces (ABD and BDE) and the same altitude
(distance of the vertex C from ABED). In consequence they are
equal in volume. Whence we have a pyramid with base-area G
:
and altitude h has volume = Gh (Figs. 230 and 231). The volume
345
:
PYTHAGORAS, THEOREM OF
t
Pythagoras, theorem of
In a right-angled triangle, the square on the hypotenuse is equal
to the sum of the squares on the other two sides
fl
a
+ b2 = c 2 (Figi 233).
346
PYTHAGORAS, THEOREM OF
'"
c* \ /
Fig. 236
347
QUADRANGLE, COMPLETE
Pythagoras's theorem holds for right-angled triangles only. Its
generalisation allowsits application to all triangles.
c2 = a2 + b2 2bq
The positive sign is taken if the two sides form an obtuse angle
with one another, the negative sign if they form an acute angle.
Quadrangle, complete
A 'complete quadrangle' formed by four points lying in a
is
the six straight lines joining them (Fig. 238). The four given
points A, B, C, D are called vertices of the complete quadrangle.
The vertices are joined by three pairs of opposite sides, viz.
AB and CD
AC and BD
AD and BC.
Each pair of opposite sides intersects in a 'diagonal point'. Thus
there are 3 diagonal points, E, F
and G, which together form the
'diagonal triangle'.
348
:
QUADRATURE
At a diagonal point a harmonic
pencil of lines is formed. At
the point G m
the figure the pencil is formed by ACand BD,
which are opposite sides of the quadrangle, and GE and GF,
sides of the diagonal triangle.The points A, B, H and F in which
four points of the pencil intersect the side AB of the quadrangle
form a harmonic range (see Harmonic division). The complete
quadrangle can be used to construct the fourth harmonic of three
given points. For example, in Fig. 238, we can construct the
fourth harmonic point H
of F with respect to A and B. To do
this we choose any pointE outside the line / on which A, B and
F lie. We join EB and EF, and through F draw an arbitrary
EA,
line Let /' intersect EA and EB in D and C respectively, and
/'.
Quadrant
If a system of rectangular coordinates is set up in a plane, the
plane is divided by the coordinate axes into four quadrants, each
bounded by two mutually perpendicular coordinate axes.
Quadratic equation
Equations of the second degree, containing the unknown raised
atmost to the second power, are termed quadratic. The normal
form of this equation is x2 + px q =+ (see Equation).
Quadrature
The quadrature of a geometricalfigure is the determination of
its area. This may be done geometric or arithmetic terms
in
(1) Geometric quadrature. Here the task is to construct a
square figure of area equal to the given one, and traditionally by
ruler and compass only. The quadrature of the circle cannot be
carried out by ruler and compass (see Circle).
(2) Arithmetic quadrature. Here the area is to be calculated in
numerical terms.
349
QUADRILATERAL
Quadrilateral
Definition and nomenclature
If A, B, C, D are four distinct points in a plane, no thre e of
which are collinear, and if the four segments AB, BC, CD and
DA have no points in common other than A, B, C, D, these
segments form a quadrilateral, or quadrangle (Fig. 239). The points
A, B, C and D are called the vertices of the quadrilateral, and
AB = a,B~C = b, CD = c and DA d the sides of the quadri-
lateral. The order of labelling does not matter, but by convention
the vertices are labelled alphabetically in the anti-clockwise
sense and the side a begins at the vertex A, the side b at the vertex
B, and so on. If we think of the quadrilateral as being described,
according to this labelling, in the anti-clockwise sense, then the
interior of the quadrilateral lies to the left and the exterior to
the right (Fig. 240). Each pair of neighbouring sides of the quadri-
lateral forms an interior angle of the quadrilateral. These are
denoted by small Greek letters: a, 0, y, <5. The angle with vertex
A is denoted by a, the angle with vertex B by /?, and so on. If
the sides of the quadrilateral are extended, each in the direction
in which the quadrilateral has been described, four angles are
produced in the exterior of the quadrilateral, which we denote
by al5 lt yt and d v They are referred to as exterior angles (Fig. 241).
If the requirements that the segments AB, BC, CD and DA
should have no points in common other than A, B, C, D is
dropped, then we have a larger group of figures, in which sides
may cut each other (Fig. 242). The theorems and properties which
follow usually hold only for quadrilaterals as originally defined.
350
QUADRILATERAL
Fig. 241
Diagonals of a quadrilateral
The segments AC and BD are called the diagonals of the
quadrilateral. Each of these diagonals divides the quadrilateral
into two parts.
Classification of quadrilaterals
Quadrilaterals are classified by such properties of symmetry as
they have.
Note to Fig. 243. The dotted lines are axes of affine symmetry;
the full lines represent the usual (orthogonal) axes of symmetry;
the centres of symmetry of central symmetries are denoted by
small circles.
351
QUADRILATERAL
4. A
parallelogram is affine-symmetrical with respect to its
diagonals and with respect to the lines joining the mid-points of
opposite sides. It also possesses central symmetry in respect of
the point of intersection of its diagonals.
5. An isosceles kite-shaped quadrilateral {deltoid) is symmetrical
with respect to one of its diagonals.
6. A
trapezium with non-parallel sides equal is symmetrical with
respect to the line-joining the mid-points of the parallel sides.
7. A
rhombus is symmetrical with respect to each of its
diagonals and centrally symmetrical in respect of their point of
intersection.
352
QUADRILATERAL
bisected by the other (DB) but not the second by the first, the
quadrilateral is said to be an oblique kite-shaped quadrilateral
y V
/ 5
The line m mid-way between the two parallel sides bisects both
and both diagonals (Fig. 248). It also bisects
non-parallel sides
any segment whose end-points lie each on one of the parallel
sides of the trapezium. Its length is equal to half the sum of the
a +
m
c
lengths of the two parallel sides,
(proof by Fig. 249).
AG BG AB
GC GD C~D
AE*EC , BF=FO
Fig. 248 Fig. 249
354
QUADRILATERAL
The isosceles kite-shaped quadrilateral or deltoid. This is a
quadrilateral in which sides are equal in adjacent pairs. It
possesses an axis of symmetry, namely, one of its diagonals (Fig.
250). The diagonals intersect at right angles. The diagonal AC
bisects the diagonal BD and the angles a and y. The other angles
of the quadrangle are equal ( = d). It possesses an inscribed
circle (Fig. 250). The centre, O, of this circle is the point of
intersection of the axis of symmetry and the bisector of the angle
y (or <5). The radius of the inscribed circle is the perpendicular
from O onto a side of the quadrilateral.
t>^"' l^c
** *^ .
' m
06"
Fig. 251
355
QUADRILATERAL
The rhombus (Fig. 253). A rhombus (diamond, lozenge, rhomb)
is a parallelogram in which all sides are of equal length. Its
diagonals are the perpendicular bisectors of one another. It is
axially symmetrical with respect to each diagonal. Opposite
angles are equal. It possesses an inscribed circle, whose centre, O,
is the point of intersection of the diagonals and whose radius is
Fig. 252
Fig. 254
356
QUADRILATERAL
The square (Fig. 255). The square is a rectangle with four equal
sides (or equivalently, a rhombus with four equal angles). Its
diagonals are equal, are the perpendicular bisectors of each other,
and bisect its interior angles. It possesses four axes of symmetry,
namely, the two diagonals and the lines joining the mid-points
of opposite sides. It is centrally symmetric about the point O of
intersection of the diagonals. It possesses a circumscribed and
an inscribed circle whose The radius of the
centres coincide in O.
circumscribed circle is equal to half the length of the diagonal.
The radius of the inscribed circle is equal to half the length of the
side of the square.
Linked quadrilateral
If four rods are jointed together we have a linked quadrilateral.
Such a construction has no fixed shape, unlike a triangle formed
in similar fashion. If one rod,
e.g. AB, is held stationary, the
rods AD and BC can be rotated
about the vertices A and B
respectively.Such a linked
quadrilateral is shown in Fig.
256. ABCD, ABCx DXi ABC2 D 2 ,
357
QUADRILATERAL, COMPLETE
Quadrilateral, complete
A 'complete quadrilateral' is formed by four straight lines lying
in a plane, no three of which pass through a point, together with
their six points of intersection (Fig. 257). The four given lines
Fig. 257
358
RATIONAL INTEGRAL
P+ d = 180,
Radical axis
The radical axis of two circles is the locus of points from which
tangents to the two circles have equal lengths. If the circles have
one or two points in common the radical axis is the common
tangent or the line including the common chord (see Circle).
Radius
The radius or semi-diameter of a circle is a line joining any
point of the circle to the centre of the circle. The length of the
radius is half the length of the diameter (see Circle).
Ratio
The ratio of two quantities a and b is their quotient a:b -r
V = m
We read 'a to or 'a over b\ If a:b m, is referred to as the
value of the ratio. Two quantities, in order to possess a ratio,
must be either pure numbers or measures of the same type, e.g.
20
20:5 = -j =4; 151b:31b = 5.
Rational integral
The rational integral numbers are the integers (see Integers),
e.g. +2, 3. The rational integral functions are those rational
functions (see Function) whose denominators do not contain the
variable x; e.g. y = aQxn + axx"^x + ... + .
359
RATIONAL NUMBERS
Rational numbers
n
where m and n are integral (positive or negative), are referred to
as rational numbers; e.g.
3-5 4 -4
T' ~1 = T'
4'
84 21
L n
,
' 84
= = 25-
100
2. 2-067,676,7... =x
1000jc = 2067-67...
10x= 20-67...
990* = 2047
2047
x =
990
Ray
The totality of points, lying on one and the same side of a point
O on a straight line, is called the ray extending from O. O is
called the origin of the ray.
360
RAY THEOREMS
Ray theorems
Two rays extending from a single point 5" comprise a double-
ray;S is called the vertex of the double-ray.
1. 1st theorem on rays. If a double-ray is cut by parallel lines
SA SB
1
AA FF'
Similarly
SA' _ SB'
AA' BBf
SA 7 sF
SA SB
361
REAL NUMBERS
2. Converse of 1st ray-theorem. If a double-ray is cut by two
and if the ratios of corresponding segments on the
straight lines,
two rays are equal, then the transversals are parallel.
3. 2nd theorem on rays. If a double-ray is cut by parallels, the
ratio of the segments cut off on the transversals equals_the ratio
, AB = SA
of the segments
5 cut off on either ray.
J In the
figure
A'V SA'
There is no converse to this theorem.
Real numbers
The real numbers are those numbers which can be represented
by decimal numbers with finite or infinite number of places
(periodic or non-periodic).
Real Numbers
(positive and negative real numbers)
Reciprocal equations
An equation is referred to as reciprocal if the reciprocals of its
xx = 2 and jc
2
= \ (see Equations).
362
RECTANGULAR SOLID
Rectangle
A rectangle is a parallelogram with four right-angles (see
Quadrilateral).
Rectangular solid
A rectangular solid, or right parallelepiped, is a four-sided
right prism. A rectangular solid is bounded by six rectangles,
comprising three parallel and congruent pairs. The six surfaces
meet in pairs in twelve edges which
fall into three groups of four edges
of equal length. A
rectangular solid
possesses eight vertices. At each
vertex three edges meet forming right
angles with one another in pairs.
Let three such edges of a rect-
angular solid be denoted by a, b and
c (Fig. 260). The diagonals of the
faces are called plane-diagonals, and
are denoted by dx , Ind% and a\.
addition to these there is a space
diagonal, D. The volume of the
rectangular solid is V abc. The =
surface-area of the rectangular Fig. 260
solid is
S 2(ab + bc + ca).
4 = Va2 + b2
d2 = Vb + c 2 2
and a\ = Vc2 + a2 .
The space-diagonal is D= +
Va2 b 2 c 2 (by Pythagoras's +
theorem). A
rectangular solid whose base is a square (e.g. a b) =
is called a square prism. If all the edges of a rectangular solid are
363
REDUCTION OF FRACTIONS
Reduction of fractions
A fraction is reduced, or cancelled, by dividing numerator and
denominator by the same number, e.g.
TT =r (5 cancelled).
5a2b a2b
" '
3
15a "3a3
but also literal components:
5a2b \.b
"=
3
15a 3.a
A fraction cannot be reduced if numerator and denominator are
mutually prime, that is, if they have no common factors.
Reflection, affine
Affine reflection in a straight line is a particular case of an
affine transformation. The image of a given point can be con-
structed if the axis of reflection is given together with the angle
y> in which the reflection-rays cut the axis.
Construction of the affine reflec-
tion P' of a point P (Fig. 261):
The straight line through P inter-
secting the axis of reflection in
the given angle y> is drawn. The
segment a = PQ is marked out
on the line from Q in the other
direction to give QP' (Q lies
between P and P*). P' is the affine
reflection of P.
Fig. 261
Reflection in a plane
Reflection in a plane E
is a three-dimensional affine trans-
formation. The original point A and the image point A x arising
out of it by the reflection are connected by a straight line which
364
REFLECTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
Reflection in a point
Reflection in a point P is a three-dimensional affine transforma-
tion. The image A x of a point A is obtained by constructing the
line through A and the fixed point P, and from P marking off
on the line thesegment A XP, with end-point A x such that P lies
between A and A x For the representation of reflection by a
.
365
REGULAR POLYGONS
A and B lie on a straight line c, then the straight
2. If two points
line through the image points A x and B1 is the image-line cx of c.
3. If two straight lines a and b intersect in a point C the image-
lines ax and &j intersect in the image-point Cx of C.
4. A straight line which is perpendicular to the axis of reflec-
tion, is identical with its image-line. The rays on opposite sides
of the axis are interchanged.
5. A segment and its image are of equal length.
6. If an angle is transformed by reflection, its image-angle is
of equal size.
For the representation of the reflection by a system of equa-
tions, see Transformations, affine.
Regular polygons
Regular polygons are polygons whose sides are all of equal
length and whose angles are all equal. All regular polygons with
i8o - * _ i 8o x Z=2.
n n
366
REGULAR POLYGONS
n
and x the joins of the mid-points of opposite sides (Fig. 265).
Fig. 266
=(f + pl
367
REGULAR POLYGONS
that is,
a
n l
r \
l
Fig. 267
**
==
5 a*r
= 5 Un *
al=(^J+(r- Pn)\
so that
aln = r* - pi + r* - 2rp n + pi = 2r2 - 2rPn = 2r(r - Pn\
that is,
2 = V2r(r - pj.
368
REGULAR POLYGONS
Approximate constructions
Approximate constructions are obviously possible for every
n-agon. For n > 5 we have:
Example: (Fig. 268). The diameter BG of a circle of radius r
is divided into n equal parts (in the figure n = 7). The perpen-
dicular OA to B~G is drawn. OA and OB_are each extended to E
and D respectively. The straight line ED intersects the circle in
two points F and H, F lying closest to D. F is nowjoined to C,
the third point of division starting from B. Then CF is approxi-
mately equal to the side of the required n-agon.
370
REGULAR POLYGONS
l"n IW-l
lo
> > ts *-* <? >
ts
ts ts
+ + +
+
1
1
im
o o io r>
o o
> > o > >
en
fc. its > eits >
QltN
.
^''* 0|Tf II
,
11 II
X II
II ii
? <c 8 S k S s
a.
+
+
Its
> +
1
+ its
>
1
Its
o ts
S ts >
00
3 > k its II
00
3 ItS
sits a
II II II ^ II ii
a
&H a. ^ Q.
^
len
Icn >
k. vfe
len
> > <3 >
vo
it a'* 1 mi"ts
v
% II II
II
II cr II
<*. <2
^
l<n
|o ln in l>0
lo
>
Its
> > >o >O
>ts o
*-" r-t t*
+ + + + +
1
1
o
1
lr> o
o o > Y-l n wo
</>
*-*
# C ? ^
its its its
"? > >
ca
t^ > aits 1j
* O v. * its
||
"tl-
|tS II II
0\ II II
II II Q. ^5
<?
c <2
^
J
len itn
len <U len len
"> > >
est
"en > > >
-cltS v.
|v *
en J len
en s f n |<* cn
II II
II
II
II II II
CL CO
a
ft,
^ to
c
ex ^
4)
C CO
CO
rf a a>
4> 3 i
t-i
aT CtJ
15
e >
8
4 s
15 1.1
d 3 '4
SIU
55 1 1
33 1 1 2 5
371
RELATIVE NUMBERS
Relative numbers
Positive and negative numbers form together the relative
numbers. Regarded apart from their signs, numbers are referred
to as absolute numbers (see Negative numbers, Numbers, repre-
sentation on a straight line, Absolute value).
Relative primes
Two numbers are said to be relative primes, or prime to one
another, they possess no common factor other than 1 ; e.g.
if
3 and 5 are relative primes.
To determine whether two numbers are prime to one another
the Euclidean algorithm (see art.) can be used, or if their factors
are known the numbers can be expressed as powers of primes
and compared; e.g. 35 and 39 are prime to one another, for
35 = 5 X 7 and 39 = 3 X 13, and since no common prime
factor occurs, the highest common factor must be 1.
Resultant
The
resultant of two algebraic equations is a determinant (see
formed from the coefficients of the equations. The resultant
art.)
can be used to ascertain whether the two equations possess a
common root. Let the two equations be
f(x) = aQx + a^"-1 +
n
. . + an = 0.
g(x) = V m+
h*' +
1
+ K = o.
Their resultant is
aQ ax a n-l an . . .0
an a n-2 a n-\ an 0. . .0
m rows
R= .0
bx . . b n-i bn
b n-\ bn .0
n rows
. . .0 6
372
)
RESULTANT
Example: f(x) = x2 3x +2
and g(x) = Xs jc
2 x+ I
1-1-1 1
1-1-1 1
f(x) and g(x) have a common root which can be found by means
of the Euclidean algorithm (see art.) as follows:
(Xs - x2 - x + 1) -r (x2 - 3x + 2) = x + 2
x3 - 3x2 + 2x
+ 2x 2 - 3* + 1 (x2 - 3x + 2) -r (3x - 3) = U-3
2jc
2 - 6x + 4 X2 X
+ 3* -3 -2.x+ 2
-2x + 2
t is,
x2 - + =
3jc 2 3(jc
-><h)
and
x?-x2 -x+l=*(x + 2)(x2 - 3x + 2) + 3(x - 1),
or
x? - x2 - x + = 1 (x - 1) T(jc + 2)
(|
- ?) . 3 + 3~|.
373
RHOMBUS
Rhombus
A rhombus is a parallelogram with four sides of equal length
(see Quadrilateral).
Right angle
A right angle is an angle which is equal to its adjacent supple-
mentary angle. Its measure in degrees is 90 and in circular
measure is -z radians.
/V
H 8 i
374
RIGID MOTIONS
Right-angled
A
geometrical figure is said to be right-angled if a right angle
occurs in it, e.g. a right-angled triangle.
Right-angled triangle
A
triangle is said to be right-angled if one of its interior angles
isa right angle. The side opposite the right angle is referred to as
the hypotenuse. For theorems on the right-angled triangle see
Triangle.
Rigid motions
The motions (congruent transformations) are transforma-
rigid
tions (see Transformation) in space or in a plane, in which the
original figure and its image are congruent. In particular a line-
:
segment and its image haye equal length; an angle and its image
are equal; a plane figure and its image are congruent and thus
have equal area; a solid and its image are congruent and have
equal volume. On account of these properties, the rigid motions
are also called congruent transformations.
375
:
RIGID MOTIONS
y
formed into Q(x', ) by means of a rigid motion, then (jc, y) and
(x',y') are related by a system of linear equations of the form:
=
x' axx + a^y + a3 ,
y= b xx + b%y + b3 .
ata 2
D= ~ A"~ 02^1=
fl i
x'=x+ 3 fl ,
y =y + b3 .
Fig. 274
376
:
RIGID MOTIONS
Qfr'.y)
T*,r; T*,y;
pofo. y )
y = b x + b$ + bzz + 64
x ,
ax a2 <h
D= i h h -1.
Cl % 4$
377
RIGID MOTIONS
Parallel displacement
xf = x + a4 ,
/ =y + K
2? = Z + C4 .
x? = x cos <f>
+ z sin <,
/ = x sin <f>
+ z cos <.
z = z.
,
Rotation about a line parallel to the x-axis The line cuts the :
z
/
z = (y yQ ) sin <f> + (z z ) cos <.
Rotation about a line parallel to the 7-axis: The line has the
parametric representation x x ,y bt, z= z , say, and cuts =
378
ROMAN NUMBER-SYSTEM
the xz-plane in the point P (x , 0, z ): then
x' x = (x * ) cos + <f>
(z Zo) sin ^,
Rotation about a line parallel to the z-axis. The line has para-
metric representation x x , y =
y, z =
ct, say, and cuts the =
*y-plane in the points P (xQ,yQ , 0):
z = z.
,
Roman number-system
The Roman numerals were in general use in central Europe
for upwards of 1,200 years. Today they are occasionally used for
inscriptions and other special purposes. The Roman number-
symbols have a fixed value, irrespective of its position in the
number, in contrast with the place-value system of the Arabic
numerals. The symbols are:
Roots, extraction of
The calculation or extraction of a root is one of the operations
inverse to that of raising to a power (the other being that of taking
the logarithm, see In raising a number to a power, the
art.)-
number is multiplied
itself a number of times, e.g.
by
53= 5x5x5= 125. In extracting a root the problem is, e.g.
given the number 125, to transform it into a product of a given
number of equal factors. Since 125 5 x 5 x 5 =
5 3 , 5 is said =
to be the third, or cube, root of 125: ^125 = 5. The root-sign
can be regarded as a stylised r, the initial letter of the Latin word
radix = root. The number 125
in our example is the number
from which the root obtained; it is called the radicand. The
is
General definitions
By the nth root of a number a is meant the number b whose
th power is equal to b. We write: Va =
b and read: Vzth root
of a equals b\ Here a is called the radicand, n the index of the
root, and b the value of the root.
In particular, the second root of a number is referred to as the
square-root: the square root of a number a is the (positive)
number, which multiplied by itself gives a. For square roots, it
380
ROOTS, EXTRACTION OF
(a + b + c+ d+ . .
.f =
+ (2a + b)b
a2
+ [2(a + b) + c]c + [2(a + b + c) + d\d + . . .
342 = 3 x 100 + 4 X 10 + 2 x 1.
Suppose now that our task is to find the square root of 1 16,964.
We first of all establish how many digits the root has. The square
of a:
381
ROOTS, EXTRACTION OF
digits. Thus it will lie between 100 and 1,000. We can also tell
200 = 2
40 000 V40 000 = 200
V 116,964 = Vll'69'64.
We subtract a 2
: Vll'69'64
9 00 00
2 69 64.
Vll'69'64
900 00
2 69 64 600
"la
382
ROOTS, EXTRACTION OF
in full: abbreviated:
+ b +c
a
13 64 (2a + lb + c) c = .
~~13
64 + 682
13 64 (600 + 80 + 2) 2 . 13 64
7 16 80 . 8 = 640
8 2 = 64
7 04
2 2 = 4
192524
1057600 962640 .
383
ROOTS, EXTRACTION OF
r e we nave
(x %e ) = Va,
Example: V3 fm 1-73.
y = 1-73
384
ROOTS, EXTRACTION OF
Example:
'-1
2 2
Va + 3Va = 4Va.
385
ROOTS, EXTRACTION OF
divide. Conversely, to divide roots with the same index, take the
root of the quotient of the radicands:
a" = iva
If the exponent of the power and the index of the root are each
multiplied or divided by the same number, the value of the root
isunaltered: Vat* =
Va*. If the exponent of the power and the
index of the root are each divided by the latter, a fractional
m
Raising a number to a fractional power, , implies that the
^8l= VVto = V9 = 3
^64 = ^VH = ^8 = 2
"^64 - V^PH = V4 = 2
386
.
ROTATION
Roots ofpolynomials. The roots of polynomials can be extracted
according to the same scheme used for numbers, employing the
formula
(a + b +c+ . .
2
= a2 + (2a + b)b + (2a + 2b + c)c + . . .
Rotation
The rotations about a point in a plane and about a straight
line in space belong to the rigid motions (see above).
Rotations in a plane
The rotations in a plane are determined by the point P in the
plane which is unaltered by the rotation (centre of rotation), and
by the angle of rotation <j>.
The image point A x of a given point A can be constructed as
follows. A circle with radius PA is described about P and the
angle constructed on PA with vertex P. The intersection of the
<f>
free arm of and the circle is the required image point A 1 (Fig.
<j>
277).
(Fig. 278).
Centre of
rotation
Fig. 277
Rotations in space
A rotation in space is determined when an axis of rotation and
an angle of rotation are given. For representation of rotations in
a plane, see Rigid motions. Examples are also given there of rigid
motions in space.
387
:
ROUNDING OFF
Rounding off
The correct rounding off of decimal fractions which do not
terminate is often of importance. For example, the decimal
fraction Vl =
1-414213562. does not terminate. It is there-
. .
388
SECANT
in the (n +
l)th place, and if this is not exact but the result of a
previous rounding-off process, then we must calculate more
decimal places until we know whether the digit in the ( l)th +
place was originally a 4, in which case we leave the digit in the
nth place unaltered, or a 5, in which case we increase the digit in
the nth place by unity.
Examples:
(i) To three decimal places, 3-14156. . . = 3-142.
(ii) By convention, to three decimal places 3-1415 = 3-142.
(iii) If we V2-2 = 1-5 to one decimal place, then
are given
before we can round off V2-2 to the nearest whole number
we must calculate V2-2 to more decimal places, namely
V2-2 = 1-48...; and we then know we should round
*down' and put V2-2 = 1 to the nearest whole number.
is not possible, then as a matter
If this further calculation
of convention we normally round 'up'.
Scalar
By a scalar is meant a pure numerical quantity, the term being
used in particular to distinguish such quantities from 'vectors'
which have directions associated with them.
Scalar product
The scalar product of two vectors a = (ax ay a
, ,
z) and
b = (b x , bv , bg) is the scalar a b = ajb x
. + avbv + a b g g (see
Vector).
Secant
A secant is a straight line which intersects a circle in two points.
Extension to other curves a secant of a curve is a straight line
which intersects the curve in at least two points (see Circle).
Secant (sec)
Sec a the ratio of the hypotenuse to the adjacent side in a
is
sec a = ?
hypotenuse
tt-
adjacent side
= 1
cos a
389
:
SECANT THEOREM
Secant theorem
If two lines passing through a point P (outside the circle)
intersect a circle in the points A, B, and C, D we have
PA'JC = PD:PB (Fig. 279).
Semicircle
A circle is divided by any diameter
into two congruent parts, symmetrical
with respect to the diameter. The parts
are called semicircles.
Sequence of numbers
A sequence of numbers is of the form
*i> *2> x3> > where the x's are
numbers following one another in
some defined manner. The numbers x n
are referred to as terms of the sequence.
We can consider finite sequences or
infinite sequences, according as the
Fig. 279
sequences do or do not possess a
finite number of terms.
The rule according to which the members of the sequence are
formed may be an explicit rule for calculation in which, apart
from given constants, only the letter n the number of the term
to be calculated
occurs e.g. the formula ;
,1111
'2' 3' 4' 5'
1
xn = j^(n = 1,2, . . .) yields the sequence
i i I 1 1 *'
1 '
2' 4' 8' 16' 32' 2W
' '
SEQUENCE OF NUMBERS
n ~ In
391
: , ,;
SERIES
diverges to oo.
Example: the sequence of natural numbers diverges to + oo.
8. Sequences which neither converge nor diverge to +oo or
oo are said to be oscillatory. E.g.
are oscillatory.
Series
A series is the unevaluated sum of terms of a (finite or infinite)
sequence. E.g.
from the sequence alt a2 a3 , , ff
4, . . . we form the series
i + a2 + az + a + . .
0i + a2 + az + . . . + an + . . . = 2 ak ;
ax + a% + az + . . . + an = J ak .
t=i
392
SHEAR
Set-theory
A theory founded and widely developed by Georg Cantor
(1845-1918) which forms the foundation of the theory of point-
sets, of real functions and of topology. A
set is a collection of
definite and distinguishable objects, either concrete or conceptual,
e.g. the whole numbers. Sets are finite or infinite. The infinite set
of the natural numbers is said to be enumerable, and other sets
are said to be enumerable if their elements can be put into one-
to-one correspondence with elements of this set. There exist sets
which are neither finite nor enumerable, e.g. the set of real
numbers between and 1.
Shear
Shearing consists in a transformation in a plane or in space in
which the area of a plane figure or the volume of a solid is un-
altered. Since angles are (in general) changed, the original and
transformed figure are neither congruent nor similar.
Examples:
1. ABCD is a given parallelogram (Fig. 280). In a shearing
motion parallel to the direction of AB, the point D on the straight
line DC passes to the final position D' which depends on the
distance apart of the parallel straight lines AB and DC.
x' = x + az,
y' = y + bzt
zf = z,
where x, y, z denote the coordinates of an arbitrary point,
x\ y', z' the coordinates of the corresponding image-point and
a, b two constants specifying the direction and magnitude of the
shear.
Sign
The two signs used before numbers are '+' (read: plus) and
*' (read: minus), positive numbers being indicated by the
former, negative numbers by the latter. This use of + and
394
SINE
Similarity
Two geometrical figures are similar if they agree in respect of
the main attributes of shape, viz. angles and the ratios of different
linear measurements.
1. Similarity of triangles
Two
triangles are called similar, if the angles and ratios of
corresponding sides of one are equal to those of the other,
symbol : ~ (see Triangle).
2. Similarity ofpolygons
Polygons are called similar, if they agree in respect of all angles
and ratios of pairs of sides. The areas of similar polygons vary
as the squares of corresponding sides (see Triangle, Polygon).
3. Similarity transformations
A any plane figure into a
similarity transformation transforms
two similar figures, a similarity
similar figure. Conversely, given
transformation can always be found which will send one figure
into the other (see Similarity transformation).
Similarity transformation
The similarity transformations belong to the affine transforma-
tions (see above). They comprise those affine transformations in
which a figure (plane or solid) is transformed into a similar figure.
Sine (sin)
The sine function sin a is a trigonometric function, the ratio
of the opposite side to the hypotenuse in a right-angled triangle
(see Trigonometry),
sin a = -t
1
opposite side
:
hypotenuse
395
SINE THEOREM
Sine theorem
1. The sine theorem ofplane trigonometry
b and c are the sides, and a, /? and y the angles of a triangle,
If a,
then a:b:c = sin a sin /S: sin y. The theorem can be used to
:
solve a triangle if one side, the opposite angle and a further side
or a further angle are given (see Trigonometry). For examples see
Solution of triangle.
Single-valued transformation
A transformation of points of one space into points of another
is called single-valued if there corresponds to each point one
image-point and one only. The transformation is called one-to-
one, or reversibly single-valued, if there corresponds to each
image-point one inverse-image point and one only.
Skew
Two lines in space are said to be skew (with respect to one
another) if they neither intersect nor are parallel.
Solid
A solid is a bounded part of space. The boundaries are surfaces.
The bounding surfaces can be either plane or curved. If all are
plane the solid is a polyhedron (see above).
Solid angle
The measure of a solid angle is specified in a way analogous to
the radian- (or arc-) measure of an angle in a plane. An auxiliary
unit sphere is used and every cone has a measure, the solid angle
O associated with it.
396
SOLID OF REVOLUTION
Solid of revolution
A
solid of revolution can be regarded as a curve y =f(x)
rotated about the jc-axis. The cross-section of such a solid for
abscissa x is a circle with area 7ry
2 =
tt(/(x))
2
Thus the volume
.
(Fig. 283)
397
SOLUTION OF THE TRIANGLE
2-nVp
[(p + 2xf'
2 - pM]
(Fig. 284).
398
SOLUTION OF TRIANGLE, TRIGONOMETRICAL
sm P
. + y sm /90 xa\ = cos -&
a
.
I I
P +
K ^ y / a\ a
= 90 - =
r
cos cos sm
1
2J j
^4 Ititude formulae:
ha b sin y = c sin P,
A6 = a sin y = c sin a,
hc = 6 sin a = a sin /?. (Fig. 285)
Sine theorem:
a:b'c = sin a:sin p:sin y.
Chord formulae:
a:2r sin a; b = 2r sin /?;
Fig. 285
c:2rsiny (Fig. 285).
Tangent theorem:
6 + c
tan
+ y
c +a
tan
y +
2
a
a + 6
tan
a + /9
Z>-c P y* c a y a' a b a P
tan tan tan
Mollweide equations:
P-y a /5
COS r cos cos
,
o +
.
c 2 c + a a + 6
sin sin
.
P
sin
^ j
399
SOLUTION OF TRIANGLE, TRIGONOMETRICAL
Cosine theorem:
a2 =x b2 + c2 2bc cos a,
b2 = c 2 + a2 lea cos /?,
c 2 = a2 + b 2 lab cos y.
Radius of inscribed circle:
a P y
p = a
4r sin
-z
.
sin -=
sin
y
Perimeter:
<* P y
L= 8r cos x cos -~ cos
y
Area:
j^4r
Fig. 286
logc= 2-80990.
400
SOLUTION OF TRIANGLE, TRIGONOMETRICAL
Required : a, b and c.
a = 180 - 77 - 35 = 68.
By the sine theorem we have:
b
a
= .
sin
sin
a
ft ,
-, that
.
is,
,
b = 15sin77
sin68
c
c
15-763,
15 sin 35
c = asiny -, that is, c = . ^ c = 9-2792.
sin a sin 68
Computation:
11-16481 - 10 10-93468 - 10
b = 15-763 c= 9-2792
We have
y = 180 -a-
and
AT shift
AB~ sin V
so that
401
SPHERE
Sphere
Definition : a sphere is the locus of points in space having a
given fixed distance from a given point O. O is called the centre
of the sphere, the fixed distance its radius (r). If a sphere is inter-
sected by a plane they meet in a circle (Fig. 288).
The greater the distance a of
the plane from the centre of the
sphere the smaller is the radius p
of the circle of intersection; we
have p = r sin <f>.
402
SPHERE
surfaces are at equal height and are equal in area,it follows by
w 2
. r - irr 2 . r = -z irr*.
4
The volume of the whole sphere is therefore V= -z 7rr
3
.
4 r
I "
7
=3 X *
That is, the area S of the surface of the sphere is S = 4rrr2 .
= r 2 a% = (r + a) (r a),
p
2
403
:
SPHERE
V= 7r^(3p 2 + 3pi + h2 ).
404
SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY
S = 2<rrrh.
two planes intersect at an angle
(6) If
a in adiameter of a sphere of radius r
they divide the sphere into 4 'spherical
wedges', two of which have internal angle
a. The volume of such a wedge (Fig. 29 1) is
Fig. 291
Spherical trigonometry
The branch of mathematics concerned with geometry on the
sphere is of special interest for problems of mathematical geo-
graphy, of navigation and of astronomy. Mathematically
speaking, the geometry of a curved surface is a non-euclidean
geometry. Practical calculations are carried out with the trigono-
metrical functions, using logarithmic and numerical tables.
Great a plane contains the centre of a sphere, it
circles. If
intersects the sphere in a great circle; if not, it intersects the
sphere in a small circle (or not at all). Great circles on a sphere
afford the shortest distance between two points, and correspond
to straight lines in plane geometry. Each point on a sphere may
be associated with a great circle (e.g. the North or South pole on
the earth may be associated with the equator). This makes possible
'polar formulae', i.e. formulae in which the 'sides' and 'angles'
of a triangle on the surface of the sphere (spherical triangle)
changes places. A great circle is the line of intersection of a plane
through the centre of the sphere; the diameter of the sphere
perpendicular to this plane cuts the sphere in two points, which
are the poles of the great circle and lie at 'opposite positions' on
the sphere.
405
SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY
406
SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY
Fig. 295
and corresponding formulae for cos a and cos (3 follow from the
correspondence of pole and great circle mentioned above.
Combining the known theorems, we can obtain further for-
mulae, of which only the cotangent theorem,
sin a cos ft
= cos b sin c sin b cos c cos a
are specially named. From these further formulae can be obtained
by cyclic permutation (Fig. 296). For a complete collection of
these formulae, see p. 532.
408
STANDARD DEVIATION
Square
A square is a quadrilateral with four equal sides and four right
angles (see Quadrilateral).
Square numbers
Square numbers are the squares of the natural numbers:
1, 4, 9, 16, (see also Polygonal numbers).
. . .
Standard deviation
Expression for the average measure of a number of errors or
deviations. We understand by the standard deviation, 2a, the
square root of the mean of the squares of deviations. If y is the
sum of the squares of deviation from the arithmetic mean, then
ff
"V~
Example: Given observations ax = 8, a2 = 9, a3 = 13, a4 = 8,
whence
22 + 12 + 32 + 22 + 22 + 2
22
ff2 = J
409
STATISTICS
Statistics
Step-angles
Step-angles arise at parallel lines which are intersected by a
transversal.They lie on corresponding sides of the parallel lines
and on the same side of the transversal, and are equal (see Angle).
Stereometry
Stereometry or solid geometry is the study of geometrical
objects in three-dimensional space. The term stereometry is
frequently confined to that part of solid geometry considered
with the measurement of solid figures.
410
STRAIGHT LINE SEGMENT
Stirling's formula
Stirling's formula provides the means for approximate evalu-
ation of n ! for large n :
n n
n\ f* n e- V27rn.
Straight line
The straight line is one of the basic elements of plane and of
solid geometry. Properties of the straight line: a straight line is
uniquely determined by two points. If three points lie on a straight
linethen we can say of one of the three points that it lies between
the other two. A
straight line is divided by any one of its points
into two parts. A straight line is unbounded in two directions.
Two straight lines which lie in one and the same plane have
either one point (point of intersection) in common, or none; in
the latter case they are said to be parallel. A
straight line divides
a plane into two parts. A
straight line which does not lie wholly
in a plane either has exactly one point in common with the plane
(point of intersection, trace) or none at all; in the latter case the
line is parallel to the plane.
Two straight lines which are not coplanar have no point in
Fig. 298
411
STRAIGHT LINE SEGMENTS, RATIOS OF
The ratio of two straight line segments a and b (which need not
p a 4- b
(Fig.300)| =
f-
412
STRAIGHT LINE SEGMENTS, RATIOS OF
Given two parallel lines cutting three rays which proceed from
thesame point, the ratio of segments cut off on the one parallel is
equal to the corresponding ratio on the other.
(Fig .301)| = g.
BC A 1 C1
Constructions
To divide a segment AB in the ratio mm.
C~A:CB = m:n.
Second solution (Fig. 303). Draw parallel lines through A and
B and mark off on them from A and B respectively, in opposite
directions, m and n segments of equal length. Then the join of
E and F, the resulting end-points, divides the segment AB at the
point C in the ratio mm.
413
STRAIGHT LINE SEGMENTS, RATIOS OF
(b) Outer division. First solution (Fig. 304). Draw a ray with A
and on this mark off, first m equal segments reaching to
as origin,
F, and then, from F, n equal segments in the opposite direction
(towards A). Draw the line through F parallel to EB. This cuts
the extension of A~B in the point D. We then have
A~D.B~D = mm.
Second solution (Fig. 305). Draw parallel lines through A and B,
and on them mark off respectively m and n equal segments, on
the same side of AB. The intersection, D, of the join of the end-
points E and F thus formed with the extension of AB, is the outer
point of division. have AD'.BD = m:n.
We
Harmonic segment is divided internally and extern-
division. If a
ally in equal ratios m:we say that the segment is harmonically
divided in the ratio m:n (Fig. 306). Draw through the end-points
Fig. 306
A and B two parallel lines, and mark off from A on the line
through A m equal segments reaching to E. On the other line,
mark off from B on each side n equal segments reaching to F and
G. The line EG intersects the segment AB in the inner point of
division, C. EF intersects the extension of AB in the outer point
of division, D.
414
SUBTRACTION
lines parallel to the join FB. The segment AB is divided by these
lines into n equal parts.
* 1 2 E2 3 E$ 4 E+ 5 E, 6
Subtraction
Subtraction is the second fundamental operation of arithmetic,
the inverse of addition. The following terminology is used:
17 9 8
Minuend Subtrahend = Difference
Subtraction can be carried out within the domain of the natural
numbers only if the minuend is greater than the subtrahend. To
415
SUMMATION SIGN =2
make subtraction universally possible, negative numbers must be
introduced. In this way we arrive at the domain of Integral
numbers (see art.).
Summation sign =2
The summation sign (capital sigma in the Greek alphabet) is
used for the abbreviated representation of sums containing terms
which are all of the same type; e.g. for the sum
5=1+2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + . ..+ 100,
we can write
100
s = 2&.
i=i
Thus the sign S here means that all numbers must be added
which can be derived from the expression k by replacing k
successively by all values lying within, and including, the sum-
mation limits 1 and 100.
Example: 5
12
=2 + 3 + 4 +
3
#
* *
n
+ JT+1 Can abbreviated
as
5
-JU+l'
416
SURFACES
n
Here 2 means that values of k between 1 and n inclusive are to
5=1+ 2 + 4 + 8+---
can be written
00 1
jfc-O^
Supplementary angles
Two angles which add up to 180 (two right angles) are said
to be supplementary angles, e.g. neighbouring angles in a parallelo-
gram are supplementary. See Fig. 309.
a + fi
= 180, p +y= 180, y +d= 180, d + a = 180.
Fig. 309
Surfaces
A surface is a geometrical construct in space which can be
regarded as derivable from a plane by a reversible transformation.
If s and t are two variables which independently range over the
intervals a t < <
b, c s < <
d and u(s, t), v(s, t) and w(s, t) are
three functions of s and t which are defined (and continuous) in
the intervals given for s and /, we can make a point of space
correspond to each pair of values (s, t) by means of the equations
417
SURFACES OF THE SECOND ORDER
x = u(s, t), y = v(s, t), z = w(s, t). The totality of all these
points is called a (continuous) surface, and the three equations
x =u(s, t), y
v(s, t), z =
w(s, t) are called a parametric repre-
sentation of the surface. If in the above definition the intervals
are bounded, the totality of points is called a surface-segment.
z == z m + r sin <f>;
Special cases:
418
SURFACES OF THE SECOND ORDER
T"'"y .'
*
/ '
V
/
1
/
>
x2 y2 z2
a 6 2
= 1.
b
r A
2 2
= 1.
a b b2
2
y*
2 + b2
= 1.
I
c2
419
SURFACES OF THE SECOND ORDER
A*
a2
+ b2 C2
~u -
The vertex of the cone is the origin, and the cone intersects the
2 2
jc y
plane z = c in the ellipse - + 75= 1.
a2
o2
420
SURFACES OF THE SECOND ORDER
+^-1=0.
cr b 2
x2 y2
-2+^-1=0.
a2
a 2
X2 V
2
T-Js-
2 2 1 =0.
a b
421
SYMMETRY
x* 2py = 0.
The generators of this cylinder pass through the parabola
x2 2py = lying in the xy-plane, and are parallel to the z-axis.
Fig. 318
Symmetry
The concept of symmetry includes various properties which
can belong to plane or solid geometrical figures. We distinguish
between (see individual articles)
422
SYMMETRY, W-FOLD
A. In the plane:
1. Axial symmetry
2. n-fold symmetry
3. Central symmetry (Point-symmetry)
B. In space:
1. Symmetry with respect to a plane
2. Symmetry with respect to a point (Central symmetry).
Symmetry, n-fold
n-fold symmetries are properties of special plane figures. A
figure which is n-fold symmetric coincides with itself when
* .36 ,
rotated through an angle of about a point, its centre of
symmetry, n must be an integer.
produce superposition.
423
:
+
. . , . 2 . 360 3 . 360 ( - 1)360
rotations through angles > > -
and
n n n
- . 360 also produce superposition.
A
Example: square pyramid is symmetric
with respect to each of the planes which
pass through the vertex S and the
line of intersection of the mid-points of
two opposite sides of the base (Fig. 321).
Fig. 321
Tangent
A tangent is a straight line which has a point in common
(point of contact) with a given curve (of arbitrary form) and at
this point has the same slope as the curve (see Gradient, Circle).
Tangent (tan)
The tangent functionis a trigonometrical function, tan a is the
opposite side
tan a = ,. . . , .
adjacent side
424
TANGENT THEOREM
Tangent hexagon
A tangent hexagon is a hexagon which circumscribes a circle
or conic, its sides being tangents to the circle or conic (see
BrianchorCs theorem).
Tangent quadrilateral
A quadrilateral which possesses an inscribed circle is called a
tangent quadrilateral. The four sides of the quadrilateral are
tangents to the incircle. A
quadrilateral is a tangent quadrilateral
if and only if the sum of two opposite sides is
equal to the sum
of the other pair of opposite sides (Fig. 322). The isosceles kite-
shaped quadrilateral, the rhombus and the square possess this
property; in general isosceles trapeziums, parallelograms and
rectangles do not.
a+c=b+d
(h =h ax + a + cx + c2 ^ + bx + b + d
2 % x
b2 = cx '
"
'
'
^2 = ^1 a + c = b +d
d2 = ax
* '
l HD * c
rf
rf
1 ^k* > -
425
TANGENT THEOREM
Tangent theorem (trigonometry)
The tangent theorem is a theorem of plane trigonometry. If
a, b and c are the sides, and a, and y the angles of a triangle,
then
, , tan . , . tan j
tan tan
2 2
* y + a
=
,
tan
m. a"
c
tan -j-
y
Taylor's series
The Taylor series can be used to determine the development in
power series of given functions. The Taylor series can be obtained
from Taylor's theorem. By Taylor's theorem we can put
m =m + f -rr<.*
- ) + f
-w(* - #
+
the larger
Taylor's formula gives fix) with increasing accuracy,
the n chosen, provided the remainder term n of the Taylor R
theorem for^*) at a fixed point x =
a tends to as n -> co (or,
in symbols, Urn n R =
0). The given function /(*) can
then be
n-*
represented by the power-series
426
TAYLOR'S THEOREM
Putting a =
in the Taylor series we obtain as a special case
the Maclaurin series
f(x)~er, /(0) = i;
so that
Taylor's theorem
+f
^-r+m-^
where b = a + 6(x - a) (0 ^
6 <, 1) is a number between a
and x, /(x) the given function, and /'(a), f"(a), ., /
(n)
(), . .
(n+1)
/ (a) the 1st, 2nd, ...,(+ l)th derivatives of the given
function at a. The term
All
TEN, POWERS OF
Ten, powers of
Very large and very small numbers can be conveniently repre-
sented with the help of powers of ten. We have
10 1 = 10
102 = 100
3 =
10 1,000
104 = 10,000
10 5 = 100,000, and so on.
10
-2 = .oi = ,
Tetrahedron
A four-sided polyhedron. A
regular tetrahedron is a regular
three-sided pyramid in which the base-edges and side-edges are of
equal length (see Pyramid and Platonic solids).
428
TRANSCENDENTAL CURVES
the diameter, then the angle remains unaltered as a right angle.
The semicircle or also the complete circle is referred to as the
circle of Thales. The circumference angles on the diameter of a
circle are right angles (see Triangle).
Third proportional
The solution of the proportional relation b:a a:x is referred =
to as the third proportional between the line-segments a and b.
a*
The third proportional is x = -r and can be constructed with the
help of the first theorem on rays. By Fig. 324 we have:
SB b _SC a
B~A a ~CD x
Fig. 324
Trace-line
The line of intersection of two planes is referred to as a trace-
line.
Transcendental curves
A curve is said to be transcendental if it is not an algebraic
curve, i.e. if no algebraic equation can be found which represents
the curve.
429
TRANSCENDENTAL EQUATIONS
Transcendental curves are represented by transcendental
functions.
Transcendental equations
All non-algebraic equations are called transcendental. The
simple transcendental equations either contain the unknown as
an exponent (exponential equations) or the logarithm of the un-
known (logarithmic equations) or a trigonometrical function of
the unknown(goniometric equations).
No general procedure can be given for the solution of tran-
scendental equations. Either the special properties of the tran-
scendental functions concerned must be used, or one must fall
back on numerical and graphical methods.
Transcendental functions
All functions which are not algebraic are said to be transcen-
dental. Transcendental functions are represented by transcendental
curves.
The transcendental functions used in elementary mathematics
are
y = cosec x.
4. The inverse trigonometric functions:
y = sin
-1
x, y = cos-1 x, y = tan-1 x, y = cot-1 x,
y = sec-1 x, y = cosec-1 x.
430
TRANSFORMATION
5. The hyperbolic functions:
y sinh-1 x, y = cosh-1 x,
y = tanh-1 x, y = coth-1 x,
y = sech-1 *, y cosech-1 jt.
Transcendental numbers
All non-algebraic real numbers (see Algebraic numbers) are called
transcendental numbers, e.g. e =2-718,281,828,459,045 . . .,
7T= 3-141,592,654 .... The existence of transcendental numbers
was first proved by Joseph Liouville (1851). Georg Cantor showed
(1874) that there are more transcendental than algebraic numbers;
the set of all algebraic numbers is enumerable (like the integers),
the set of transcendental numbers is not (see Number).
Transformation
A which associates with each point
rule P
of a space one or
more points P* of the same space is said to be a transformation
or mapping. The points P' are image points of P, and P is an
inverse image point of P'.
431
TRANSVERSAL
Transversal
A straight line which intersects the sides of a triangle or then-
extensions is called a transversal of the triangle. If it passes
through a vertex of the triangle it is called a vertex-transversal.
Trapezium
A quadrilateral with two sides parallel is called a trapezium.
If the two non-parallel sides of the trapezium are equal, it is
Triangle
Nomenclature, numerical relations between sides and angles.
Fig. 325
432
TRIANGLE
b + c> a,
c + a> b.
For a + + 2 + y + yz = 3x 180,
o^ +
that is, a + + y + a2 + & + y2 = 540,
or 180 + a + & + y = 540,2
2
(a) The largest side of a triangle lies opposite the largest angle.
(b) The largest angle of a triangle lies opposite the largest side.
(c) A triangle with three equal angles has three equal sides;
conversely a triangle with three equal sides has three equal
angles (of 60).
(d) A triangle with two equal angles also has two equal sides.
(Such a triangle is called isosceles; the unequal side is
called its base and the angles lying at the base are called
base-angles.) Conversely, a triangle with two equal sides
has two equal angles (the base-angles).
434
TRIANGLE
Classification of triangles
(a) Classification according to size of angles
435
TRIANGLE
b -
/a ^
A c
b*
<
437
TRIANGLE
ditions this circle and the free arm of /? have common points
which will serve for the vertex C in question.
has two intersections with the straight line which has the direction
of the free arm of/?. These two points of intersection are separated
by B. Only one point of intersection C2 =
C comes into question,
since the triangle must have the angle /?. In this case there is
exactly one triangle of the required type (Fig. 342).
(e) b =
c. The point of intersection differing from B gives a
unique point C.
Fig. 344
439
TRIANGLE
angles must be less than 180. When this is the case the triangle
can be constructed as in (a) above (Fig. 347).
But the construction can also follow Fig. 345. The side c with
end-points A and B is fixed, and the angle a is drawn adjacent
to c and with vertex A. An arbitrary point C is chosen on the
x
free arm of a, and the angle y is constructed with vertex C
x
pendent elements. If a and P are given, let <x be first laid out. An
arbitrary point B can now be taken on one arm of a, and the
angle P be constructed adjacent to this arm and with B as vertex.
In this way arbitrarily many triangles can be constructed (Fig.
348). All such triangles possess the three given angles. As we see,
the three angles are not sufficient to determine completely the
construction of a triangle; for this at least one side must be
given.
Summary: Three independent elements must be given for the
construction of a triangle from sides and angles. The four
principal cases which lead to unique solutions are set out below
Given Conditions
441
TRIANGLE
Congruence of triangles
A triangle ABC is said to be congruent to a triangle A X B1 C1
if corresponding sides and angles can be made to coincide; if
this is so we have
AB = A XBX AC = A X CX BC = Bx CXt
, ,
a = L CAB = x = Z. CXA X BX u. ,
0= ABC = px = A XBX CX ,
y = L BCA = yx = L BX CXA X .
Symbolically: A
ABC** AA
X BX CX ; read: 'triangle ABC con-
gruent to triangle A X BX CX ?
(Congruent triangles coincide in shape and size.)
We have the following congruence theorems for triangles:
A ABC Q A A BX C X X if AB = A X BX AC- A X CX
, , and a = ax .
A ABC** A A B C if AB = A B AC = A C
X X X X X, X X and C = BX CX .
442
TRIANGLE
Fourth congruence theorem for triangles
If for two triangles ABC and A XBX CX
two corresponding sides
and the angle which opposite the larger of the two sides
lies
coincide, then the triangles are congruent.
hABC e* A A B CX X X if AB == A XBX AC = A X CX
, and (if AC >
=p
AB)P x.
Transversals of a triangle
A straight line which cuts the sides of a triangle or their exten-
sions is called a transversal. If the transversal passes through a
vertex it is called a vertex-transversal.
Theorem of Menelaos (1st century A.D., Alexandria). Every
Fig. 350
AZ BX CY_
BZ CX AY
The proof is by means of ray-theorems.
Theorem of Ceva (1647-1736). Three concurrent vertex-
transversals of a triangle cut the sides of the triangle in such a way
443
TRIANGLE
AY BZ CX = AZ BX. CY.
. . .
Fig. 354
third side, and is half the length of the second side. If the mid-
points of two sides of a triangle are joined by a straight line, then
this line is parallel to the third side of the triangle and is half its
length (Fig. 353). (Proof is by means of congruent triangles.)
Euler's line
In any triangle the orthocentre H
(the point of intersection of
S (the point of intersection of lines joining
altitudes), the centroid
444
TRIANGLE
vertices to mid-points of opposite sides), and the circumcentre O
lie on a straight line, Euler's line, and we have HS.SO = 2:1
(Fig. 354).
Mid-perpendiculars of a triangle
A
mid-perpendicular of a triangle is a straight line which is
perpendicular to one side of the triangle and passes through the
mid-point of that side. A
triangle has three mid-perpendiculars
ma m , h and m c, (Fig. 355). The mid-perpen-
one for each side
diculars of a triangle are concurrent in the centre of the circum-
scribed circle of the triangle (see below).
Altitudes of a triangle
An altitude of a triangle is perpendicular to a side of the triangle
and passes through the vertex of the triangle opposite to that
445
TRIANGLE
Fio. 357
OH
*>/>/ x^hfc
he
A
/ r c fl
angled triangles, two altitudes lie outside the triangle, and accord-
ingly the point of intersection of altitudes also lies outside (Fig.
358). In right-angled triangles the altitudes belonging to the
shorter sides coincide with those sides, and only the altitude h c ,
belonging to the hypotenuse, lies within the triangle. In a right-
angled triangle the point of intersection of altitudes is the vertex
C of the right angle (Fig. 359).
446
:
TRIANGLB
Angle-bisectors of a triangle
The angle-bisectors of a triangle are the lines joining vertices
to the opposite sides and bisecting the angles at the vertices. A
triangle possesses three angle-bisectors, wx , w , w , one for each
p y
angle. The angle-bisectors of a triangle are concurrent in a point
O which is the centre of the inscribed circle (see below) of the
Fig. 360
DA
DB
The bisector of an exterior angle of a triangle divides the opposite
side externally in the ratio of adjacent sides (see Circle of Apol-
lonius) Fig. 361
EA_b
EB a
447
TRIANGLE
Fig. 362
y-90
a+j3-90
Fia. 364
bisects the angle at the apex, is the altitude associated with the
base, the mid-perpendicular of the base, and its side-bisector.
The perpendicular from the apex of an isosceles triangle onto the
base divides the triangle into two congruent right-angled triangles.
The equilateral triangle. A
triangle with three equal sides is
called equilateral (Fig. 363). The interior angles of an equilateral
triangle are all 60, the exterior angles all 120. The foot of the
perpendicular from one vertex of an equilateral triangle onto the
448
TRIANGLE
y-90
a.p = 4S
AM,-M.BM,C
Fig. 366
O
Fig. 367 Fig. 368
450
TRIANGLE
All points C, Cx C2, , etc., on the circle, taken together with the
base, form right-angled triangles with a right angle at C, Cx C2, ,
etc.
Proof: Since D is AD DB =
the centre of the circumcircle,
DCX since ADCX BDCX are isosceles triangles, a = y and
\ , , x
Fig. 371
451
:
TRIANGLE
2. The incircle. A
circle is said to be inscribed in a triangle, or
to be in the incircle of a triangle, if it touches all three sides of
the triangle. The centre O' of the incircle' is the intersection of
the three angle-bisectors of the triangle. Each perpendicular from
Fig. 372
the centre O' onto a side of the triangle yields a radius of the
incircle, which is generally denoted by p (Fig. 370).
3. The escribed circles (Fig. 371). A circle which touches one
side of a triangle and the extensions of the two other sides is
called an ecircle or escribed circle of the triangle. Every triangle
has three escribed circles. Their designation is as follows:
Centre Radius
Circle touches on the
a oa Pa
outside of the side:
b ob Pb
oc Pc
452
TRIANGLE
Individual problems
1. Altitudes given. An altitude divides a triangle into two right-
Fio. 376
453
TRIANGLE
454
TRIANGLE
cut off from this triangle; in the other case an isosceles triangle
is to be added.
5. Sum of two angles given. Note here that an exterior angle
of a triangle is always equal to the sum of the non-adjacent
interior angles (Fig. 381).
6. Side and opposite angle given. In these cases the opposite
Similarity of triangles
Two triangles A X BX CX and A 2B2 C2 with sides a-J)^ and a2 b 2 c2
are called similar if their angles and ratios of corresponding sides
455
TRIANGLE
CA:CD=* CB.CE,
so that CA:CB=CD:CE;
similarly CA:CD = AB:DE,
and also CB:CE=AB:DE,
so that CA:AB=CD:DE i
and CD:AB=CE:DK
The triangles ABC and DEC therefore coincide in respect of
angles and ratios of sides and so are similar.
First Similarity Theorem. Two triangles A X BX C X
and A 2 B2 C2 are
similar if they coincide in respect of two angles. That is,
A A B C ~ A A B2 C
X X X 2 2 , if cc
x
= aa and X = p2 .
456
TRIANGLE
Proof: Fig. 385. Since the sum of the angles of a triangle is 180
the angles y x and y 2 must also coincide.
AABC ~AABC
X X X 2 2 2 'if A X CX '.A X BX = A 2 C2 :A 2 B2 and 04 = o^.
Fig. 386
457
TRIANGLE
and so by construction
A X CX 'A X D = A X BX :A X E.
Therefore, by the converse of the first theorem on rays, DE is
if A X BX :A X CX = A 2 B2 :A 2 C2 ,
458
:
TRIANGLE
Fig. 387
459
: :
TRIANGLE
equal base and equal altitude are equal in area (Fig. 390). See
Area, calculation of.
Heron's Formula (Alexandria, 1st century a.d.). If
s = Ka + + c)
460
:
TRIANGLE
A = V* . (s a) . (s b) . (s c).
Further formulae for calculating the area of a triangle:
1. Given the radius /> of the inscribed circle and the sides:
A =p s.
abc
A --47.
3. Given two sides and their included angle
ab . sin y
= be . sin a _ ca . sin ft
A== 2 2 " 2 *
1. AH = AC
2.AB = AD
3. L HAB = 90 + a = L CAD.
The triangle AHC has the same base, AH, and the same altitude,
AC, as the triangle AHB. These triangles are therefore equal in
area. The triangles ACD and AFD have the same base AD and
the same altitude AF. These triangles too are therefore equal in
area. We therefore have
A HAC = A HAB = A CAD = A FAD.
Now the area of the square HACG
is twice that of the triangle
HAC, and the area of the rectangle is twice that of the AFED
461
eg ep.c 1
Fig. 392
2nd proof: In the left-hand half of Fig. 393 the large square
has area (a + b) 2 that is a2 + b2 + lab. The four triangles on
,
Fig. 393
462
:
TRIANGLE
the perimeter have together the area lab, and so the inner square
(of area c 2) has area a2 +
b2 That is, a2 b2 . c2 + = .
b2 = h2 + q2 ;
by Euclid's theorem,
b2 = = (p + q)q = pq + q2
cq .
Therefore, h2 + q = pq + q2 2
,
"--fir-i-.
that is h = 7 ^'
Proof:
(i) for acute-angled triangles (Fig. 398).
By the theorem of Pythagoras applied to the triangles AFB and
BFC:
c% = h2 + p2 and a2 h2 + q2 ,
therefore
c2 = a2 - q + p2 = a2 + p2 + q2 + 2pq - 2f
2
2/*7,
that is,
c* =
+ q)2 -2q(q + p).
a2 + (p
c2 = h* + qf = h* + b2 + q2 + 2bq.
+ (b
ca = #2 + a% + 2bq.
465
TRIANGLE
Fig. 400
466
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
Trigonometric equations
Trigonometrical (conditional) equations contain the unknown
as the argument of one or more trigonometrical functions. E.g.
1 3
cos x = x, sm^ x +
.
, .
sin x = j-
A trigonometrical equation may have infinitely many solutions:
1 7T
cos x = ;r has solutions x = = + 2kir
and X = T + 2&7T,7T
where k = 0, 1, 2,
467
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
Examples:
1. sin (x + 30) = 0-81. From the tables of the sine function,
we obtain:
*! + 30 = 54 6' + k 360
. (k = 0, 1, 2, . . .).
2. sin
2
x + sin x = 0-75. Putting sin x = z, we obtain
z2 + z - 0-75 = 0;
this quadratic equation has solution
i*
ji 2n
180\ .
, , x (360l
Fig. 404
468
, ,
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
Example 1:
1
2 tan x
_ = 3 tan x. The equation is certainly satisfied when
tan x = 0, i.e. forx = + k. 180; k = 0, 1, 2, . .
tan 2 x
5
y i.e. tan x = r Vr-
15 =
1
1*291.
Example 2:
sin 2x + sin x = 0. We use the identity sin 2x = 2 sin x cos x
to transform the equation to 2 sin cos jc x + sin x = 0. The left
hand side can be written as a product:
sin x (2 cos x + 1) = 0.
The equation is satisfied if either the first or the second factor is
zero.
x2 = 2 1 + 2for, fc = 0, 1, 2, . . .
and xz = 4 + 2A:7r.
^r
469
TRIGONOMETRICAL SERIES
Trigonometrical series
The developments of the trigonometrical functions in power-
series are known as trigonometrical series. E.g.
r 2fe+l
x3
sinx = x- ^ + 1-,-- + . . + (-l) fc
(2 +1)!
+ - -
,2k
x4
cosx=1 ~2! + 4!-6! + - * + (_1) *(2)i +
Trigonometrical tables
Trigonometrical tables contain the function values of the
trigonometrical functions sin x, cos x, tan x and cot x. The values
of the argument are given either in degrees or radians, and
additional tables are often provided for transforming from
degrees to radians.
Tables of the logarithms of the trigonometrical functions are
of use when frequent calculations are necessary. These contain
the logarithms of sin x, cos x, tan x and cot x. For technical
reasons the tables have the peculiarity that the characteristic is
increased by 10 with the exception of values of log tan from 45
to 89 59' 59" and of log cot from 0 to 44 59' 59". For actual
tables, see Table 3.
470
;
TRIGONOMETRY
of the angle (angular function). The various possible ratios of
sides have individual names: sine (sin), cosine (cos), tangent
(tan), secant (sec), cosecant (cosec), and cotangent (cot).
Explanation:
1. In a right-angled triangle ABC with angles a, /, y 90, =
AC is called the side adjacent to a, BC is called the side opposite
to a, AB is the hypotenuse (Fig. 405).
opposite side
2. We define: sin a =
hypotenuse
adjacent side
cos a =
hypotenuse
opposite side
tan a =
adjacent side'
adjacent side
cot a =
opposite side
Fig. 405
471
TRIGONOMETRY
the right-angled triangle opposite to the angle a, and the projection
of the second radius on the first is to be its adjacent side. Since
the hypotenuse is of unit length, in this figure the length of the
perpendicular is equal to sin a and of the projection of the radius
is cos a (Figs. 406 and 407).
90*
Fig. 406
+i -^
9CT\ I8(f
-/-
(f) v<*>
Fig. 408
The values of the sine function run from to 1 as the size of the
angle advances from 0 to 90. In particular, sin 0 = and
sin 90 = 1. The values of the cosine function run from 1 to
as the size of the angle proceeds from 0 to 90. In particular,
cos 0 = 1 and cos 90 0.=
Tangent and cotangent functions
The values of the tangent and cotangent functions can also be
represented by means of the unit circle.
472
TRIGONOMETRY
We draw the unit circle, choose the initial direction, lay out the
radius which makes the angle a with the initial direction (measur-
ing in the anti-clockwise sense) and draw the tangent at the
end-point of the radius specified by the initial direction. On this
tangent the extension of the second radius cuts off a segment
which can be taken as the opposite side corresponding to the
angle a (Fig. 409). Since in this case the adjacent side is of
unit length, the segment of the tangent is equal to tan a.
9(f Cot a
Fig. 409
+i--
-/--
473
.
TRIGONOMETRY
Graphical representation of tangent and cotangent functions.
The graphical representation of the tangent and cotangent
functions is obtained as in the case of the sine function. As the
angle a runs from 0 to 90, the value of tan a passes from to
oo, and of cot a from oo to 0. Here when we write tan 90 co =
we mean that larger and larger function values are obtained for
tan a the nearer a approaches 90, and similarly for cot a as a
approaches 0.
sin2 a + cos2 a = 1
sin a
cos (90"- a)
Hypotenuse = /
Fig. 412
tan a = sin a
, cot a a
= cos , tan a = 1
The signs of the roots in the following table are given by the table
of signs for trigonometrical functions (see p. 478).
474
TRIGONOMETRY
tana 1
sin a Vl cos2 a
Vl + tan 2 a Vl + cot2 a
1 cot a
--in
Vl sin 2 a
Vl + tan 2
a Vl + cot2 a
tana =
sin a Vl cos2 a 1
sin a Vl cos 2
a tana
} l+cot'q;
sina
y / -sin* rf
Fig. 413
475
TRIGONOMETRY
Easily calculated function values
From the isosceles and right-angled triangle of Fig. 414 we
obtain
3fl\
/Q2!
V V
/n r "1 / 60 \
F 2
VI
sin 30 = = x>
- sin 60 = = iV5,
2
a
?V3
cos 30 = - = \ VI, COS 60 = -a = r>
L
a l
tan 30 = V3
= -7= -s VI, tan 60 - =
?VI
- VI,
2 2
2"^
cot 30 = = V3, cot 60 = = -UiV3.
V3J VI 3
2
476
TRIGONOMETRY
These results are summarised in the following table:
0 30 45 60 90
1
sin Iva v* 1
2 2
l 1
cos 1 -V3
2
\Vi 2
tan iV3
VJ 1 V3 00
3
cot oo VI 1 iV3
3
and then lay out the angle from this in the anti-clockwise sense
(Figs. 416 and 417). We now drop the perpendicular from the
end of the second radius we have obtained onto the diameter
containing the initial direction. The length of this perpendicular
477
TRIGONOMETRY
(positive or negative) is then sin a, and the length of the pro-
jection, cos a (Fig. 416). The length of the intercept of the second
radius on the tangent at the end-point of the initial direction is
tan a; the length of the intercept on the tangent parallel to the
initial direction is cot a (Fig. 417).
cot B cats
.
*\s
\f*
~
/
T
tan/3
tasicc
V*\ \a \
v lmmm
,
L
I
7
'
V 6
tani
tony i
/ T
/I 4 cot
y est i
,
FlQ. 417
Quadrant
I II Ill IV
sin + +
Function cos + +
tan + +
cot + +
^_^_ _
From the definition, we obtain a function value for each of the
trigonometrical functions corresponding to every angle. Angles
can be given in either degrees or radians, the latter being best
478
TRIGONOMETRY
suited for graphical representation. The angle is plotted on the
abscissa axis in radians and corresponding function values appear
as ordinates (Figs. 418, 419, 420).
cos a
Fig. 419
479
TRIGONOMETRY
+a
180 270 a 270 + a
sin (a + ft)
= sin a cos ft + cos a sin ft,
sin (a ft)
= sin a cos ft
cos a sin ft,
cos (a + ft)
= cos a cos ft
sin a sin ft,
cos (a ft)
= cos a cos + ft
sin a sin ft,
cot a cot - 1
w(a- ~ cot a cot ft + 1
cot(a
nx
+ ft)=
ft
> cot ft) = ^_ cota
'
1 2 sin a,2
480
' .
TRIGONOMETRY
2 tan a , cot2 a - 1
COt 2 "
tan 2a = l-tan*a l^T*
71 /l +
cos 2a cos 2a
sm
'
- ;
"
cosa=^-
cos 2a sin 2a
tan a= vr + cos 2a 1 + cos 2a
Similarly,
tan3 a
3 tan a cot3 a 3 cot a
tan 3a = _; COt3a==
3cot2 a-l
;
~T^3la^a
and
+ I _
]
cos"
-5
a sin 5 a . . .,
cos a = cos n a ( 2 )
cos n_2 a sin2 a
n
+ I
J
1-4
cos* a sin4 a ...
sui z
sin a +
.
sm p
= 2.<* +
cos
a-p*
z
sm a .
sin
n
p = 2^ cos +zP OL
. sin
.
OL-P
z
a +
a-0
z
cos a + cos p
n
=
2 cos ~
. cos
481
16
TRISECTION OF AN ANGLE
a 8
cos a cos p
o
= 2 sm a+~_ . /?
.
.
sin r
2
cot a + tan a = -r-, cot a tan a = 2 cot 2a,
sin 2a
1+tana ,, . , cota+1
= tan (45 + a),
1 = cot (45 -
-.
a).
1 tan a cot, a , v '
Trisection of an angle
The trisection of an angle of arbitrary size is not possible by
use of ruler and compass only, although special angles can of
course be trisected in this way (e.g. the angles 45, 90 and 180
can be so trisected, since the angles 15, 30 and 60 can be
constructed by means of ruler and compass). Approximate con-
structions for the trisection of an arbitrary angle are however
possible.
Truncated pyramid
The volume of a truncated pyramid is V \H(G + GGX + G ) x
where Gthe area of the base-surface
is and Gx is the area of the
upper-surface (Fig. 232).
482
UNIT VECTOR
Fig. 421
Unit fractions .
j j
Fractions with numerator 1, e.g. j = 1, y
Unit vector
A vector whose length is 1 is called a unit vector. For any
vector a, a unit vector can be found which has the same direction
as a, viz. the vector j-r (|a| is the absolute value of a (see Vector)).
483
VARIABLE
Variable
Vector
Avector is a line-segment, in a plane or in three-dimensional
space, which has a definite direction-sense and which can be
arbitrarily displaced parallel to itself. Vectors are denoted either
by letters of the alphabet in bold type or by placing an arrow
over the line-segment concerned. If P1 is the point of origin, and
P2 the end-point of the vector R, the length of the segment P P X 2
is called the absolute value, or magnitude, of the vector and is
written R= |R|. If the point of origin and the end-point of a
vector are the same, the vector is the null-vector. The null-vector
has length zero and is regarded as having no definite direction;
lf yx , zj and (x2 , y2 , z^) are the rectangular
it is written as 0. If (x
x2 x i> y* 7i z - z
2 i
R= (x2 x lt y2 y x, z2 z^.
The
null vector has components (0, 0, 0) 0. =
Vectors regarded as in a plane have only two components.
Vectors in space have three components.
The length of a vector is calculated from its components by
Pythagoras's theorem as follows:
484
VECTOR
Any vector of length 1 is called a unit vector. The vector j-jrj has
i = (l,0),j = (0,l).
In three dimensions they are
485
VECTOR
Addition of vectors is commutative and associative. The
difference
A B of the vectors A and B is obtained by adding
( B) to A. It can be constructed by means of the same parallelo-
gram used in constructing the sum, the difference being repre-
sented by the diagonal which does not pass through O (Fig. 423).
Fig. 424
ax = |
A| cos <f> a
|B|cos<6 ;
COS<f> = axK + ay by
|A| . |B|
a xb v a y ba
sin< =
IAI . |B|
3. Distributive law, (A + B) D = A D .
+ B D. .
JAi=-l.
5. The vector product of two vectors is zero if the vectors are
parallel or if one vector is the null vector,
cx A a c2 A = 0.
and B =
(b x , b v , b z) are two vectors in space then the numerical
quantity a xb x +
a vb v +
ajb, =
A| |B| cos j> is defined as the
|
(A - A A
- A. A - aybx),
fl
Vector calculus
Vector calculus is the branch of mathematics comprising the
mathematical theorems relating to calculation with vectors (see
Vector).
Vertical
The a point on the earth's surface is the
vertical direction at
direction passing through the earth's centre.It may be determined
489
:
VOLUME, MEASUREMENT OF
Volume, measurement of
In the metric system the theoretical unit of volume is the stere
(one cubic metre =
1 kilolitre), the unit in common use being
the litre which, for all practical purposes is one cubic decimetre.
In English measure the unit of volume is the (Imperial) gallon
which equals 277-42 cubic inches =
4-546 litres. The U.S.A.
gallon equals 231-00 cubic inches =
3-785 litres. Other English
measures are related as follows
4 = pint
gills 1
2 pints = 1 quart
4 quarts = gallon
1
8 gallons = bushel.
1
Weight, measurement of
The unit of weight in the metric system is the kilogramme, the
standard kilogramme, established in 1889, being a solid cylinder
of platinum-iridium preserved in Paris. The British and American
pounds, though differing very slightly in their exact definition,
can each be taken equal to 0-4536 kg. The definitions of some
subsidiary units differ in British and American usage. We have
1 ton = 20 hundredweight
1 cwt. = 4 quarters
1 qr. = 28 lb (British), 25 lb (American)
1 lb. =16 ounces
1 oz. = 16 drams.
Zero
Zero is the number which can be added to (or subtracted from)
another number a without a being altered thereby: a + = a.
490
ZERO
If a number is multiplied by zero, the result is zero a x
: = 0.
Division of a number by zero must be excluded if contradictions
in the operation of the basic rules of arithmetic are to be avoided.
A zero symbol is used in all place-value systems. Number
systems without place-values, e.g. the Roman, need have no zero
symbol. See Axioms of arithmetic, Division, Differential coefficient.
491
MATHEMATICAL FORMULAE
I ARITHMETIC
1. Types of number
We distinguish the following types of number:
(1) Natural or positive integral numbers, e.g. 2, 6, 11.
(2) Integral numbers and negative), e.g. 3, 1, 3, 8.
(positive
(3) Rational numbers, i.e. numbers which can be represented
as the ratios of integral numbers.
(4) Algebraic numbers, i.e. numbers which are solutions of
algebraic equations with integral coefficients (see p. 498 ff.).
(5) Transcendental numbers, i.e. numbers which are not solu-
tions of algebraic equations with integral coefficients.
(6) Real numbers, which comprise all the above types of
number. Every real number can be represented by an infinite
decimal fraction. Non-rational real numbers are referred to as
irrational.
The absolute value (modulus) of a number x, written |jc|, is
(1) a + b =b+a
(+a) + (+b) =a+b
(-a) + (+b) =-a + b = b-a
(+a) + = a -b=-b +
(-b) a
a + (b + c) = (a + b) + c
a + (b c) = (a + b) c
(2) a- b = -(b - a)
(+a) - (+b) = a-b
(+a) - {-b) = a + b
492
FORMULAE
(3) |
\a\ -\b\\<Z\a + b\<. \a\ + \b\
\\a\-\b\\<,\a-b\<L\a\ + \b\
(+a).(-b) = -a.b
(-a).(+b)=-a.b
(-a) (-b) = +a.b
.
(2) + b) c = a c + b c
(a . . .
(a + b)(c d) = ac + be ad bd
(a b)(c + d) = ac be + ad bd
(a b){c d) = ac be ad + bd
(a + b)(a + b) = {a + bf = a + lab + b*
2
(3)
493
FORMULAE
(-Oft) -r (+) = -6
(-&) H- (-a) - +b
(6) \a\ + \b\ = \a + b\
(a:m):(b:m) = c:d
(a:m):b = (cm):d
(3) + 6) = c:(c +
a:(a rf)
a:(a 6) = c:(c d)
6:(a-6) = rf:(c-<0
a
We may write a:b as a fraction r; thus, for example,
a a X m a a -f- m
(1)
b b X m' b b -r m
(2) If the fractions
nk
, have different denominators,
, , . . .,
i "2
a common denominator h may be found, namely, the (least)
common multiple of n x ., n k . , . .
+ j = j-j
a c ad + cb
r (bd is the common denominator)
ace
+ = adf + bcf bde
b d~f bd/
a ac
VC=T
a c ac
b"d~bd
a
2rC
_ a
b' ~b'c
a c ad
=
b^"d Tc
am a r= a (m+r)
am -r a = a
r w-r
495
FORMULAE
(a x b)
m
= am x bm
(a -r b)
m
= am + b m
m r
(a ) = a
mr
a- = var" = ivay".
Va~b=fa.Vb;
VaTB =<Ta+</b;
w
Va~ = (fay _ v^;
r
ifTa = Va = Vfa;
~Var = tfF"; a fa = faFb.
m r
2+ r
(4) Further: a
n
.a* = an .
m r m~ r
an -r a* = an "i.
*
m m 2
(a . by =
m m m
(a -5- 6)" = a
n
mr
(^ ^2 a n *.
6. Binomial coefficients
(1) By ! (^-factorial), we mean the product
n\ = 1 . 2 . 3 . . . ( 1) . n, n a positive integer,
and define 0! = 1.
496
FORMULAE
in\ _ - (n -r+ n\
~ n(n 1) . . . 1)
=
(n - r)lr\
\r) r\
\rj \n r) (n ry.rl
(a 6)- - (j|)
a" (i)
fl*^ + + (D* (jj) *n
497
FORMULAE
a is called the real part (a = R(z)), b the imaginary part
(6 = I(z))ofz.
(2) Then i
8 = -/ /= +14
/ =
5
/
1 _ gx^ + A
+ ^i + 6!A
g ~a ,
. 2
z2 ~ ai + 61
'
fl|
(4) Further,
t.
& = 0, 1, 2,. . ..
In particular
(cos / sin
m = cos m<f> * sin m<j>,
<)
I 6
and (cos <j> 1 sin ^)" = cos - <f>
1 sin
498
H. ALGEBRA
An equation of the th degree (n ;> 1) in the unknown x is an
equation of the form
~x
0o*
n
+ alX n + a2*"-2 + . . . + an_ xx + an = 0.
a , ax , . . ., a n are called coefficients of the equation; the n solu-
tions x = xlt . . ., xn are called roots.
If the equation is brought into the form
fix) = xn + bxx*-i + . . . + bn = 0,
where K = a
then f(x) = (x- xj(x - xj . . .(x- x n).
The coefficients b k and the roots of the equation f(x) = are
related as follows:
*i = (*x + * + + *)> 2 . . .
On ( 1) xxx2 x3 . . . xn .
499
FORMULAE
1. Equations with one unknown
(1) Linear equations. An equation of the first degree in one
unknown is of the form
ax + b = 0, a^O,
and has solution x =
-b
a
Quadratic equations. An equation of the second degree in
(2)
one unknown is of the form
ax2 + bx + c = 0, a # 0.
It has two solutions xx and x2 :
2 -
*i.2
- -b Vb Aac
2a
The solutions xx and x2 are
/ + Ipy + 2q = 0,
where
1 (b\ 2 a 2 (b\ 3 1 be ,
d
Then if
(a) q
2
+ p* > (Cardan's formula), putting
w =^_2 + ,V? a
+/?3 ,
where the real roots are taken, we have as the solutions of the
standard equation
yx = u + v,
u + v i /-, .
y2 = y~ + 2 v
^" ~~ '*
y3 = - V3( - v).
() q
2
+f > and q ^ 0, p > 0, putting
, Vf
=
7
= J tan t
tan <j> , tany
77 . TT 77 IT
where ~"
2
<^< 2'
""4 < ^ < 4'
(y) q
2
+/ ^ and q # 0, < 0, putting
/>
sin <f>
= , tan y> = J tan x
77 . 77 77 77
where x < r < ^ 4 < y < t
501
FORMULAE
we have the solutions
'x r sin
2y>
73= ^( ^- sl
'VI cot 2^).
(<5) q
2
+ /j3 <. (irreducible case), putting
cos r
< = ,L-
V-/>3
we have the solutions
yx
/
= 2 V p cos > <f>
j3 -2V^p cos (
| - 60 V
r *2 y ^ 16 y 64
502
FORMULAE
the four solutions of the reduced equation from
= VJ VJ2 V^,1
au ayz . . . aln
'21 *23 . . .a2
A= = (a).
'ml **n2 a*
l nl
*n2 *n3 . . .aK
503
FORMULAE
is the sum of all the products
fl
la fl! 2/J fl 3y a np
a11 a12
fl
ll fl 22
~~ fl12^21
and
a11 "12 'IS
"21
^11^22^33 T 021^3213 ~T" %L a12^2S
^31^22^13 alla32a23 fif
21 <212 fl33 -
32 '33
|A| = |A'|
'22
504
FORMULAE
*u =
*21 ca
*-"21
flu + a 12 _ an al2
+
a ll 12
a21 + a. fl
22 21 22 |
a 21 22
that
|A.B| = |A|X|B|.
By the cofactor A ik of the element a ik of a determinant
(viii)
by deleting the fth row and the Ath column of |A|. We then have:
n n
a = 2 anAik = 2 aaAik'
t=i *=i
elements of a determinant of the (n
(ix) If all r)th degree +
common to n columns and r rows vanish, the determinant can
be separated into the product of two determinants of degrees
n and r:
505
FORMULAE
a2n
A=
. [
*o,
a nl a 2
namely
2 Am
t=l
*-
^=
Xlm (^ =1,2,. . ., ).
A
(/?) If the system of equations is homogeneous, i.e. if
ai h
== = aw = 0,
then a necessary and sufficient condition that the only solution is
Xl = x2 = . . . ss *n = is A ^ 0.
(y) The system of m equations in n unknowns:
a n xt + a x2 + 12 . . . + alnx n = t cc
Ki - - am ai 'n *ln
and
Wml- *ml . . .a*
91 is 26% of 350.
(2) The proportional increase of an initial capital sum a during
an interest period is referred to as the interest-rate
p (expressed
as a percentage). The
factor q by which the initial capital must
be multiplied to obtain the final capital is therefore
r(q" - 1)
*"- q-1 '
q- n
1
Rn = rq
q-1
(5) The initial capital required for an annuity r paid at the
end of each of n interest-periods is
" ^=
00
q-\
(6) A capital sum a is to be amortised in n interest periods by
payment of a fixed instalment at the end of each interest period.
If pis the rate of interest (as a percentage) and/?! is the amortisa-
tion rate (as a percentage), then the condition for the capital to
be extinguished after n interest-periods is
hU-k* 1-
0<P(^)^1;
(ii) If E is an event which invariably occurs, then:
P(E)=V,
(iii) If the events A and B are exclusive then
P(A V B) = P(A) + P(B);
(iv) If A lt A 2 , . . ., ^4 oo are events which are pairwise exclusive
then:
P(A, V^ 2 V. . .) = i*w
P(n) = I I /?
n ^-n (Newton's formula),
P(n) = Ti
- (Poisson's formula).
!
n h
s =n n and (5 =
n
N
where = ]T ^() = -Np>
n=l
509
FORMULAE
(i) Average absolute deviation:
|*| - 2P(v) , . I
[n - vn\
^j.
\d\=2P(v)(i-^y
s2 n2 n2 = Npq = nq.
(iv) Mean relative deviation:
;p = ?.
n
and we have
s2 =n and <5
2 = -
n
P(<5)</(5 = J- e 2a
d (Gauss's Law),
and we have
3. Combinatory analysis
(1) Permutations
(i) The number of permutations of n different elements is
pin) = n\
510
FORMULAE
(ii) If of the n elements groups of alf a2 , . . ., a elements are
fc
*" *>=6) : k\
p(n;k) nk .
(2) Combinations
(i) The number of A>fold combinations of n elements taken
without repetition is
fcD-Q.
(ii) The number of &-fold combinations of n elements, with
repetition allowed is
~< m h + k- 1\
4. Interpolation formulae
a variable * are given and associated with them are the numbers
y\> y* >
y n (Q ot necessarily all different). We require a
polynomial G(x) such that for each x xk y G(x) takes the = ,
0, 0, 1, . . . ,
0, 0, 0, . . . , 1
The function
<%x) = yigi(x) + y&ix) + . . . + yngn(x)
then has the property that it takes the values ylt y2 , . ., .
yn at
the given values of x, and it is a polynomial of the ( l)th
degree.
(3) Newton's Interpolation Formula. Let clt c2, . c-i De
constants. Then the function
G(x) y1 + ct (x x) x
+ c2 (x Xj)(x xj
+ C3 (X - XJ(X - X^(X - Xjj)
+ XM_!)
Cn-l(x Jfi) .(X
isat most of the (n l)th degree, and for x = x has the value
cx =
X2 "~" X-y
512
IV. GEOMETRY AND TRIGONOMETRY
A. Plane Geometry
1. General theorems
(1) The Triangle
(i) a + + y = 180 (Fig. 429).
(ii) The angle bisector wy divides the side c in the ratio
p:q = a: b (Fig. 429).
(hi) The altitudes h a , h b , hc and the sides a, b, c (Fig. 429) are
related as follows
b = qc,
2
hi = pq*
and a* + b 2 = c\
FORMULAE
= a" = a'\
a' . .;
2. Properties ofpolygons
(2) Irregular polygons
(i) Triangle:
Notation: a, b, c
sides; a, /5, y =
angles; h a h b , hc alti-
,
tudes; r =radius of circumscribed circle; p =
radius of inscribed
circle ;p a,pb,p =
radii of escribed circles; a, b, m m m =
c medians;
514
FORMULAE
wa ,
= bisectors of interior angles; w, w'p wY = bisectors
Wp, wy ,
of exterior angles; a
= intercepts formed on sides by points
t , tb , t
c
a + b + c
of contact of the inscribed circle; A = area; s = -z
ab
a2 + b2 = c\ A=T
ab c
*
a +c b
Pa
_b + c a _a+ b + c a +b c
Pb 2 ' ^c ~~ 2 ' ^ ~~
2
Isosceles triangle (a = b)
A = 4 V4a - c\ 2
K=h= ->
a
he = ^1 V4a2 - c2 = /> a =p 6,
c(2a + c)
/>
= c(2a c)
4h '
r =
2hn
515
FORMULAE
General triangle
If p is the projection of b on a, q the projection of a on b, then
ap = bq
c2 = a2 + b2 + 2bq, if y > 90
c2 = a2 + b 2 - 2bq, if y < 90.
If ac and b c are the projections of a and b on c, then:
a2 -b = a\- b\.2
Further,
a2 + b2 -c 2
a2 + b2 - c*
P Ya
'
q "
26
bc abc ah a
K = 2r> r =
4A'
A= T
A= Vs(s - a)(s - 6)(j - c) = i Wz>2 - {a2 + b2 - c 2) 2,
2A 2A !_i, J, 1
P a + ^ + c'^-^ + c-a' p~~/> a "%>/>;
A =p . S = Pa(s - a), A = PPaPbPo
2
Pa + Pb+Pc=P + 4r,
wJ + ml + m? = \{a2 + b2 + c 2),
516
FORMULAE
(ii) Parallelogram:
Notation: a,b = sides; h a , hb = altitudes; dl9 d% diagonals;
A = area.
Then A = ah a = bhb ,
If a = b then dx is perpendicular to d2 .
~ '/
xx ^** i
^X
v *'''** 1
"1
--^ v' /
7><^X* /
Lr b
(iii) Trapezium:
Notation: a, b = parallel sides; c, d non-parallel sides;
(a + b)h
Then A =
= a +b+c+ d
A = area; a\, d2 diagonals; s
517
FORMULAE
A = Vabcd.
Fig. 437
(i) Triangle:
/i = 2 V3 = = 3/> (h = altitude)
h a /- r
a
A = l V3 = j V3 = ^-Va = 3P VI *
518
FORMULAE
(ii) Square:
r = | Vl = P V2
a r rz
A = a2 = 2r 2 = 4p2
(iii) Pentagon:
r = a = -p\/3
(v) Octagon:
r = * V4 + 2V2 = p V4 - 2V2
2
p = |(V2+l) = ^V2+ V2
519
FORMULAE
a = r V2-V2 = 2p(V2 - 1)
A = 2fl
2
(V2 + 1) = 2r V2 =
2
8/>
2
(V2 - 1)
(vi) Decagon:
(vii) Circle:
= 27rr
l
A = irr %
The arc-length for angle /? is - /?, and the area of sector with
2
angle is
^
77T
B. Solid geometry
A polyhedron is a body bounded by plane surfaces. It is convex
if the interior angles formed by adjacent planes are less than
180. A polyhedron is regular if its surfaces are regular congruent
polygons and if the same number of polygons meet at each vertex.
number of vertices, s the number of surfaces, e the
If v is the
number of edges and a the number of angles between the edges,
then for any convex polyhedron
and 2e = a.
520
FORMULAE
1. General polyhedra and other solids
Notation: V =
volume; S total surface; A = lateral surface; =
Sh =base surface; Su =
upper surface; h altitude; rb base- = =
circle radius; r u =
upper surface-circle radius; R radius of =
sphere; a, b, c = edges; d = diagonal; s = generator; m=
median-section.
(1) Prism
V=hS h
1
V = -A a2hVl
4
S = afeV3 + 3/z]
\
.
^
_ _ _ r
Fig. 438 Fig. 439
V= abc
S = 2(ab + bc + ca)
d= Va* + b2 + c 2
v = sb .-
"-J*
S = a* + 2ajh* + j
/ \ \
p^ '
iu <>, \ ^\
f '
\\ >h \
\
*
'
~tr\-^
Fig. 441 Fig. 442
h
V= ^
(Sb + Vs su +
b Su)
S 7rr(s + r)
5 = Vr* + h2
Trh
General circular cone: V= -r- (rf + rb r u + r%)
Right circular cone (Fig. 444) : A= (r b + rjns
522
FORMULAE
(8) Prismatoid
V~-(Sb + Su + 4m)
V=S a + 3b + c
b
(10) Sphere
K=y(3rJ+3r* + A)
S = 7r(r 2 +
6 2Rh + r*)
,4=2^
FORMULAE
Spherical segment with altitude h (Fig. 446):
V=^(3r* + h*)
= 7r(2ri + h*)
S
A = lirRh = 7T{rl + A8 )
V=X7TR2k
= 7rR{r + 2h)
S
Spherical wedge (a = angle formed
by boundary planes)
= rf
fe)
(1 1) Ellipsoid (semi-axes a, b, c)
Fig. 447
V= r Trabc
S = AnhR
524
FORMULAE
2. Regular polyhedra
F=^V2 S = aW3
R = \VZ , = f2 V6
I V
I \
I \
I \
I \
d
!
V= a3 S = 6a2
R =
a
- rz
V3 r = a-
2 2
V=^V2 S= 2a2 V3
525
:
FORMULAE
F=4(15 + 7\/5)
i? = (l + V5)V3
5
=a /50 + 22V5
r
4
Fig. 451
5a3 r-
S = 5a2 V3
R = I V2(5 + V5)
r = a 7 + 3V5
1. P/ae trigonometry
a
sin a = - cos a = - tan a =
c c
526
FORMULAE
cot a
\ana
Fig. 454
I + + + +
II +
III + +
IV +
527
FORMULAE
The angular functions in the four quadrants are related as
follows
0 1 00
1
30 IV3 VJ VI
2 3
45 Ivi \ 1 1
1
60 ivi V3 '-V3
2 3
90 1 oo
180 - 1 00
270 - 1 00
360 1 co
528
FORMULAE
(iv) Relations between angle and arc-length in a circle of unit
radius
The arc-length associated with the angle a is
77 77 77 77 77 377
arc a 77 277
180 6 4 3 2 2
Numerical
0-017 0-524 0-785 1-05 1-57 3-14 4-71 6-28
value
6
~~
sin /? c
~ sin y c sin y
Fig. 455
c2 = a2 + b2 lab cos y.
(3) Tangent theorem
a. ~y jj-y
a -. b
t*n^- c a
tan
6~ c tan
#
a + b
tan
ol +~-0' a + c tan
a + y' b + c
tan
P + Y
529
FORMULAE
+^b + c
a Jis
a)(s &)(.s c)
If s = and p
j
=
V j
'
then:
a j a s b y s c
2p /?
2 p 2 p
^ ca sin p ~ be sin a.
a b c
2 sin a 2 sin ($ 2 sin y
a 6 y
p = (5 a) tan r = (s b) tan - = (s c) tan .
(& c) cos
a
;r = a sin zv
/?
-
#6 = c sin a = a sin y,
hc asm^ = b sin a.
(10) Projection theorem
a b cos y + c cos /?,
b = a cos y + c cos a,
530
FORMULAE
(vi) Connections between trigonometric functions:
sin2 a + cos 2 a = 1,
tana = sin a 1
cos a cot a
cos a 1
cot a =
sin a tan a
1 1
= 1 + tan2 a; cm""9 . = + 1 cot2 a.
cos* a sin" a
tan a 1
sin a Vl cos2 a
Vl +tan 2
a Vl +cot 2 a
1 cot a
cos a Vl sin
2
a
Vl + 2
tan a Vl + cot2 a
sin a Vl cos2 a 1
tan a
Vl sin 2
a cos a cot a
Vl sin 2 a cos a 1
cot a
sin a Vl cos 2 a tan a
v
1
tan a tan 8
8) = t
tan (a r
tan a tan =F
? p
cot a cot /S =F 1
cot(a0)
cot ^S cot a
531
FORMULAE
sin a +
.
sm p
= ~
2 sin
a + P
z cos P
ex.
-z
a + a
= 2 cos ~ sin 9
n /? . /?
sin a .
sin p
a + a
cos a + cos p = 2 cos ~
/?
cos 9
/?
a
= 2 sin +r sm ~
a j5 j5
cos a cos p
.
cos a sin fi
= 2 sin
(
4 5 - ^) sin
(
4 5 + ^)
cos (a T
cot* a
, a
tan r
p = sin a cos ff)
w
p
sin a = sm a
-
sin c
;
.
sin p
.
= -
sin b
sin c
sm a <
,
sin c
tan tan a
cos a = t
tan c
; p
cos r
.
= 7
tan c
. .
tan 6
- a
= tan .
=
tan a
sin b
j-; tan p -7-
sin a
FORMULAE
(a) Side-cosine theorem:
cos a = cos ft+ sin sin c cos a
cos c ft
.a
sin
^ cos +^ = cos a5 cos
ft c /9 +
2
y
a
cos ^ sin
.
rc =
ft
sin
. a
^
.
sin
0-y
2
cos ^ cos
a
c = cos a
ft
_ -z
.
sin
+ 7
+_-c cos
ft +
_7 = tan o cos - A /8 7
'
tan -z
A
tan +27 cos
jft ft +
2
c
== cot
a
2 cos 2~~c
ft
533
FORMULAE
tan
b
2
c .
sin +y = tan za =y
ft
-z
A .
sin
/?
6 y .
= cot =a
b -{ c . b c
tan sin -z sin
2 2
, ..
Tf a + b + c a + ft + y =
(vi) If ^ = *>. 2 a '
then
a_ /sin Q 6) sin (s
"c) a_ / sin s . sin (j a)
.
Sin = .
cos
2 V sin 6 . sin c *
2 ~~V sin b .sine
2 V sin sin y
'
2~V sin sin y
a
= sin (s a)
then cot ;r j-
then tan -
a
= cos (a a)
2 K
534
FORMULAE
(ix) If e = a + 8 + y 180 (spherical excess),
s V s ~~~ o s ~~ b s ~~ c
= / tan ^ tan r tan r tan r
I
then tan -A
4=V .
2
tan rb tan = c
j s
and tan
(H- tan r tan
s
2
s
2
a
tan ^ = 45 + |J 45 - ^-^) X
J- tan ( tan (
given by A= 2
-# arc s = r 2e (e in radians),
given by A = 2jR 2
arc a = 2R 2
<x. (a in radians).
535
:
V. ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY
A. Analytical geometry of the plane
x, y are the rectangular cartesian coordinates of a point
P= P(x, y), x being the abscissa and y the ordinate.
1. Transformation of coordinates
(i) Parallel translation of the (x, j)-system
x = a + x' x' = x a;
y = b+/ y' =y-b.
The (x, j)-system passes over into the (*', /)-system by parallel
displacement of the axes so that the point (a, b) becomes the new
origin,
(ii) Rotations and parallel translation of the (x, j)-system:
d= VOq-x^ + Oi-Ja)2 -
(ii)
the segment
The coordinates
PP
>
(x,
in the ratio
7) of the point P(x, y) which divides
m:n are
X 2
= *! + mx 2 = + my2
nyx
x yy m+n ,
m+n
1 1
(iii) The area of the triangle with vertices Px(xx , yj, P^x^y^,
A
Ps(x3 ,y^)is
536
FORMULAE
(iv) The area A of a polygon with n sides and vertices Px(xx y^, ,
. . .,Pn(xn ,yJis
Let m = tan
<f>
be the gradient of the straight line relative to
the x-axis and a the angle between the x-axis and the positive
direction of the normal to the line. Let (a, 0) and (0, b) be the
points of intersection of the line with the x- and j>-axes respec-
tively.The perpendicular p from the origin onto the straight line
istaken as positive or negative according as its direction is or is
not that of the normal.
C C A c
a= A' = =, w = =, p=
L
Then b
B* r
-j,
" B> VA* + B 2
5 A
sin a = ====, cos a = y
=
VA 2 + B2 VA + B
2 2
x cos a+jsina p =
(iii) Straight line through the point (jc , y ) with gradient m:
a b
(v) Straight line through the points Px{xx , jj) and P2(x2 , J2) :
J-71 _ 72 ~7i
537
FORMULAE
(vi) Equation of the straight line through the point P^, y^)
and forming angle 6 with the straight line Ax + By + C = 0:
B tan A
y-^ = Aland + B (X - X
.
*>
VA + B*
(viii) Point of intersection P (x , y ) of the two straight lines
A xx + B y+C1 =
1 0, A 2x + B y+C =
2 2 (A XA 2 # AM'.
= B C - B CX
^\A% ~~ ^-"2,A X
X 2 2
A B2 A^
X
X
yQ ~A B -A B x 2 2 x
A xx + By + Cx = A 2x + B& + C2 =
0; 0:
A X B2
A 2BX == m2 -mx
^
tan o
.
'
X 2 +
= A A J?^
s~"
-.
;
^i w 2 + 1
!
a iX x + a i2y +a = i3 (/ = 1, 2, 3)
are concurrent if
4. Conic sections
(1) 7%e general equation of the second degree. The general
equation
538
FORMULAE
(c) Circle: A 33 >0; an = a^; an = (rectangular co-
ordinates).
(d) Parabola: A^ = 0.
1
b
\
c 7)
VJJ
I
X
-* a
Fig. 456
jc
2
+ f + 2Ax + 2By + C=
(ii) Coordinates of centre (a, b), radius r:
(x - a)2 + O - bf = r*
(v) Circle through the three points Px {xx ,y^, P2 (x2 ,y^) t
x2 + y2 x y 1
xl+yl *i yx 1
=
xl+yl x2 y2 1
xl+yl x3 yz 1
(x - a){x - a) +
1 - b)(yx - b) = r2
(3) The parabola (Fig. 457). ^
Vertex-equation
y
2 = 2px
P =
1 + cos
coordinate system.)
Fig. 457
y-*= yivr 2 - (x - xd
(ii) Tangent with gradient mi
V mx
2m
540
FORMULAE
(iii) Normal at the point P^x^ y^):
/>0 - ji) + yifr -xj = o
(iv) Length of the focal line from the point P^pc^y-^i
(v) Area of the segment cut off by the chord with end-points
^i(*i> yd and P2(x2 y^ , :
- yJ*
A = Oi
Up
(4) The ellipse (Fig. 458). Equation referred to principal axes:
a2 ^ b2 ~ l
where the lengths of the major and minor axes are 2a and 2b
respectively.
Fig. 458
-x y1 Vb xl +
l
2
a y\2 -ab2 2
,
y mx = Vm2a 2 + b2
541
FORMULAE
(ii) Normal through the point Pxix^ y^):
ex = + Va2 - b\ e2 =- Va 2
- #
rt =a+ x^, r2 =a x s
(v) Area of the elliptical zone between the minor axis and
parallel chord at distance xx :
^Lv^-^ + ^sin- 1
^)
(vi) Area of the whole ellipse:
A = nab
Fig. 459
where the lengths of the major and minor axes are 2a and lb
respectively.
542
:
FORMULAE
Polar equation, relative to centre as pole:
9
2___J!_
-1 e2 cos 2
( e = numerical eccentricity = - )
(i) Tangents from the point P&^yJ to the hyperbola:
>-*- ^
-xtf x V-b2xf + 2 v? + a2b2 fl
,
{x-xj.
a,_\x
Tangents with gradient m:
y mx = Vm2a2 b2 .
a b a b
ex = + Va + b 2 2
\ e2 = -Va2 + b2 .
rx = a + xx e\ r2 (a xx s).
(vi) Area of the segment of the hyperbola cut off by the chord
543
FORMULAE
1. Transformation of coordinates
(1) Parallel translation of the (x,y, z)-system
x =a+ x' x' = x a
y=s b+y y =y-b
z = c + z' z' =z c.
x' <*1 A 7i
y <*2 & Yz
z' <*3 & y3
then we have:
x = a + o^x' + 02/ + ocgZ*
y = b + &*' + + &z' W
z = c + y1x' + ytf' + y
x' = {x - a) + &0 - b) +
u.
x 7i(z - c)
z' = a3 (x - a) + p3 (y - b) + y3 (z - c).
I4 = ZPl = Zyl = af + ft + yf =
* & *
1,
2 a A=2 *
*y* = 2 Vk<*k =
k
*<*; + Aft + y*y* =
ft;,* -1,2, 3) O'^y).
544
FORMULAE
x = mx2 + nxx :
> v = my2 + nyx : z = mz + z
2
;
t
m+n m+n
m+n
(iii) The area A of a triangle with vertices Px(xx yx , , z^,
P2 (x2 ,y2 , Za), P3(X3,73 , Zg) is
xx yx zx
A = - 2d XZ J2 Z2
*3 yz ZZ
1 x2 y% z2 1
~6 Xq yz z3 1
*4 yi *4 1
3. The plane
A plane is thought of as having a fixed normal associated with
it. We
regard the positive side of the plane as that side into which
the positive direction of the normal is directed, a, /?, y denote
the positive angles (<L 180), which the normal makes with the
axes, a, b, c denote the intercepts of the plane with the axes.
The perpendicular p from O onto the plane is positive if it has
the same direction as the normal, and negative if not.
(i) General equation:
Ax + By + Cz + D=* 0.
545
18
FORMULAE
Then
D D D D
c p '
The sign of the root establishes the direction of the fixed normal.
x V z
a b c
A(x - x + 50 -y +) ) C(z - z = 0.
)
(v) Plane through the points Px(xv y1} Zj); P2 (x2 , 2, z^\
"a\x& ^3> %) '
X y z 1
Xl y\ *1 1
= 0.
x2 72 Z2 1
x3 y* Z3 1
VA* + + C 2 2
^x + By + C z + D = x x
A x + B y+ C^z + D2 =
2 2
intersect:
A XA 2 + BtB2 + CX C%
cos =
VAl + B\ + Cf V^| + i?i + Cf
546
FORMULAE
The coordinates of the point of intersection of the planes
A xx + B^y + Cxz + Dx =
A 2x + Btf + C2z + D2 =
A zx + Bzy + C3z + D3 = 0:
-A Bi Cx ^1 -Di Cx
^U -A B* Q y= A2 ~>2 Ct
-A, B3 Q A z -Dz Q
Bx Ax Bx cx
z = Bo Z) = A Bz c,
D
A9 B*
'3 -D 3 Az B3 Q
4. 77ie straight line
A xx + Bxy+Cxz+ Dx =
A 2x + Boy + C2z + D 2 =
(straight line as intersection of two planes),
(ii) Simple form:
y = mx + b
z = nx + c
x xx y yx z z x
*2 - *i ^2 - /i Zo Z-i
547
FORMULAE
Angles a, fi, y between the straight line defined by the planes
A xx + By + Cxz + Dx =
A 2x + Btf + C& + D2 =
and the axes are given by:
Bx Cx 1 CX A X A X BX
=
1
cos a cos
n
= -^ cosy =
NB C 2 2 C2 -^2 A 2 B2
where
Bx Cx 2 CX A X 2 A X BX
N = 2
B2 C2 + C-2 A 2
+ A B
2 2
and N
may be either positive or negative.
Angle 6 between two straight lines with directions al9 fix , yx
and a2 fi2 y2 is given by:
, ,
y-yi y-y*
cos 04 cos fix
cos y x '
cos 0^ cos /? 2 cos y2
d= 7i
J2 cos A. cos &
sin
Zi z 2 cos yx cos y2
flu*
2
+ 2aX2xy + a^y* + 2axzxz + 20^^ + a^z2
+ 2a x + 2a^y + 2auz + au =
X4
548
FORMULAB
We distinguish the following cases:
I. Proper Surfaces : A =
A>0
A<0
^44 -^ *44
Ait, A'Ali > not both
/
>
A'u > Imag. ellipsoid Ellipsoid
^44^44 -> U
Imag.
Real pair
An = 0, AU = 0, Parabol. parallel
of parallel
Double-
A 14^0 cylinder pair of
planes
plane
planes
549
FORMULAE
where
A 4A ~ + #22 + #33
#11
A = A n + A 22 + ^33 + "^44
au fl
u #13 #11 #14 #22 #23
A" = <*12
+ + +
a21 #22 #31 #33 #41 #44 #32 #33
/4'" = u+fl fl
22 + #33 + #44*
(2) Particular surfaces of the second order. The general equation
of the second degree can be brought, by suitable coordinate
transformations, to the normal forms appropriate to the particular
surfaces of the second order,
(i) Real ellipsoid:
C2
+ b2
+ C2
- *
x2 )fi z2 _
aZ + F*~c*~
(referred to principal axes).
Asymptotic cone:
x2 y*
"*"* 2 """22 = 0.
a2 c
X2 V2 * *
a2
+ Z>
2 " -72+1 ==
550
FORMULAE
Asymptotic cone:
x2 y2 z2 __
^+ b 2 ~ 72 = ^'
(iv) Elliptical paraboloid:
x2 y2
a b
(a, b positive).
x2 y2 z 2
tf
+ b 2 ~7= 2
*
a2
+ b2 ^ c2
U*
*2 -
a2
+ yl
.
b2 ~
i
1#
a2 62 ~ l'
551
FORMULAE
C. Vector calculus
1. Definitions
A scalar is a function of the position-coordinates (x, y, z)
(i)
where ax a v a z are
, , real numbers, the components of the vector a.
We also write
2. Vector Algebra
(1) Sum of two vectors. The sum of two vectors
a +b= c
<*x + b x = Cx
av + by = cv
as +b c z z'
552
FORMULAE
The following rules hold for sums
a+b= b + a
(a + b) + c = a + (b + c).
b = c/>a
bz = <f>a e .
a . b = ab cos <
we have:
=b a a . b .
(Aa) b = A(a b) . .
a2 = |a| 2 = a a .
c = a Ab
which is perpendicular to the plane determined by a and b (the
vectors a, b, c forming a right-handed system) and of magnitude
c = |a a b| = ab sin <f>
553
FORMULAE
where cf> is again the angle between a and b. In terms of com-
ponents
cx = (a a = avb a bv
b^ z z
cy = (a a b) = a b x a xb z z
cz = (a a b) = ajb y a ybx
z .
We have:
(i) = b a a aa b
(a + b) a c = (a a c) + (b a c)
(ii) a (b a c) = b (c a a) = c (a a b)
. . .
a a (b a c) = b(ac) c(ab)
a a (b a c) + b a (c a a) + c a (a a b) =
a = e(e . a) + e a (a a e).
V= Tc . (a a b).
o
3. Vector analysis
(1) Gradient. Let (f>
= <f>(x, y, z) be a scalar. Then the gradient
of j> is denned as the vector
3A ,d(f> di>
grad^ = i^ + j^ + k^.
.
554
FORMULAE
Using the vector operator
d d 8
grad <f>
= V<.
We have
V(< + v) = V< + Vy
where VV is written as A-
We have
V(a + b) = Va + Vb
A(< + i) = A^ + Av-
(3) CwrJ. The curl of a vector a, curl a, denotes the vector
with components:
0a, da
(curl a), = Ty --^
Bet* da.
(curla) v = -^--^
$au Bdx
(curl a), = -^--^.
555
FORMULAE
Using the vector operator V, we can write
curl a =V a a.
We have
V a (a + b) = (V a a) + (V a b).
V a (V<) =
V(V Aa) =
V a (V a a) = V(Va) - Aa.
556
VI. SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
In this section we deal with the properties of special functions
which are of particular significance in geometry and physics. In
the individual cases we shall give
1. Exponential functions
/(*)-X*)-o
where j(0) = 1.
exp (x) = 1 +- + - + - + .. .
\~n)
(3) Differential coefficient:
d
dx
e =
557
FORMULAE
Addition theorem:
Special values:
e in * = in g* = x
(2) Representation as series
x x2 x3 4
-y + j- - +
, JC
,
ln(l + ^) = . . .,
T
where 1 < x<, +1.
X X^ X? x^
=- - -
ln(l-*)
T y T -4-...,
where 1 <, x < +1.
2{^ + I(^)
3
ln(a + x) = lna +
(x - 1 1 /* - 1\
3
1 (x - 1\ 5
1
Representation as integral: In x =
</ 1
Differential coefficient: -7- In x =-
558
FORMULAE
Functional equation: In xy In x + In y
x8
1
Limit: In x = lim (jc > 0)
e-<K) e
3. Hyperbolic functions
(1) Definitions
= e* e~x e* + er*
sum x r cosh x
,
2
y"(x)-y(x) = 0.
(2) Representation as series
x? x?
sinh x = x + jj + jj + . . . , \x\ < oo
tanh x = x ^ 2 17
-3+y^x5 jj^x +
. _
7
...,
.
|*|
,
<
7T
x coth x=l+2*2
112 ~45*4 + 945*
6
|*| < tt
2 2nj5
- 1
+.?,<- ^w"" (2W )!
559
,
Differential coefficients:
sinh x 1
cosh2 x sinh 2
* = 1
u a
tanh , .
cosh x coth x
tanh x 1
sinh x = Vcosh2 x 1=
Vl -tanh a 2
Vcoth2 a - 1
sinh a Vcosh2 a 1 1
tanh a = 2_
Vl + sinh A cosn x coth a:
tanh a r tanhy
,
y) =
tanh (a "
,
r
1 tanh a tanh
.
1 , ,
:
j;
,
v)
coth (a JJ
,
v
coth coth v 1
ir rr
coth coth a
.
a-
j>
;
560
FORMULAE
Functions of double arguments:
2 tanh x
tanh 2x =
1 + tanh2 x
2 coth #
x /cosh x 1
.
Smh
,
= 2
2 V
COsh
, x
= /cosh x + 1
2 V 2
jc sinh x cosh jc -- 1
~~ ~~
2 cosh jc + 1 sinh x
smh x sinh 7 =
2
.
smh
, * ^Tv
~-y cosh ,
t-^-
+y^-v sinh y
x jc
cosh jc cosh j> = 2 sinh
tanh jc
sinh r
tanh yy = cosh v cosh
y)
,
(jc
jc
y
sinh (y jc)
coth jc coth y = ^
sinh
. ,
v
^
x sinh.y
. ,
561
FORMULAE
Products of the functions:
4. Trigonometric functions
(1) The trigonometric functions can be denned as follows:
e
ix _ e
-ix e
ix
+ e
-ix
sin x = -T-. cos x
2i 2
- ~ix
= /(e
* e ) i(e
ix
+ g~ i3?
)
tan * gix i
e
-ix COt X ~ e
ix _ g-za: '
y'Xx)+y(x) = 0.
x Xs x5
= + " W <
sin x
U"
*
* *
3! 5! '
v2 v* ^;8
cos x =1- 2] + 4]
~ 6!
+ * * *
' M<
oo 22w f2 2n _n
oo 2 2w
x cot x = 2 7TTT
1 5n*2 *> 1*1 <w
n=l zn )- \
Representation as product:
sin 7tx = nx U ( 1 2)
562
FORMULAE
Differential coefficients:
d d
.
d
-T-
dx
tan x =
cos2
Id
5
x
dx
-r cot x
dx
= sin2
1
2.2i
sur x+ = cos * 1
x 1 tan;c
sinx
cos x
cot X 1
.
tan ( x) = tanIX
x cot ( x) = cot X
tan* 1
sin x = Vl cos**
Vl + tan 2
x Vl + cot2 x
1 cot*
cos x = Vl sin2 x =
Vl + tan2 x Vl + cot2 *
sinx Vl cos2 X 1
tan* =
Vl -si
sin* x cos* cot*
COt X = Vl :
sin2 * cosx 1
sin x
,
Vl cos 2
*
^
tan x
Addition theorems:
tan x tan v
tan (x y) = 7 *-
v
" IT tanxtanj>
y)' =
cot (x J ' Z
cot^icotx
cot x cot v T 1
,
563
FORMULAE
Functions of double argument:
2tanx
= 2^ sin x cos =
. _.
.
sin 2jc jc
1 + tan2 x
1 tan2 x
cos 2x = cos2 x sin2 x =
1 + tan x2
tan 2x = 2tan* 2
1 tan x
cot 1 2
jc
cot2jc =
2 cot x
. x f\
cos*
sin
5in
2 = V-
x_
-./
/IT cos x
cos 5 2~ V 2
= -p-j x =
jc sin 1 cos x
tan = :
2 1 + cos x sin x
COt ~
x
= ^ sin = 1 + cos x
jc
:
2 1 cos x sin x
xy
+ cos = 2 cos j^-y cos j"
x+
cos x j>
cos x
x+y
cos_y = 2^ sin xy
y*- sin
. .
tan x tan ^y > COS v
sin (jc
JC
"
COS J
y)
sin (y x)
cot jc cot y = -^
.
sinjcsin^
.
564
FORMULAE
Products of the functions:
Special values:
n-l
sin(.7r) = sm(7TJ2.n) = ( 1) 2
sin = sinh ix
* / tan *= tanh /* i
-1 -1
sin *, cos *, tan-1 *, cot
-1
*
-1 -1 -1 -1
sinh *, cosh *, tanh *, coth *
= sinh-1 (sinh *) = *
sinh (sinh-1 *)
565
FORMULAE
lx3 1 3x*
sm-1 * = * + 23" + 2'4y + ,
,
1*1
,
^ ,
*
yO v0 y**
3
tanh"1 x = coth"1 -1 = x + y + y + J3C X**
..., \x\ < I
^ '
a lx=
v^' ~ 1<x< + 1-
where the sign of the root is positive if 7t/2 < sin-1 x < w/2.
<* 1
i ,
dx Vl -x 2
dx Vjc 2
+ 1 <** Vj
-1
*/ , ,
dcoth * 1
tanh-1 x
dx dx 1 x 2
566
FORMULAE
Special values:
tan
-1 /..111
1=7t/4=1~- + -~^ + ...
(Leibniz's series).
Singularities: The functions each possess infinitely many values
for a given argument. On two branch-points of
each branch lie
=
i t
1 + ix
-
tan" x In
--T-
2
-z
1 ix
i, ix 1
cot"
2 /x + 1
sinh" a: = + Vx +
ln (x 2
1)
-
cosh x = ln (x + Vx2 - 1)
= x ln t1+x
1
-:
tanh x
2 1 x
coth x
x = r ln
r
2 x 1
6. The T-function
The function T(x) is a meromorphic function of x with
(1)
simple poles at* = =
n (n 0, 1, 2, . . .)and residues ( l) n/!.
567
: :.
FORMULAE
It is uniquely defined by the following conditions
= x- 1
T(x) \ e- t t dt=\ (ln-j dt (R(x) > 0)
T{x) =
/>
e-H*-1 dt + y
oo
-j7
(
~
\\n
r x arbitrary
Representation as product:
1
= xe Cz
/ml
where C= lim 2 7
- In w \ = 0-577215
moo \J=1 *
/
Representation as limit:
1.2.3. . n nx
T(x + 1) = lim
. .
(x + l)(x + 2) . . . (x + n)
(3) Functional equations
T(x + 1) = jtf\jt)
77
rw r(i - jc)
sin7rx
r
(l
+ x r (\~ x COS7TJC
) )
S6S
FORMULAE
Special values:
r( + l) = ii! ( = 0,1,2,. . .)
ixd = r<2) = 1
7. The d-function
(1) The <5-function is not a function in the usual sense, being
only defined as a distribution. In using d(x), therefore, a certain
amount of caution is needed. The d-function satisfies the
conditions
X
(ii) ( d(x - t) dt = 1.
J ao
(2) Fourier-representation
d(x - t) = i f
e
iz(x-"
dz
Series representation
If <f> n(x) is a complete orthonormal system <5(jc t) can be
represented by the series
"
* - 4 = I Hm sin
*7'
"( )
77 n-co l
L X l
J t
1 reiw(K-*n
569
FORMULAE
Special properties of d(x)
<5"(*) = |<5(*);
^ n d(x)
= (-iy^n d(x)
/+oo
jlt)d'(x
J *)</* =f'(x), iff'(x) is continuous for * =x
00
J/
n / 00
+ oo
(5'(x -
^n
/)<5(J - = <5'(* - j)
^n
i Xx) ^ d(t - X)dt = (- \r -fcKx\
570
FORMULAE
where
i ,. i
= + 2tt7
t- lim .
^o (z e fc)
^ lim
+
:
2777 _^ z is
+ (z)
<5 = <5_(-z) = <5*(z) = (<3_(z*))*
(5_(z) = <5
+ (-z) = <3*(z) = +(z*))*.
(<5
571
VH. SERIES AND EXPANSIONS IN SERIES
1. General
(1) The formal sum of infinitely many terms
00
2 , = % + 2 + . . .
v =l
tend to a finite limit
s = lim sn ,
n-*-ao
s 2 .
v=l
00 00
P(X) 2 a^ = a + a X +
-=0 l Cl
2 x2 +
p = (lim ^Kl)"
1
-*00
or
a
p = lim 2-.
n--ao ^n+1
572
FORMULAE
*+i = ,, V (w+1)
(* + m.
and
= nh ff ln+1) (* +
*+i
Jo
w- ty du
m =m + i/*<p) + . . . + ^/ (n)
(o>
'
,/
(w+1
W), o<0<i.
'
( + 1)!-
(ii)
=o
2 un is absolutely convergent if
lim \u n
-*
\
1/n
< 1 (Cauchy's test).
573
. . 8
FORMULAE
(iii) If for all n > N, where N is a fixed number
U n+1
uv <P<1,
then 2
n=0
un ls absolutely convergent (d'Alembert's test).
(iv) 2
n=0
un is convergent if
lim(^-l)<-l
(Raabe's test).
00
(v) 2
n=0
un ls convergent if
a+;#=
v ' i+^-?^^+
m 2\nr
" (m -'; )(2
31
r-"
nr
)
*'
+
(1 + x)-1 = - x + x - x3 + x* -
1
2
. . .
+
1 1 1.3 1.3.51.3.5.7
VT~+x 2* + 2.4 2.4.6 + 2. 4. 6.
574
.
FORMULAE
. W3 - I 111 *48
1.2.5 1 .2.5.8
+ . . .
_ 1 K4 1.4.7 1 . 4 . 7 . 10
(1 + x) -1 3
*+ 3>6 *
2
3.6.9 + 3.6.9.12
3 31 311 3113
3.1.1.3.5
2 . 4 . 6 . 8 . 10
** + . . ..
3 3 5 3 5 7
5 15 195
+ x)-v* = 1 - ^x + 32^- ni^ + JoS^ -
1
(1 " ' "
Ut-Jf; 1+
15
6 72
+
55
1296
935
31104 ^ , "
1 7 91 1729
U+x; i
6
*-i-
72 * 1296*^31104^
x x_ 2jc
2
4a4 8X3
l-^-l4.jc + l4.xa+ l4-^ + l4.x3 +
#
-* ^ <1 J-
575
FORMULAE
1 ^1 x 1
112
l-x 2 4 '
8
jc a:
4
x-iHr^ r^+i +
In the following series, Bn are Bernoulli's numbers (see p. 580)
and En Euler's numbers (see p. 580).
x3 x5 7
sin x x jf + jy
xyj + . . .
oo
v2n+l
1 ^ <co]
f -
-.I.*- )- earns
^2 jf4
j^6
cosx=1-2j + 4j-^ + . . .
oo
v2n
=?<- )"loi 1 ^ <C0]
[ -
cot
_1 J_ _2_ jc . 1_ 7 _ '"
*~x~3"~45^"~945^ 4725*
1 oo 02D
JC n -i (2)!
1 . 5 , . 61
sec*
oo p r 7J-2"
- X
4j
no(2n)l L
576
FORMULAE
cosec x =
11
-+ x+ tj
7
^ "*"
31
^+
T~~s\ 3 71
x
g
=o
2(2^'
(2w +
-
l)\
1)
^^ ^^
1.3.5
sin^x^ + ^x 1 o
3
1-3
* 274"!^ + 274~677 * +
.
'**
_ f 2^1 ^2n+l [x
2
^ll.
tan
-1
x = x xxr + ^zx5 7jX7 + ...
00 v2+l
2
x ( 2 x* 2 4 / x2 \ I
7T 1 1 11
1>3 1>3 5
I_
seC
-1
*
_
~ ?2 I JL I _ I_ '
* __ f W x-2-1 [ X> l]
X3 Xs X7
x2n+1
sinhx = x + 3 1+I] + y-
!
+ ...= Io (27T1 )! ^< ] -
577
19
FORMULAE
j^2 y4 y6 oo y2n
^*-l+2i + 4i + 6i + -"-.?og5l ^ <00] -
- + i1 c- 1)*
1 -1
S *2n [* < *].
(2n)\
(
~ 1)n *2W+1 ** < * ]'
n?o 22 "(h!) 2 (2k + 1)
[
11 1-3
s
^ 1.1
*
= ,
ln2*
.
+ 22T2 -2^4^ +
1
-ln2* +
J l
(-l)^|^ [**>!].
I' 3 11
= z-z
1
u *
cosh"*1
l
x=m2x t
2 2jc 2 4 4x* 2
. '
'
'
oo
y2n+l
578
. . :
FORMULAE
1
-= 1 111.31
+
T
x~
sinh * t~53 5
x 2 3X 2 4 . 5jc
__ V fiy
^' ^ * >
2
- A }
2 "( (2n +
( 2
!)
2
1)
v-a-i rx
l >ll.
J
t , 1 ,2 x2 1 3 x4 1 .
cosh
^ = ^^-2l-2744""-*-
2 (2nV
-In - T '
x* \x*<\\
.,
S"*-1
,1
,2 + 22-2^4 +
ln;
1 x2 1 . 3 x4 ,
2W~1
1
-i
1
- 1
*-* + 3^ + 5^ +
! !
_i_ -V^o2n*~ +
n l
^2^n
r >1 J-
Numerical series
3.
Writing Sn =
1111
p+^+^ ^+ + -
J,
1
p we have
5i= oo
^ = _6 = 1-6449340668 . .
8
7T
"3 ~ = 1-2020569032
25-79436 . .
54 = ^= 1-0823232337...
^ = 295^5= 1 ' 0369277551 -
579
. . . ..
FORMULAE
S6 = =
7T
6
1-0173430620 . .
^ = 2995-I86 . .
= 1-0083492774 . .
S = = ^O040773562
9415
77
S9 = 29?49<35 = 1-0020083928 . .
S10 = 1-0009945751 . .
Bernoulli's Numbers
2n
2 -hr
(2n)l
2n
n ~~
_j_J_JLi_
4l
2n
2 2w 3 2w 2w *
* '
-y_L
*=! jfc
2 ***
(2
2w
- l>r2w
_JL , J_ J_ JL ""
w 2n 3 2n 5 2n 7 2n
2(2)! l
00 1
= V !_."
*fb {2k + l)
2
w ~~ *
(2)! l
2 **
i2 " S 2" 4^* " *
00 1
A K }
kZn
691
B - l
R -
Bl ~ 6* ^ ~ 2730*
** = 30'
*7 = 6'
l 3617
B - R -
1 43867
Z>
Ba
J 4,
=
~>
w'
30
Bn
-"9
a
9
798
5 174611
*5 -
" 66'
*fi10 ~
~l30~'
580
Euler's Numbers
En * 32+l "
1
$2n+l
. 1
72n+l
+
T
22n+2(2n)
00
1
= 2(-_!)fc-i n2+I
4=1 (2k-
^ = 1, E, = 1385,
E2 = 5, E, = 50521,
Ez -61, E6 = 2702765.
581
Vm. DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
1. The differential coefficient
df{x)
The differential coefficient, or derivative, -^
x
=/ (x) of a
function /(jc), is the limiting value
* + *-**
/W- A
.
d_ (djw\
(x,y) x t is:
dx>
"x h-*0 n
and similarly
dz Bz
dz = -^dx + dy
Fy
582
:
FORMULAE
|(A*)^))-^)d=^
~
dx \g(x)J g{xf
ln)
For the wth derivative =f (x) we have:
J n
+ f(x)g<Kx).
(2) If y =/() and = g(x) are differentiable in the domain
under consideration then
dy dy du
d2y_d y (du\ 2 2
,<fy^u
dx 2 ~ du2 \dx)
+ du dx 2
'
dx
(3) If y =f{x\ x = g(y) are inverse functions and -r-
ay
^ 0,
then
_dhc
dy 1_ d*y _ dy2
dx
~~
dx' dx2 ~ /dx\ a
'
dy
583
FORMULAE
and, if ^=0,
dy Sx_ U
dx~ df_~ /;
By
"y _
~ Jxxjv IfxvJxfy T fyyfx .
elc *
dx2 f*
'
da
-j- (a constant)
dxn _ nl dx _
~~
*/;t
'
dx~~
584
FORMULAE
dcf ^, de* _
-r- = a* In a; -3- = e*
dx = cos x
Jsin x
1
dx =
d cos x
j sin x
dtanx 1
dx cos2 x
dcotx 1
(77
dx sin2 *
d 1
T- sin
-1,
x = , , 1 ..
<x< +1
.
dx Vl -x*
7r\
where the sign of the root is positive if < -z sin
-1
x <+ -z I
rf 1
-j- cos-1 x = . if -1 < x < +1
<**
'
Vl -x 2
(where the sign of the root is positive, < cos-1 x < tt)
d 1 7T IT
t- sinh x = cosh *
OX
d
-v-cosh x = sinh x
ax
-7- tanh x =
dx cosh 2 jc
585
FORMULAE
d 1
-j-
,
coth x =
ax sinh 2 x
1
-r- sinh
-1
x =
ax Vx2 + 1
-j- cosh-1 x = 4.
V* 2
1
-
-1
tflnn -1 v = d (coth x)
dx dx
586
IX. INTEGRAL CALCULUS
A. General formulae
Definition of the indefinite integral The function F(x) is an
indefinite integral off(x), and written
F(x) = Sf(x)dx,
if
Since F(x) +C
is also an indefinite integral (C any constant)
we write generally
J/(jc) dx F(x) C. = +
Definition of the definite integral. If/(x) is continuous in the
interval a =
x <, x <, x n =
b, which is divided by the points
G(a,b) = Um 2/(^)(^-^-i),
-*0O 1=1
If
Sf(x)dx = F(x) + C,
then
a
G(a, b) = f f(x) dx = F(b) - F(a).
The connection with the indefinite integral arises here if the upper
limit b = is variable. In this case:
587
FORMULAE
where C is independent of x.
(2)
j IM g(x)] dx = jj(x) dx Jg(;c)
fc.
Jf(x)dx = jf(g(y))g'(y)dy,
where x is put equal to g(y).
a
(5) f /(*) <c =- ( f(x) dx.
Ja Jb
f [/(*)
Ja
g(x)] dx = f /(*) dxC g(x) dx.
Ja Ja
f /(*)
dx = ("fix) dx + Cf(x) dx.
Ja Ja Jc
/a ja
588
FORMULAE
B. Indefinite integrals
1. Rational Integrands
M^ C
(2)
C
J
( + *)"* (axfrilfr +
4- 1
^~ 1-
w fr-^a-zFV?
(3)
J (x
^i+
a)^
c
a)* A: 1 (x 1 *^ L
w
(4)
J
f -^r
ox + o
- -a In C(ac + 6).
/CN C ax + b ax +b ad + be
(6)
J
+rTA=
dx
f?(ax +r-^7
v
_
^ ~
d)~
)(c* *" '
^7
ad
1
x
u"
be
l
ax + 6
*^-T^ A+ c
L d
ex +
-
,_ f dx 1 , ax . _
1 .
_x ax
=
(9)
J (x
2
+ a2)^1 ^ 2k(x2 + a )* + C 2
,.v C dx 1 . a:
(13)
/ x^-a* dx = \\n C(x2 - a*).
(14) Jjfi-taGfril).
"
+ Ci - "1
+C
(15)
J^T = tan ljc =s= tan
^ a
= -1
cot x + Cz .
2. Algebraic Integrands
p= 1, 2, . . .(but />#-).
2aVa \ Va /
1
= , ax +&
(20) =J sin"1 +C for a < 0;
Jv5 2,
.
-a V6 2 ac
In Cz(ax + b), for b2 ac = 0.
Va"
*ax + 26*+Jirc.
590
FORMULAE
*f X ,
-1 bx + c , _
(23)
JV^
f
**
+o
.^ = 2^V^+T -T2 lnC (\
2
2 JC + v/ ^+^)-
/
m* + + C
dx l Vx* a*
(24) f
JWF+^ -^^^ =a
(26) f xV* + a 2 2
<c = | (2x2 + a2) Vx2 + a2
(29)
J^-^R +c -^vrb + c
*
(30) f <ix=- Va2 -x 2
-|-C.
J Vfl2 - x2
3. Transcendental Integrands
(31) f e^cfcc^i^ + C.
* * = ax + 26* + c.
2
591
FORMULAE
(32) /**:= j + C.
(33;
IJ^bb-T^' + V + C' b * '
(34;
(35 f xe-*
i
dx = :Ye- *+C. l
1 x
(39 sin
2
* </x = -y sin * cos x + + C. -z
s
(40: tan ^ + C.
J sin*
dx
(41 cot x + C. .
sin6 *
J sn
r 1 x
(42 cos2 * <fo = ;r sin X cos x + + C.
-z
(43
f
*=
J cos
dx
3
2
tan x + C.
(44;
J
tan x dx = In cos * + C.
592
FORMULAE
(50)
v ' f4-=lntan^2 + C = ln2?^li
sinh*
+ C.
J sinh*
<51 >
JsT5^=- coth * + c
< 52>
J c"^ =
^ (,anh *> + c = "^553^ + c'
= tan-1 (sinh x) + C 2.
+a
< 53 >
Jc^ = tanh *
593
FORMULAE
C. Definite Integrals
1. Rational Integrands
l '
Jo (ax* + 2bx + cr
-,
(-l)n-l gn-1 r ] b
a > 0, ac> 62 .
(2)
Jo Sm3*-T ^W'
wosin
n
n >p = 1, 2, . . .; ab > 0.
(3)
J
=
1 xn ax = - cot
n n
m, n = 1, 2, . . .; w <; 1.
m, n, p = 1, 2, . . .; n>m, n> p.
(5)
Jo (*
2
+ a )(x + b) n
2
n = 1, 2, . . .; a>0, b>0.
(^ ^f_ + 2Bx_C_
W Jo
2
(a* 2
+ 6)(c;c + </)**
ff
n ^ (-^ V^ + CVac)7T
~ad-bc bc 2Vabcd (Vol + Vbc)
a, b, c, d> 0, ad # Ac.
594
FORMULAE
2. Algebraic Integrands
dx
(7)
o ax2
it + 2bx + c)Vx Vlc(Vac + b)
a > 0, b > 0, ac> b\
+c~
(8)
a*2 + 2ta
Jo ^2a(Va~c + b)
a>0, b>0, ac> b2 .
rb dx
dx it
(9)
Ja {CX + d)V{x a)(b - x) V(ac + d)(bc + d)
ac + d>0, be + d > 0.
V(x a)(b x)7
+ d - Vbc +
V
0) ' " " <** = [Vac d]\
fI
Ja ex "T^
+ </ 2^2
3. Transcendental Integrands
b
C e
(14)
1 7+ <3e*
a
A3 y + <5e*
A<5 ^ 0, (y + de*>)(y + de*") > 0.
1 . Va + b +Vb , rt
dx
(15)
r VfleHft t= tan-l
A > 0, < -b < a.
595
FORMULAE
r dx it
(16
^ + e-^-4A' A>0 '
f
1
x e
x
e-2
(17)
Jlfr+T**-
dx = ln-> a,/9>0.
o x oc
00 2
JC 7T
f
Jl ?+r*-ir (2I
i
*-*<* = -
|
^-(aa^ta+c) ^_ jl e *
, a > 0.
b z ac
7_-e a
a>0.
,
a
(25) j e-^+^+*x*dx = ?-^Jle , a > 0.
(27) P7^*-
*
Jo'V 2
w f-rr-v^.
Jo
i /ln
W J ^rr^=6- (30)
J 3F=i*-F
(31)
i J+l * " " 12-
(32)
Jl J+T* - S - '
596
r
FORMULAE
Jao
e-x laxdx= C
o
=-
(34) f V*** In jc &
\ Jj (C + In 4X), A>0.
1
COS -
r * >|6|,
w/2
Va2 - 62
f </x
( 37 > -TT-- = 6 + V&2 - o2
Jo a + bsmx 1
In
VZ>2 -a 2
1*1 < 14
w/2 7' 2
r <& f
( 38 >
Jo
tit
+ cos x Jo
+
a 6 sin x
rV2 1 COS an
(39) sin
S ax dx = a^O.
Jo
T 1 sin-1 COS
-1
1 - VT
(41)
cos"1
pxdx=.sm~ lP ^ 0^/><^l.
Jo
(43)
Jo
a
( cos-1 -dx
<*
= a a^O.
t (44)
Jo
f W 1
x * = J2 In 2.
597
FORMULAE
1 -1 -1
tan tan 1
J*
-1
,*~
l
f tan /x\ , an a. _
,,_ C^sinhax it an
(47) fa = ta,1
26
4>
, ,
W-
i
J itahta' 26
{48 ) f"^*
Jo COSh OX
^_ 7T
> w ' '
.
26 COS ^T
r <& _ it
~~
J cosh for 2b*
sinh-1 *^ =
r
W (^
(*\ r
;
<*<
(50)
_[ J- . 1.
(51)
(52)
Jl
|
f<
cosh"1 * -33-
tanh"1 - dx = a In 2.
2tr
mttVtV *><>
coth-1
ax = a > 0.
(53) -5-.
Ja 8
598
MATHEMATICAL TABLES
TABLE 1
X2
x3 /
1/
10x .
F
F
x1
123457810
1.00 to 1.50
K lOx v;
t.oo 1*0000 1.000 1*00000 1.0000 3.162 1*0000
1.01 1*0201 1.030 0.99010 1.0050 3.178 1*0033
1.02 1.0404 1.061 0.98039 1.0100 3.194 1*0066
1*03 1.0609 1.093 0.97087 1.0149 3.209 1*0099
1.04 1.0816 1.125 0.96154 1*0198 3.225 1*0132
1.05 1.1025 1.158 0.95238 1*0247 3*240 1*0164
1.06 1.1236 1.191 0.94340 1*0296 3*256 1*0196
1.07 1.1449 1.225 0.93458 1*0344 3.271 1*0228
1.08 1.1664 1.260 0.92593 1*0392 3.286 1.0260
1.09 1.1881 1.295 0.91743 1*0440 3.302 1.0291
1.10 1.2100 1.331 0.90909 1*0468 3.317 1.0323
1.11 1.2321 1.368 0.90090 1*0536 3.332 1.0354
1.12 1.2544 1.405 0.89286 1.0583 3.347 1.0385
1.13 1.2769 1.443 0*88496 1.0630 3.362 1.0416
1.14 1.2996 1.482 0.87719 1.0677 3.376 1.0446
1.15 1.3225 1.521 0*86957 1*0724 3.391 1*0477
1.16 1.3456 1.561 0.86207 1.0770 3.406 1.0507
1.17 1.3689 1.602 0.85470 1.0817 3.421 1.0537
1.18 1.3924 1.643 0.84746 1.0863 3.435 1*0567
1.19 1.4161 1.685 0.84034 1.0909 3.450 1.0597
1.20 1.4400 1.728 0.83333 1*0954 3.464 1.0627
1.21 1.4641 1.772 0.82645 1*1000 3.479 1.0656
1.22 1.4884 1.816 0.81967 1*1045 3*493 1.0685
1.23 1.5129 1.861 0.81301 1*1091 3.507 1*0714
1.24 1.5376 1.907 0*80645 1*1136 3*521 1*0743
1.25 1.5625 1*953 0*80000 1*1180 3*536 1.0772
1.26 1.5876 2.000 0*79365 1*1225 3*550 1*0801
1.27 1*6129 2.048 0.78740 1*1269 3*564 1*0829
1.28 1.6384 2.097 0.78125 1*1314 3*578 1*0858
1.29 1.6641 2.147 0.77519 1*1358 3*592 1*0886
1.30 1.6900 2.197 0*76923 1*1402 3*606 1*0914
1.31 1.7161 2.248 0.76336 1*1446 3*619 1*0942
1*32 1*7424 2.300 0.75758 1*1489 3.633 1*0970
1*33 1.7689 2.353 0.75188 1*1533 3.647 1*0997
1*34 1.7956 2.406 0.74627 1.1576 3.661 1*1025
1*35 1.8225 2*460 0.74074 1.1619 3.674 1*1052
1*36 1.8496 2.515 0.73529 1.1662 3.688 1*1079
1*37 1.8769 2.571 0.72993 1.1705 3.701 1.1106
1*38 1.9044 2.628 0.72464 1.1747 3.715 1.1133
1*39 1.9321 2.686 0.71942 1.1790 3.728 1*1160
1*40 1.9600 2.744 0.71429 1.1832 3.742 1*1187
1*41 1*9881 2.803 0.70922 1.1874 3.755 1*1213
1.42 2*0164 2.863 0. 70423 1.1916 3.768 1*1240
1.43 2*0449 2.924 0.69930 1.1958 3.782 1*1266
1.44 2.0736 2.986 0*69444 1.2000 3*795 1*1292
1.45 2.1025 3.049 0*68966 1.2042 3*808 1*1319
1.46 2.1316 3.112 0.68493 1*2083 3.821
1.47 1*1344
2*1609 3.177 0.68027 1*2124 3.834 1*1370
1.48 2.1904 3.242 0.67568 1.2166 3.847
1.49 1*1396
2.2201 3.308 0.67114 1.2207 3.860 1*1422
1*50 2.2500 3.375 0.66667 1*2247 3.873 1*1447
r* r*
1.50 fo 2.00
f* lOx V*
1.50 2.2500 3.375 0.66667 1.2247 9.873 1.
K Y*
2.00 to 2.50
x x1 IT* Vx
2.00 4.0000 8.000 0.50000 1.4142 4.472 1.2599
2.01 4.0401 8.121 0.49751 1.4177 4.483 1.2620
2.02 4.0804 8.242 0.49505 1.4213 4.494 1.2641
2.03 4.1209 8.365 0.49261 1.4248 4.506 1.2662
2.04 4.1616 8.490 0.49020 1.4283 4.517 1.2683
2.05 4*2025 8.615 0.48780 1.4318 4.528 1.2703
2.06 4.2436 8.742 0.48544 1.4353 4.539 1.2724
2.07 4.2849 8.870 0.48309 1.4387 4.550 1.2745
2.08 4.3264 8.999 0.48077 1.4422 4.561 1.2765
2.09 4.3681 9.129 0.47847 1.4457 4.572 1.2785
2.10 4.4100 9.261 0.47619 1.4491 4.583" 1.2806
2.11 4.4521 9.394 0.47393 1.4526 4.593 1.2826
2.12 4.4944 9.528 0.47170 1.4560 4.604 1.2846
2.13 4.5369 9.664 0.46948 1.4595 4.615 1.2866
2.14 4.5796 9*800 0.46729 1.4629 4.626 1.2887
2.15 4.6225 9.938 0.46512 1.4663 4.637 1.2907
r* r*
2.50 to 3.00
X v X
s
1
X l fm v;
.50 6.2500 15.625 0.40000 1.5811 5.000 1.3572
r* VZ
3.00 to 3.50
r* v;
1.00 9.0000 27.000 0.33333 1.7321 5.477 1.4422
Y^ v^ yi
3.50 to 4.00
1
X x X X Tx l/lOx Y*
3.50 12.2500 42.875 0.28571 1.8708 5.916 1.5183
x fx VTo^ %
4*00 16.0000 64.000 0.25000 2.0000 6.325 1.5874
yx yTox" Yx
4.50 to 5.00
3
r* iox y*
V^
Y~* r*
5.50 to 6.00
1
1
X x X X r* l/JOx" v=
9*50 30.2500 166.375 0.18182 2.3452 7.416 1.7652
r* Y*
6.00 to 6.50
1
3
X x> X X fx yiox V"x
X *> X* X y= l/Tox V;
6..50 to 7.00
3
X X* X yaox Vx
X r*
6*50 42.2500 274.625 0.15385 2.5495 8.062 1.8663
6*51 42.3801 275.894 0.15361 2.5515 8.068 1.8672
6.52 42.5104 277.168 0.15337 2.5534 8.075 1.8682
6. S3 42.6409 278.445 0.15314 2.5554 8.081 1.8691
6.54 42.7716 279.726 0.15291 2.5573 8.087 1.8701
6.55 42.9025 281.011 0.15267 2.5593 8.093 1.8710
6.56 43.0336 282.300 0.15244 2.5612 8.099 1.8720
6.57 43.1649 283.593 0.15221 2.5632 8.106 1.8729
6.58 43.2964 284.890 0.15198 2.5652 8.112 1.8739
6.59 43.4281 286.191 0.15175 2.5671 8.118 1.8748
6.60 43.5600 287.496 0.15152 2.5690 8.124 1.8758
6.61 43.6921 288.805 0.15129 2.5710 8.130 1.8767
6.62 43.8244 290.118 0.15106 2.5729 8.136 1.8777
6.63 43.9569 291.434 0.15083 2.5749 8.142 1.8786
6.64 44.0896 292.755 0.15060 2.5768 8.149 1.8796
6.65 44.2225 294.080 0.15038 2.5788 8.155 1.8805
6.66 44.3556 295.408 0,15015 2.5807 8.161 1.8814
6.67 44.4689 296.741 0,14993 2.5826 8.167 1.8824
6.68 44.6224 298.078 0.14970 2.5846 8.173 1.8833
6.69 44.7561 299.418 0.14948 2.5865 8,179 1.8843
6.70 44.8900 300.763 0.14925 2.5884 8,165 1.8852
6.71 45.0241 302.112 0.14903 2.5904 8,191 1.8861
6.72 45.1584 303.464 0.14881 2.5923 8.198 1.8871
6.73 45.2929 304.821 0.14859 2.5942 8.204 1.8880
6.74 45.4276 306.182 0.14837 2.5962 8.210 1.8889
6.75 45.5625 307.547 0.14815 2.5981 8.216 1.8899
6.76 45.6976 308.916 0.14793 2.6000 8.222 1.8908
6.77 45.8329 310.289 0.14771 2.6019 8.228 1.8917
6.78 45.9684 311.666 0.14749 2.6038 8.234 1.8927
6.79 46.1041 313.047 0.14728 2.6058 8.240 1.8936
6*80 46*2400 314,432 0.14706 2.6077 6.246 1.8945
6.81 46.3761 315.821 0.14684 2.6096 8.252 1.8955
6.82 46.5124 317.215 0.14663 2.6115 8.258 1.8964
6.83 46.6489 318.612 0.14641 2.6134 8.264 1.8973
6.84 46.7856 320.014 0.14620 2.6153 8.270 1.8982
6.85 46.9225 321.419 0.14599 2.6173 8.276 1.8992
6.86 47.0596 322.829 0.14577 2.6192 8.283 1.9001
6.87 47.1969 324.243 0.14556 2.6211 8.289 1.9010
6.88 47.3344 325.661 0.14535 2,6230 8.295 1.9019
6.89 47.4721 327.083 0.14514 2.6249 8.301 1.9029
6*90 47.6100 328.509 0.14493 2.6268 8,307 1.9038
6.91 7,7481 329,939 0.14472 2.6287 8.313 1.9047
6.92 47.8864 331.374 0.14451 2.6306 8.319 1.9056
6.93 48.0249 332.813 0.14430 2.6325 8.325 1.9065
6.94 48.1636 334.255 0.14409 2.6344 8.331 1.9075
6*95 48*3025 335.702 0.14388 2.6363 8.337 1.9084
6.96 48.4416 337.154 0.14368 2,6382 8.343 1.9093
6.97 48.5809 338.609 0.14347 2.6401 8.349 1.9102
6*98 48.7204 340.068 0.14327 2,6420 8.355 1.9111
6.99 48.8601 341.532 0.14306 2,6439 8,361 1.9120
7*00 49.0000 343.000 0,14286 2.6458 8.367 1.9129
x
fa fm 7^
7.00 to 7.50
1
X x
J
x
X r* l/Tox" v;
7.00 49.0000 343.000 ,14286 2.6458 8.367 1 .9129
1
'10x
7.50 to 8.00
1 I yTox" ]/x
X X X> X r
7.50 56.2500 421.875 0.13333 2.7386 8.660 i.9574
v;
8.00 to 8.50
1
X x* x
X fx yTb^ V:
8.00 64.0000 512.000 .12500 2.8284 8.944 2 0000
v; v;
6.50 to 9.00
1
X X*
s
X X r* l/iox Y*
8 .50 72.2500 614.125 0.11765 2.9155 9.220 2. 0401
v; v;
9.00 to 9.50
V~* r*
.00 81 ,0000 729.000 0.11111 3 .0000 9.487 2 .0801
X X* xJ r* j/T(k
X
9.50 to 10.00
^ 10~x Vx
9.50 90.2500 857.375 0.10526 3.0822 9.747 2.1179
r* r*
TABLE 2
logN
logN
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
LG N
100 00 000 043 087 130 173 217 260 303 3*6 389
101 00 432 475 518 561 60* 647 689 732 775 817
102 00 860 903 945 988 030 072 *115 157 199 *242
103 01 284 326 368 410 452 494 536 578 620 662
104 01 703 745 787 828 870 912 953 995 *036 *078
105 02 119 160 202 243 284 325 366 407 449 490
106 02 531 572 612 653 694 735 776 816 857 898
107 02 938 979 *019 060 *100 *141 181 *222 262 302
108 03 342 383 423 463 503 543 583 623 663 703
109 03 743 782 822 862 902 941 981 021 060 100
110 04 139 179 218 258 297 336 376 415 454 493
111 04 532 571 610 650 689 727 766 805 844 883
112 04 922 961 999 *038 *077 *115 154 192 231 269
113 05 308 346 385 423 461 500 538 576 614 652
114 05 690 729 767 805 843 881 918 956 994 *032
115 06 070 108 145 183 221 258 296 333 371 408
116 06 446 483 521 558 595 633 670 707 744 781
117 06 819 856 893 930 967 004 041 078 *115 *151
118 07 188 225 262 298 335 372 408 445 482 518
119 07 555 591 628 664 700 737 773 809 846 882
120 07 918 954 990 027 063 099 135 171 207 *243
121 08 279 314 350 386 422 458 493 529 565 600
122 08 636 672 707 743 778 814 849 884 920 955
123 08 991 026 *061 *096 132 *167 #202 237 *272 307
124 09 342 377 412 447 482 517 552 587 621 656
125 09 691 726 760 795 830 864 899 934 968 #003
126 10 037 072 106 140 175 209 243 278 312 346
127 10 380 415 449 483 517 551 585 619 653 687
128 10 721 755 789 823 857 890 924 958 992 *025
129 11 059 093 126 160 193 227 261 294 327 361
130 11 394 428 461 494 528 561 594 628 661 694
131 11 727 760 793 826 860 893 926 959 992 024
132 12 057 090 123 156 189 222 254 287 320 352
133 12 385 418 450 483 516 548 581 613 646 678
134 12 710 743 775 808 840 872 905 937 969 *00l
135 13 033 066 098 130 162 194 226 258 290 322
136 13 334 386 418 450 481 513 545 577 609 640
137 13 672 704 735 767 799 830 862 893 925 956
138 13 988 019 051 *082 114 145 176 208 239 270
139 14 301 333 364 395 426 457 489 520 551 582
140 14 613 644 673 706 737 768 799 829 860 891
141 14 922 953 983 *014 045 076 106 137 #168 M98
142 15 229 259 290 320 351 381 412 442 473 503
143 15 534 564 594 625 655 685 715 746 776 806
144 15 836 866 897 927 957 987 *017 047 077 107
145 16 137 167 197 227 256 286 316 346 376 406
146 16 433 465 495 524 554 584 613 643 673 702
147 16 732 761 791 820 850 879 909 938 967 997
148 17 026 056 085 114 143 173 202 231 260 289
149 17 319 348 377 406 435 464 493 522 551 580
150 17 609 638 667 696 725 754 782 611 840 869
N 12345*789 LG N
ISO 17 609 638 667 696 725 754 782 811 840 869
151 17 898 926 955 984 013 041 070 099 127 156
152 18 184 213 241 270 298 327 355 384 412 441
153 18 469 498 526 554 563 611 639 667 696 724
154 18 752 780 808 837 865 893 921 949 977 005
155 19 033 061 089 117 145 173 201 229 257 285
156 19 312 340 368 396 424 451 479 507 535 562
157 19 590 618 645 673 700 728 756 783 811 838
158 19 866 893 921 948 976 003 030 058 085 112
159 20 140 167 194 222 249 276 303 330 358 383
160 20 412 439 466 493 520 548 575 602 629 656
161 20 683 710 737 763 790 817 644 871 898 925
162 20 932 978 005 032 059 085 112 139 165 192
163 21 219 245 272 299 325 352 378 405 431 458
164 21 484 511 537 564 590 617 643 669 696 722
165 21 748 775 601 827 854 880 906 932 958 985
166 22 on 037 063 089 115 141 167 194 220 246
167 22 272 298 324 350 376 401 427 453 479 505
168 22 531 557 583 608 634 660 686 712 737 763
169 22 789 614 840 666 891 917 943 968 994 019
170 23 045 070 096 121 147 172 198 223 249 274
171 23 300 325 350 376 401 426 452 477 502 528
172 23 553 578 603 629 654 679 704 729 754 779
173 23 805 830 855 680 905 930 955 980 005 030
174 24 055 080 105 130 155 180 204 229 254 279
175 24 304 329 353 378 403 428 452 477 502 527
176 24 551 576 601 625 650 674 699 724 748 773
177 24 797 822 846 871 895 920 944 969 993 018
178 25 042 066 091 115 139 164 188 212 237 261
179 25 285 310 334 358 382 406 431 455 479 503
180 25 527 551 575 600 624 648 672 696 720 744
181 25 768 792 816 640 864 888 912 933 959 983
182 26 007 031 055 079 102 126 150 174 198 221
183 26 245 269 293 316 340 364 387 411 435 458
184 26 482 505 529 553 576 600 623 647 670 694
185 26 717 741 764 788 611 834 658 881 905 928
186 26 951 975 998 021 045 068 091 114 138 161
187 27 184 207 231 254 277 300 323 346 370 393
188 27 416 439 462 485 508 531 554 677 600 623
189 27 646 669 692 715 738 761 784 807 830 852
190 27 875 898 921 944 967 989 012 035 058 081
191 28 103 126 149 171 194 217 240 262 285 307
192 28 330 353 375 398 421 443 466 488 511 533
193 28 556 578 601 623 646 668 691 713 733 758
194 28 780 803 823 847 670 892 914 937 959 981
195 29 003 026 048. 070 092 115 137 159 181 203
196 29 226 248 270 292 314 336 358 380 403 425
197 29 447 469 491 513 535 557 579 601 623 645
198 29 667 688 710 732 754 776 798 820 842 863
199 29 885 907 929 951 973 994 016 038 060 #081
200 30 103 125 146 168 190 211 233 255 276 298
N 123496789 IG N
200 30 103 125 146 16* 190 211 233 253 276 296
201 30 320 341 363 384 406 428 449 471 492 514
202 30 535 557 578 600 621 643 664 685 707 728
203 30 750 771 792 814 835 856 878 699 920 942
204 30 963 984 006 027 048 069 091 112 133 154
203 31 175 197 218 239 260 281 302 323 345 366
206 31 387 408 429 450 471 492 513 534 555 576
207 31 597 618 639 660 681 702 723 744 765 785
208 31 806 827 848 869 890 911 931 952 973 994
209 32 0U 5 035 056 077 098 118 139 160 181 201
210 32 222 243 263 284 305 325 346 366 387 408
211 32 428 449 469 490 510 531 552 572 593 613
212 32 634 654 675 695 715 736 756 777 797 818
213 32 838 858 879 899 919 940 960 980 001 021
214 33 041 062 082 102 122 143 163 183 203 224
215 33 244 264 284 304 325 945 965 385 405 425
216 33 445 465 486 506 526 546 566 586 606 626
217 33 646 666 686 706 726 746 766 786 806 826
218 33 846 866 885 905 925 945 965 985 005 025
219 34 044 064 084 104 124 143 163 183 203 223
220 34 242 262 282 301 321 341 361 380 400 420
221 34 439 459 479 498 518 537 557 577 596 616
222 34 635 655 674 694 713 733 753 772 792 811
223 34 830 850 869 889 908 928 947 967 986 005
224 35 025 044 064 083 102 122 141 160 180 199
225 35 218 238 257 276 293 315 334 353 372 392
226 33 411 430 449 468 488 507 526 545 564 583
227 35 603 622 641 660 679 698 717 736 755 774
228 35 793 813 832 851 870 889 908 927 946 965
229 35 984 003 021 040 059 078 097 116 135 154
230 36 173 192 211 229 248 267 286 305 324 342
231 36 361 380 399 418 436 455 474 493 511 530
232 36 549 568 586 60S 624 642 661 680 698 717
233 36 736 754 773 791 810 829 847 866 884 903
234 36 922 940 959 977 996 014 033 051 070 088
235 37 107 125 144 162 181 199 218 236 254 273
236 37 291 310 328 346 365 383 401 420 438 457
237 97 473 493 911 530 548 566 585 603 621 639
238 37 658 676 694 712 731 749 767 783 603 822
239 37 840 858 876 694 912 931 949 967 985 003
240 38 021 039 057 075 093 112 130 148 166 184
241 98 202 220 238 256 274 292 310 328 346 364
242 36 382 399 417 435 453 471 489 507 523 543
243 38 561 578 596 614 632 650 668 686 703 721
244 38 739 757 775 792 810 828 846 863 881 899
245 38 917 934 952 970 987 003 023 041 058 076
246 39 094 111 129 146 164 182 199 217 233 252
247 39 270 287 305 322 340 358 373 393 410 428
248 39 445 463 480 498 515 533 550 568 585 602
249 39 620 637 655 672 690 707 724 742 759 777
250 39 794 811 629 846 863 881 898 915 933 950
N 123456789 LG N
250 39 794 811 829 846 863 881 898 915 933 950
251 39 967 985 002 019 037 054 071 088 106 123
252 40 140 157 175 192 209 226 2*3 261 278 295
253 40 312 329 346 364 381 398 415 432 449 466
254 40 483 500 518 535 552 569 586 603 620 637
255 40 654 671 688 705 722 739 756 773 790 807
256 40 824 841 858 875 892 909 926 943 960 976
257 40 993 010 027 044 061 078 095 111 128 145
258 41 162 179 196 212 229 246 263 280 296 313
259 41 330 347 363 380 397- 414 430 447 464 481
260 41 497 514 531 547 564 581 597 614 631 647
261 41 664 681 697 714 731 747 764 780 797 814
262 41 830 847 863 880 896 913 929 946 963 979
263 41 996 012 029 045 062 078 095 111 127 144
264 42 160 177 193 210 226 243 259 275 292 308
265 42 325 341 357 374 390 406 423 439 455 472
266 42 488 504 521 537 553 570 586 602 619 635
267 42 651 667 684 700 716 732 749 765 781 797
268 42 613 830 846 862 878 894 911 927 943 959
269 42 975 991 008 024 040 056 072 088 104 120
270 43 136 152 169 185 201 217 233 249 265 281
271 43 297 313 329 345 361 377 393 409 425 441
272 43 457 473 489 505 521 337 553 569 584 600
273 43 616 632 648 664 680 696 712 727 743 759
274 43 775 791 807 823 838 854 870 886 902 917
275 43 933 949 965 981 996 012 028 044 059 075
276 44 091 107 122 138 154 170 185 201 217 232
277 44 248 264 279 295 311 326 342 358 373 389
278 44 404 420 436 451 467 483 498 514 529 545
279 44 560 576 592 607 623 638 654 669 685 700
260 44 716 731 747 762 778 793 809 824 840 855
281 44 871 886 902 917 932 948 963 979 994 010
282 45 025 040 056 071 066 102 117 133 148 163
283 45 179 194 209 225 240 255 271 286 301 317
284 45 332 347 362 378 393 408 423 439 454 469
285 43 484 500 315 530 543 561 576 591 606 621
286 45 637 652 667 682 697 712 728 743 758 773
287 45 788 803 618 834 849 664 879 694 909 924
288 45 939 954 969 984 000 015 030 045 060 073
289 46 090 105 120 135 150 165 180 195 210 223
290 46 240 255 270 285 300 315 330 345 359 37*
291 46 389 404 419 434 449 464 479 494 509 523
292 46 538 553 568 583 598 613 627 642 657 672
293 46 667 702 716 731 746 761 776 790 805 820
294 46 833 650 864 879 894 909 923 938 953 967
295 46 982 997 012 026 041 056 070 085 100 114
296 47 129 144 139 173 188 202 217 232 246 261
297 47 276 290 305 319 334 349 363 378 392 407
298 47 422 436 451 465 480 494 509 524 538 553
299 47 567 582 596 611 625 640 654 669 683 698
300 47 712 727 741 756 770 784 799 813 828 842
N 123*5*789 LG N
300 47 712 727 741 756 770 784 799 819 828 642
301 47 857 871 885 900 914 929 943 958 972 986
302 48 001 015 029 044 058 073 087 101 116 130
303 48 144 159 173 187 202 216 230 244 259 273
304 48 287 302 316 330 344 359 373 387 401 416
305 48 430 444 458 473 487 501 5X5 530 544 558
306 48 572 586 601 615 629 643 657 671 686 700
307 48 714 728 742 756 770 785 799 613 827 841
308 48 855 869 883 897 911 926 940 954 968 982
309 48 996 010 024 038 052 066 080 094 108 122
310 49 136 150 164 178 192 206 220 234 248 262
311 49 276 290 304 318 332 346 360 374 388 402
312 49 415 429 443 457 471 485 99 513 527 541
313 49 554 568 582 596 610 624 638 651 665 679
314 49 693 707 721 734 748 762 776 790 803 817
315 49 831 845 859 872 886 900 914 927 941 955.
316 49 969 982 996 010 024 037 051 06S 079 092
317 50 106 120 133 147 161 174 188 202 215 229
318 50 243 256 270 284 297 311 325 338 352 365
319 50 379 393 406 420 433 447 461 474 488 501
320 50 515 529 542 556 569 583 596 610 623 637
321 50 651 664 678 691 705 718 732 745 759 772
322 50 786 799 813 826 840 853 666 880 893 907
323 50 920 934 947 961 974 987 001 014 028 041
324 51 055 068 081 095 103 121 135 148 162 175
325 51 188 202 215 228 242 255 268 282 295 308
326 51 322 335 348 362 375 388 402 415 428 441
327 51 455 468 481 495 508 521 534 548 561 574
328 51 587 601 614 627 640 654 667 680 693 706
329 51 720 733 746 759 772 786 799 812 825 838
330 51 851 865 678 691 904 917 930 943 957 970
331 51 983 996 009 022 035 048 061 075 088 101
332 52 114 127 140 153 166 179 192 205 218 231
333 52 244 257 270 284 297 310 323 336 349 362
334 52 375 388 401 414 427 440 453 466 479 492
335 52 504 517 530 543 556 569 582 595 608 621
336 52 634 647 660 673 686 699 711 724 737 750
337 52 763 776 789 802 815 827 840 853 866 879
338 52 892 905 917 930 943 956 969 982 994 007
339 53 020 033 046 058 071 084 097 110 122 135
340 53 148 161 173 186 199 212 224 237 250 263
341 53 275 288 301 314 326 339 352 364 377 390
342 53 403 415 428 441 453 466 479 491 504 517
343 53 529 542 555 567 580 393 605 618 631 643
344 53 656 668 681 694 706 719 732 744 757 769
345 53 782 794 807 820 832 845 857 870 882 895
346 53 908 920 933 945 958 970 983 993 008 020
347 54 033 045 058 070 083 095 108 120 133 145
348 54 158 170 183 195 208 220 233 245 258 270
349 54 283 295 307 320 332 345 357 370 382 394
350 54 407 419 432 444 456 469 481 494 506 518
N 12 34
LG N
5 678 9
330 54 407 41* 432 444 456 469 461 494 506 516
151 54 531 543 555 568 580 593 605 617 630 642
352 54 654 667 679 691 704 716 728 741 753 765
353 54 777 790 802 614 827 839 851 864 876 888
354 54 900 913 925 937 949 962 974 986 998 Oil
355 55 023 035 047 060 072 084 096 108 121 133
356 55 145 157 169 182 194 206 218 230 242 255
357 53 267 279 291 303 315 328 340 352 364 376
358 55 388 400 413 425 437 449 461 473 465 497
359 55 509 522 534 546 558 570 582 594 606 618
360 55 630 642 654 666 678 691 703 715 727 739
361 55 751 763 775 787 799 811 823 835 847 859
362 55 871 883 895 907 919 931 943 955 967 979
363 55 991 003 015 027 038 050 062 074 086 098
364 56 110 122 134 146 158 170 182 194 205 217
365 56 229 241 253 263 277 289 301 312 324 336
366 56 348 360 372 384 396 407 419 431 443 455
367 56 467 478 490 502 514 526 538 549 561 573
368 56 585 597 608 620 632 644 656 667 679 691
369 56 703 714 726 738 750 761 773 785 797 808
370 56 820 832 644 855 867 879 891 902 914 926
371 56 937 949 961 972 984 996 '008 019 031 043
372 57 054 066 078 089 101 113 124 136 148 159
373 57 171 163 194 206 217 229 241 252 264 276
37* 57 287 299 310 322 334 345 357 368 380 392
375 57 403 415 426 438 449 461 473 484 496 507
376 57 519 530 542 553 565 576 588 600 611 623
377 37 634 646 657 669 680 692 703 715 726 738
378 57 749 761 772 784 795 807 818 830 841 852
379 57 864 875 887 898 910 921 933 944 955 967
380 37 978 990 001 013 024 033 047 058 070 081
381 58 092 104 115 127 138 149 161 172 184 195
382 58 206 218 229 240 252 263 274 286 297 309
383 58 320 331 343 354 365 377 388 399 410 422
384 58 433 444 456 467 478 490 501 512 524 535
385 38 546 557 569 580 591 602 614 625 636 647
386 58 659 670 681 692 704 715 726 737 749 760
387 58 771 782 794 805 816 827 838 850 861 872
388 58 883 894 906 917 928 939 950 961 973 984
389 58 993 006 017 028 040 051 062 073 084 095
390 19 106 118 129 140 151 162 173 184 195 207
391 59 218 229 240 251 262 273 284 295 306 318
392 59 329 340 351 362 373 384 393 406 417 428
393 59 439 450 461 472 483 494 506 517 528 539
394 59 550 561 572 583 594 603 616 627 638 649
395 39 660 671 682 693 704 713 726 737 748 759
396 39 770 780 791 802 813 824 835 846 857 868
397 59 879 690 901 912 923 934 945 956 966 977
398 59 988 999 010 021 032 043 054 065 076 086
399 60 097 108 119 130 141 152 163 173 184 195
400 60 206 217 228 239 249 260 271 282 293 304
LG N
3 *
400 60 206 217 228 239 249 260 271 282 29* 304
401 60 314 325 336 347 358 369 379 390 401 412
402 60 423 433 444 455 466 477 487 498 509 520
403 60 531 541 552 563 574 564 595 606 617 627
404 60 638 649 660 670 681 692 703 713 724 735
405 60 746 756 767 778 788 799 810 821 631 842
406 60 853 863 874 885 895 906 917 927 938 949
407 60 959 970 981 991 002 013 023 034 045 055
408 61 066 077 087 098 109 119 130 140 151 162
409 61 172 183 194 204 215 223 236 247 257 268
410 61 278 289 300 310 321 331 342 352 363 374
411 61 384 395 405 416 426 437 448 458 469 479
412 61 490 500 511 521 532 542 553 563 574 584
413 61 595 606 616 627 637 648 658 669 679 690
414 61 700 711 721 731 742 752 763 773 784 794
415 61 805 815 826 836 847 857 868 878 688 899
416 61 909 920 930 941 951 962 972 982 993 003
417 62 014 024 034 045 055 066 076 086 097 107
418 62 118 128 138 149 159 170 180 190 201 211
419 62 221 232 242 252 263 273 284 294 304 315
420 62 325 335 346 356 366 377 387 397 408 416
421 62 428 439 449 459 469 480 490 500 511 521
422 62 531 542 552 562 572 583 593 603 613 624
423 62 634 644 655 665 675 685 696 706 716 726
424 62 737 747 757 767 778 788 798 608 618 629
425 62 639 849 859 870 680 890 900 910 921 931
426 62 941 951 961 972 982 992 002 012 022 033
427 63 043 053 063 073 083 094 104 114 124 134
428 63 144 135 165 173 185 195 205 215 225 236
429 63 246 256 266 276 286 296 306 317 327 337
430 63 347 357 367 377 387 397 407 417 428 438
431 63 448 458 468 478 488 498 508 518 528 538
432 63 548 558 568 579 589 599 609 619 629 639
433 63 649 659 669 679 689 699 709 719 729 739
434 63 749 759 769 779 789 799 809 819 829 839
435 63 849 859 869 679 889 899 909 919 929 939
436 63 949 959 969 979 986 998 008 018 028 038
437 64 048 058 068 078 088 098 108 118 128 137
438 64 147 157 167 177 187 197 207 217 227 237
439 64 246 256 266 276 286 296 306 316 326 335
440 64 345 355 365 375 385 395 404 414 424 434
441 64 444 454 464 473 483 493 503 513 523 532
442 64 542 552 562 572 582 591 601 611 621 631
443 64 640 650 660 670 680 689 699 709 719 729
4*4 64 738 748 758 768 777 787 797 807 616 826
445 64 836 846 856 865 675 885 895 904 914 924
446 64 933 943 953 963 972 982 992 002 Oil 021
447 65 031 040 050 060 070 079 089 099 108 118
448 65 128 137 147 157 167 176 186 196 205 215
449 65 225 234 244 254 263 273 283 292 302 312
450 65 321 331 341 350 360 369 379 389 398 408
450 65 321 331 3*1 350 360 369 379 389 398 408
451 65 418 427 437 447 456 466 475 485 495 504
452 65 514 523 533 543 552 562 571 581 591 600
453 65 610 619 629 639 648 658 667 677 686 696
454 65 706 715 725 734 744 753 763 772 782 792
455 65 801 811 820 830 839 849 858 868 877 687
456 65 896 906 916 925 935 944 954 963 973 982
457 65 992 001 Oil 020 030 039 049 058 068 077
458 66 087 096 106 115 124 134 143 153 162 172
459 66 181 191 200 210 219 229 238 247 257 266
460 66 276 285 295 304 314 323 332 342 351 361
461 66 370 380 389 398 406 417 427 436 445 455
462 66 464 474 483 492 502 511 521 530 539 549
463 66 556 567 577 586 596 605 614 624 633 642
464 66 652 661 671 680 689 699 708 717 727 736
465 66 745 755 764 773 783 792 801 611 620 629
466 66 639 848 857 867 876 665 694 904 913 922
467 66 932 941 950 960 969 978 987 997 006 015
468 67 025 034 043 052 062 071 080 089 099 108
469 67 117 127 136 145 154 164 173 182 191 201
470 67 210 219 228 237 247 256 265 274 284 293
471 67 302 311 321 330 339 348 357 367 376 385
472 67 394 403 413 422 431 440 449 459 468 477
473 67 486 495 504 514 523 532 541 550 560 569
474 67 578 587 596 605 614 624 633 642 651 660
475 67 669 679 668 697 706 715 724 733 742 752
476 67 761 770 779 788 797 806 815 825 834 843
477 67 852 861 870 879 688 897 906 916 925 934
478 67 943 952 961 970 979 986 997 006 015 024
479 68 034 043 052 061 070 079 088 097 106 115
480 68 124 133 142 151 160 169 178 187 196 205
481 68 215 224 233 242 251 260 269 276 287 296
482 68 305 314 323 332 341 350 359 368 377 386
463 68 395 404 413 422 431 440 449 458 467 476
484 68 465 494 502 511 520 529 538 547 556 565
485 66 574 583 592 601 610 619 628 637 646 655
486 68 664 673 681 690 699 708 717 726 735 744
487 68 753 762 771 780 789 797 806 815 824 833
488 68 842 851 860 669 678 686 895 904 913 922
489 68 931 940 949 958 966 975 984 993 002 Oil
490 69 020 028 037 046 055 064 073 082 090 099
491 69 108 117 126 135 144 152 161 170 179 168
492 69 197 205 214 223 232 241 249 258 267 276
493 69 285 294 302 311 320 329 338 346 355 364
494 69 373 381 390 399 408 417 425 434 443 452
495 69 461 469 478 487 496 504 513 522 531 539
496 69 546 557 566 574 583 592 601 609 618 627
497 69 636 644 653 662 671 679 688 697 705 714
498 69 723 732 740 749 758 767 775 784 793 801
499 69 810 819
-
500 69 897 906 914 923 932 940 949 958 966 975
501 69 984 992 001 010 018 027 036 044 053 062
502 70 070 079 088 096 105 114 122 131 140 148
503 70 157 165 174 183 191 200 209 217 226 234
504 70 243 252 260 269 278 286 295 303 312 321
505 70 329 338 346 355 364 372 381 389 398 406
506 70 415 424 432 441 449 458 467 4 75 484 492
507 70 501 509 518 526 535 544 552 561 569 578
508 70 586 595 603 612 621 629 638 646 655 663
509 70 672 680 689 697 706 714 723 731 740 749
510 70 757 766 774 783 791 800 808 817 825 834
511 70 842 851 859 868 876 885 893 902 910 919
512 70 927 935 944 952 961 969 978 986 995 003
513 71 012 020 029 037 046 054 063 071 079 088
514 71 096 105 113 122 130 139 147 155 164 172
515 71 181 189 198 206 214 223 231 240 248 257
516 71 265 273 282 290 299 307 315 324 332 341
517 71 349 357 366 374 383 391 399 408 416 425
518 71 433 441 450 458 466 475 483 492 500 508
519 71 517 525 533 542 550 559 567 575 584 592
520 71 600 609 617 625 634 642 650 659 667 675
521 71 684 692 700 709 717 725 734 742 750 759
522 71 767 775 784 792 800 809 817 825 834 842
523 71 850 858 867 875 883 892 900 908 917 925
524 71 933 941 950 958 966 975 983 991 999 008
525 72 016 024 032 041 049 057 066 074 082 090
526 72 099 107 115 123 132 140 148 156 165 173
527 72 181 189 198 206 214 222 230 239 247 255
528 72 263 272 280 268 296 304 313 321 329 337
529 72 346 354 362 370 378 387 395 403 411 419
530 72 428 436 444 452 460 469 477 485 493 501
531 72 509 518 526 534 542 550 558 567 575 583
532 72 591 599 607 616 624 632 640 648 656 665
533 72 673 681 689 697 705 713 722 730 738 746
534 72 754 762 770 779 787 795 803 811 819 827
535 72 635 643 852 860 868 876 884 892 900 908
536 72 916 925 933 941 949 957 965 973 981 989
537 72 997 006 014 022 030 038 046 054 062 070
538 73 078 086 094 102 HI 119 127 135 143 151
539 73 159 167 175 183 191 199 207 215 223 231
540 73 239 247 255 263 272 280 288 296 304 312
541 73 320 328 336 344 352 360 368 376 384 392
542 73 400 408 416 424 432 440 448 456 464 472
543 73 480 488 496 504 512 520 528 536 544 552
544 73 560 568 576 584 592 600 608 616 624 632
545 73 640 648 656 664 672 679 687 695 703 711
546 73 719 727 735 743 751 759 767 775 783 791
547 73 799 807 815 823 830 838 846 654 862 870
548 73 878 886 894 902 910 918 926 933 941 949
549 73 957 965 973 981 989 997 005 013 020 028
550 74 036 .044 052 060 068 076 084 092 099 107
16 N
3 4
550 74 036 044 032 060 068 076 084 092 099 107
551 74 115 123 131 139 147 155 162 170 178 186
552 74 194 202 210 218 225 233 241 249 257 265
553 74 273 280 288 296 304 312 320 327 333 343
554 74 351 359 367 374 382 390 398 406 414 421
555 74 429 437 449 453 461 468 476 484 492 500
556 74 507 515 523 531 5 39 547 554 562 570 578
557 74 586 593 601 609 617 624 632 640 648 656
558 74 663 671 679 687 695 702 710 718 726 733
559 74 741 749 757 764 772 780 788 796 803 811
560 74 819 827 834 842 850 858 865 873 881 889
561 74 896 904 912 920 927 935 943 950 958 966
562 74 974 981 989 997 005 012 020 028 033 043
563 75 051 059 066 074 082 089 097 105 113 120
564 75 128 136 143 151 159 166 174 182 189 197
969 75 205 213 220 228 236 243 251 259 266 274
966 73 282 289 297 305 312 320 328 335 343 351
567 75 358 366 374 381 389 397 404 412 420 427
568 75 435 442 450 4*8 465 473 481 488 496 504
569 75 511 519 526 534 542 549 557 565 572 580
570 75 587 595 603 610 618 626 633 641 648 656
571 75 664 671 679 686 694 702 709 717 724 732
572 75 740 747 755 762 770 778 785 793 800 808
573 75 815 823 831 838 846 853 861 868 876 884
574 75 891 899 906 914 921 929 937 944 952 959
575 75 967 974 982 989 997 005 *012 020 027 035
576 76 042 050 057 065 072 080 087 093 103 110
577 76 118 125 133 140 148 155 163 170 178 185
578 76 193 200 208 215 223 230 238 245 253 260
579 76 268 275 283 290 298 305 313 320 328 335
580 76 343 350 358 365 373 380 388 395 403 410
581 76 418 423 433 440 448 455 462 470 477 485
582 76 492 500 507 515 522 530 537 545 552 559
583 76 567 574 582 589 597 604 612 619 626 634
584 76 641 649 656 664 671 678 686 693 701 708
585 76 716 723 730 738 745 753 760 768 775 782
586 76 790 797 805 812 819 827 894 842 849 856
587 76 864 871 879 886 893 901 908 916 923 930
588 76 938 945 953 960 967 975 982 989 997 004
589 77 012 019 026 034 041 048 056 063 070 078
590 77 085 093 100 107 115 122 129 137 144 151
591 77 159 166 173 181 188 195 203 210 217 225
592 77 232 240 247 254 262 269 276 283 291 298
593 77 305 313 320 327 335 342 349 357 364 371
594 77 379 386 393 401 408 413 422 430 437 444
595 77 452 459 466 474 481 488 495 503 510 517
596 77 525 532 539 546 554 561 568 576 583 590
597 77 597 605 612 619 627 634 641 648 656 663
598 77 670 677 685 692 699 706 714 721 728 733
599 77 743 750 757 764 772 779 786 793 801 808
600 77 13 22 30 837 844 851 859 66 873 0
N 123*56789 LG N
600 77 815 822 830 837 844 851 859 866 873 880
601 77 887 895 902 909 916 924 931 938 945 952
602 77 960 967 974 981 988 996 003 010 017 025
603 78 032 039 046 053 061 068 075 082 089 097
604 78 104 HI 118 125 132 140 147 154 161 168
605 78 176 183 190 197 204 211 219 226 233 240
606 78 247 254 262 269 276 283 290 297 305 312
607 78 319 326 333 340 347 355 362 369 376 383
608 78 390 398 A05 412 419 426 433 440 447 455
609 78 462 469 476 483 490 497 504 512 519 526
610 78 533 540 547 554 561 569 576 583 590 597
611 78 604 611 618 625 633 640 647 654 661 668
612 78 675 682 689 696 704 711 718 725 732 739
613 78 746 753 760 767 774 781 789 796 803 810
614 78 817 824 831 838 845 852 859 866 873 880
615 78 888 895 902 909 916 923 930 937 944 951
616 78 958 965 972 979 986 993 000 007 014 021
617 79 029 036 043 050 057 064 071 078 085 092
618 79 099 106 113 120 127 134 141 148 155 162
619 79 169 176 183 190 197 204 211 218 225 232
620 79 239 246 253 260 267 274 281 288 295 302
621 79 309 316 323 330 337 344 351 358 363 372
622 79 379 386 393 400 407 414 421 428 435 442
623 79 449 456 463 470 477 484 491 498 505 511
624 79 518 525 532 539 546 553 560 567 574 581
625 79 588 595 602 609 616 623 630 637 644 650
626 79 657 664 671 678 685 692 699 706 713 720
627 79 727 734 741 748 754 761 768 775 782 789
628 79 796 803 810 817 824 831 837 844 851 858
629 79 865 872 879 886 893 900 906 913 920 927
630 79 934 941 948 955 962 969 975 982 989 996
631 80 003 010 017 024 030 037 044 051 058 065
632 80 072 079 085 092 099 106 113 120 127 134
633 80 140 147 154 161 168 175 182 188 195 202
634 80 209 216 223 229 236 243 250 257 264 271
635 80 277 284 291 298 305 312 318 325 332 339
636 80 346 353 359 366 373 380 387 393 400 407
637 80 414 421 428 434 441 448 455 462 468 473
638 80 482 489 496 502 509 516 523 530 536 543
639 80 550 557 564 570 577 584 591 598 604 611
640 80 618 625 632 638 645 652 659 665 672 679
641 80 686 693 699 706 713 720 726 733 740 747
642 80 754 760 767 774 781 787 794 801 808 614
643 80 821 828 835 841 848 855 862 668 875 882
644 80 889 895 902 909 916 922 929 936 943 949
645 80 956 963 969 976 983 990 996 003 010 017
646 81 023 030 037 043 050 057 064 070 077 084
647 81 090 097 104 111 117 124 131 137 144 151
648 81 158 164 171 178 184 191 198 204 211 218
649 81 224 231 238 245 251 258 265 271 278 285
650 81 291 296 305 311 318 325 331 338 345 351
LG N
82 347 354 360 367 373 380 387 393 400 406
666 465 471
667 82 413 419 426 432 439 445 452 458
478 484 491 497 504 510 517 523 530 536
668 82
543 549 556 562 569 575 582 588 595 601
669 82
607 614 620 627 633 640 646 653 659 666
670 82
82 672 679 685 692 698 705 711 718 724 730
671
737 743 750 756 763 769 776 782 789 795
672 82
82 802 808 814 821 827 834 840 847 853 860
673
866 872 879 885 892 898 905 911 918 924
674 82
930 937 943 950 956 963 969 975 982 988
675 82
82 995 001 008 014 020 027 033 040 046 052
676
677 83 059 065 072 078 085 091 097 104 110 117
678 83 123 129 136 142 149 155 161 168 174 181
187 193 200 206 213 219 225 232 238 245
679 83
680 83 251 257 264 270 276 283 289 296 302 308
83 315 321 327 334 340 347 353 359 366 372
681
682 83 378 385 391 398 404 410 417 423 429 436
442 448 455 461 467 474 480 487 493 499
683 83
684 83 506 512 518 525 531 537 944 550 556 563
685 83 569 575 582 588 594 601 607 613 620 626
686 63 632 639 645 651 658 664 670 677 683 689
687 83 696 702 708 715 721 727 734 7-40 746 753
688 83 759 765 771 778 784 790 797 803 809 816
83 822 828 835 841 847 853 860 866 872 879
689
690 83 885 891 897 904 910 916 923 929 935 942
691 83 948 954 960 967 973 979 985 992 998 004
692 84 Oil 017 023 029 036 042 048 055 061 067
693 84 073 080 086 092 098 105 111 117 123 130
694 84 136 142 148 155 161 167 173 180 186 192
695 84 198 205 211 217 223 230 236 242 248 255
696 84 261 267 273 280 286 292 296 305 311 317
697 84 323 330 336 342 348 354 361 367 373 379
698 84 386 392 398 404 410 417 423 429 435 442
84 448 454 460 466 473 479 485 491 497 504
699
700 84 510 516 522 528 535 541 547 553 559 566
H 123456789 LG N
700 84 510 516 522 528 535 541 547 553 559 566
701 84 572 578 584 590 597 603 609 615 621 628
702 84 634 640 646 652 658 665 671 677 683 689
703 84 696 702 708 714 720 726 733 739 745 751
704 84 757 763 770 776 782 788 794 800 807 813
705 84 819 825 831 837 844 850 856 862 868 874
706 84 880 887 893 899 905 911 917 924 930 936
707 84 942 948 954 960 967 973 979 985 991 997
708 85 003 009 016 022 028 034 040 046 052 058
709 85 065 071 077 083 089 095 101 107 114 120
710 85 126 132 138 144 150 156 163 169 175 181
711 85 187 193 199 205 211 217 224 230 236 242
712 85 248 254 260 266 272 278 285 291 297 303
713 85 309 315 321 327 333 339 345 352 358 364
714 85 370 376 382 388 394 400 406 412 418 42 5
715 85 431 437 443 449 455 461 467 473 479 485
716 85 491 497 503 509 516 522 526 534 540 546
717 85 552 558 564 570 576 582 568 594 600 606
718 85 612 618 625 631 637 643 649 655 661 667
719 85 673 679 665 691 697 703 709 715 721 727
720 85 733 739 745 751 757 763 769 775 781 788
721 65 794 800 806 612 818 824 830 836 842 848
722 85 854 860 866 872 878 664 890 896 902 908
723 85 914 920 926 932 938 944 950 956 962 968
724 85 974 980 986 992 998 004 010 016 022 028
725 86 034 040 046 052 058 064 070 076 082 088
726 86 094 100 106 112 118 124 130 136 141 147
727 86 153 159 165 171 177 183 189 195 201 207
728 86 213 219 225 231 237 243 249 255 261 267
729 86 273 279 285 291 297 303 308 314 320 326
730 86 332 336 344 350 356 362 368 374 380 366
731 86 392 398 404 410 415 421 427 433 439 445
732 66 451 457 463 469 475 481 487 493 499 504
733 86 510 516 522 528 534 540 546 552 558 564
734 86 570 576 581 587 593 599 605 611 617 623
735 86 629 635 641 646 652 658 664 670 676 682
736 66 688 694 700 705 711 717 723 729 735 741
737 86 747 753 759 764 770 776 782 788 794 800
738 86 806 812 817 823 829 835 841 847 853 859
739 86 864 870 876 882 888 894 900 906 911 917
740 86 923 929 935 941 947 953 958 964 970 976
741 86 982 988 994 999 005 Oil 017 023 029 035
742 87 040 046 052 058 064 070 075 081 087 093
743 87 099 105 111 116 122 128 134 140 146 151
744 87 157 163 169 175 181 186 192 198 204 210
745 87 216 221 227 233 239 245 251 256 262 268
746 87 274 280 286 291 297 303 309 315 320 326
747 67 332 338 344 349 355 361 367 373 379 384
748 87 390 396 402 408 413 419 425 431 437 442
749 87 448 454 460 466 471 477 483 489 495 500
750 87 506 512 518 523 529 535 541 547 552 558
LG N
3 4
750 87 506 512 518 523 529 535 541 547 552 558
751 87 564 570 576 581 587 393 599 604 610 616
752 87 622 628 633 639 645 651 656 662 668 674
753 87 679 685 691 697 703 708 714 720 726 731
754 87 737 743 749 754 760 766 772 777 783 789
755 87 795 800 806 812 818 623 829 835 841 846
756 87 852 858 864 869 875 881 887 892 898 904
757 87 910 915 921 927 933 938 944 950 955 961
758 87 967 973 978 984 990 996 001 007 013 018
759 88 024 030 036 041 047 053 058 064 070 076
760 88 081 087 093 098 104 110 116 121 127 133
761 88 138 144 150 156 161 167 173 178 184 190
762 88 195 201 207 213 218 224 230 235 241 247
763 88 252 258 264 270 275 281 287 292 298 304
764 88 309 315 321 326 332 338 343 349 355 360
765 88 366 372 377 383 389 395 400 406 412 417
766 88 423 429 434 440 446 451 457 463 468 474
767 88 480 485 491 497 502 508 513 519 525 530
768 88 536 542 547 553 559 564 570 576 581 587
769 88 593 598 604 610 615 621 627 632 638 643
770 88 649 655 660 666 672 677 683 689 694 700
771 88 705 711 717 722 728 734 739 745 750 756
772 88 762 767 773 779 784 790 795 801 807 812
773 88 818 824 829 835 840 846 852 857 863 868
774 88 874 880 885 891 897 902 908 913 919 925
775 88 930 936 941 947 953 958 964 969 975 981
776 88 986 992 997 003 #009 014 020 025 031 037
777 89 042 048 053 059 064 070 076 081 087 092
778 89 098 104 109 115 120 126 131 137 143 148
779 89 154 159 163 170 176 182 187 193 198 204
780 89 209 215 221 226 232 237 243 248 254 260
781 89 265 271 276 282 287 293 298 304 310 315
782 89 321 326 332 337 343 348 354 360 365 371
783 89 376 382 387 393 398 404 409 415 421 426
784 89 432 437 443 448 454 459 465 470 476 481
785 89 487 492 498 504 509 515 520 526 531 537
786 89 542 548 553 359 564 570 573 581 586 592
787 89 597 603 609 614 620 625 631 636 642 647
788 89 653 658 664 669 675 680 686 691 697 702
789 89 708 713 719 724 730 735 741 746 752 757
790 89 763 768 774 779 783 790 796 801 807 812
791 89 818 823 829 834 840 845 851 856 862 867
792 89 873 878 883 889 894 900 905 911 916 922
793 89 927 933 938 944 949 955 960 966 971 977
794 89 982 988 993 998 004 009 015 020 026 031
795 90 037 042 048 053 059 064 069 075 080 086
796 90 091 097 102 108 113 119 124 129 135 140
797 90 146 151 157 162 168 173 179 184 189 195
798 90 200 206 211 217 222 227 233 238 244 249
799 90 255 260 266 271 276 282 287 293 298 304
800 90 309 314 320 325 331 336 342 347 352 358
LG N
3 4
800 90 309 314 320 325 331 336 3*2 347 352 358
801 90 363 369 374 380 385 390 396 401 407 412
802 90 417 423 428 434 439 445 450 455 461 466
803 90 472 477 482 488 493 499 504 509 515 520
804 90 526 531 336 342 547 553 558 563 569 574
805 90 580 585 590 596 601 607 612 617 623 628
806 90 634 639 644 650 655 660 666 671 677 682
807 90 687 693 698 703 709 714 720 725 730 736
608 90 7*1 747 752 757 763 768 773 779 784 789
809 90 795 800 806 811 816 822 827 632 838 843
810 90 849 854 859 865 870 873 881 886 891 897
811 90 902 907 913 918 924 929 934 940 945 950
612 90 956 961 966 972 977 982 988 993 998 #004
813 91 009 014 020 025 030 036 041 046 052 057
814 91 062 068 073 078 084 089 094 100 105 110
815 91 116 121 126 132 137 142 148 153 158 164
816 91 169 174 180 165 190 196 201 206 212 217
817 91 222 228 233 238 243 249 254 259 265 270
818 91 275 281 286 291 297 302 307 312 318 323
819 91 328 334 339 344 350 355 360 365 371 376
820 91 381 387 392 397 403 408 413 418 424 429
821 91 434 440 445 450 455 461 466 471 477 482
822 91 487 492 498 503 508 514 519 524 529 535
823 91 540 545 551 556 561 566 572 577 582 587
824 91 593 598 603 609 614 619 624 630 635 640
825 91 645 651 656 661 666 672 677 682 687 693
826 91 698 703 709 714 719 724 730 735 740 745
827 91 751 756 761 766 772 777 782 787 793 798
828 91 603 808 814 819 824 829 834 840 845 850
829 91 855 861 866 871 876 882 887 892 897 903
630 91 908 913 918 924 929 934 939 944 950 955
831 91 960 965 971 976 981 986 991 997 002 007
832 92 012 018 023 028 033 038 044 049 054 059
833 92 063 070 075 080 085 091 096 101 106 111
834 92 117 122 127 132 137 143 148 153 158 163
835 92 169 174 179 184 189 195 200 205 210 215
836 92 221 226 231 236 241 247 252 257 262 267
837 92 273 278 283 288 293 298 304 309 314 319
830 92 324 330 335 340 345 350 355 361 366 371
639 92 376 381 387 392 397 402 407 412 418 423
840 92 428 433 438 443 449 454 459 464 469 474
841 92 480 483 490 495 500 505 511 516 521 526
842 92 531 536 542 547 552 557 562 567 572 578
843 92 583 588 593 598 603 609 614 619 624 629
844 92 634 639 645 650 655 660 665 670 675 681
843 92 686 691 696 701 706 711 716 722 727 732
846 92 737 742 747 752 758 763 768 773 778 783
847 92 788 793 799 804 809 814 819 824 829 834
848 92 640 845 850 855 860 865 870 875 881 886
649 92 891 896 901 906 911 916 921 927 932 937
850 92 942 947 952 957 962 967 973 978 983 988
H 123436769 LG H
850 92 942 9*7 952 957 962 967 97S 978 983 988
851 92 993 998 003 008 013 018 024 029 034 039
852 93 044 049 054 059 064 069 073 080 085 090
853 93 095 100 105 110 115 120 123 131 136 141
854 93 146 151 156 161 166 171 176 181 186 192
855 93 197 202 207 212 217 222 227 232 237 242
856 93 247 252 258 263 268 273 278 283 288 293
857 93 298 303 308 313 318 323 328 334 339 344
858 93 349 554 359 364 369 374 379 384 389 394
859 93 399 404 409 414 420 425 430 435 440 445
860 93 450 453 460 465 470 473 480 485 490 495
861 93 500 505 510 515 520 526 531 536 541 546
862 93 551 556 561 566 571 576 581 586 591 596
863 93 601 606 611 616 621 626 631 636 641 646
864 93 651 656 661 666 671 676 682 687 692 697
865 93 702 707 712 717 722 727 732 737 742 747
866 93 752 757 762 767 772 777 782 787 792 797
867 93 802 807 812 817 822 827 832 837 842 847
868 93 852 857 862 867 872 877 882 887 892 897
869 93 902 907 912 917 922 927 932 937 942 947
870 93 952 957 962 967 972 977 982 987 992 997
871 94 002 007 012 017 022 027 032 037 042 047
872 94 052 057 062 067 072 077 082 086 091 096
873 94 101 106 111 116 121 126 131 136 141 146
874 94 151 156 161 166 171 176 181 186 191 196
873 94 201 206 211 216 221 226 231* 236 240 245
876 94 250 255 260 265 270 275 280 283 290 295
877 94 300 305 310 313 320 323 330 335 340 345
878 94 349 354 359 364 369 374 379 384 389 394
879 94 399 404 409 414 419 424 429 433 438 443
880 94 448 453 458 463 468 473 478 483 488 493
881 94 498 503 507 312 517 522 327 332 537 542
882 94 547 552 557 562 567 571 576 581 586 591
883 94 596 601 606 611 616 621 626 630 635 640
88* 94 645 650 655 660 665 670 675 680 685 689
885 94 694 699 704 709 714 719 724 729 734 738
886 94 743 748 753 758 763 768 773 778 783 787
88? 94 792 797 802 807 812 817 822 827 832 836
888 94 841 846 851 856 861 866 871 876 880 885
889 94 890 895 900 905 910 915 919 924 929 934
890 94 939 944 949 954 959 963 968 973 978 983
891 94 988 993 998 002 007 012- 017 022 027 032
892 95 036 041 046 051 056 061 066 071 075 080
893 95 085 090 095 100 105 109 114 119 124 129
894 95 134 139 143 148 153 158 163 168 173 177
895 95 182 187 192 197 202 207 211 216 221 226
896 95 231 236 240 245 250 253 260 265 270 274
897 93 279 284 289 294 299 303 308 313 318 323
898 95 328 332 337 342 347 352 357 361 366 371
899 95 376 381 386 390 395 400 405 410 415 419
900 95 424 429 434 439 444 448 453 458 463 468
N 123*56769 LG N
900 95 424 429 434 439 444 448 453 450 463 468
901 95 472 477 482 487 492 497 501 506 511 516
902 95 521 525 530 535 540 545 550 554 559 564
903 95 569 574 578 583 588 593 598 602 607 612
904 95 617 622 626 631 636 641 646 650 655 660
905 95 665 670 674 679 684 689 694 698 703 708
906 95 713 718 722 727 732 737 742 746 751 756
907 95 761 766 770 775 780 785 789 794 799 604
908 95 809 813 818 623 628 832 837 842 847 852
909 95 856 861 866 871 875 880 885 690 895 899
910 95 904 909 914 918 923 928 933 938 942 947
911 95 952 957 961 966 971 976 980 985 990 995
912 95 999 004 009 014 019 023 020 033 038 042
913 96 047 052 057 061 066 071 076 080 085 090
914 96 095 099 104 109 114 118 123 126 133 137
915 96 142 147 152 156 161 166 171 175 180 185
916 96 190 194 199 204 209 213 218 223 227 232
917 96 237 242 246 251 256 261 265 270 275 280
918 96 284 289 294 298 303 308 313 317 322 327
919 96 332 336 341 346 350 355 360 365 369 374
920 96 379 384 388 393 398 402 407 412 417 421
921 96 426 431 435 440 445 450 454 459 464 468
922 96 473 478 463 487 492 497 501 506 511 515
923 96 520 525 530 534 539 544 548 553 558 562
924 96 567 572 577 561 586 591 595 600 605 609
925 96 614 619 624 628 633 638 642 647 652 656
926 96 661 666 670 675 680 685 689 694 699 703
927 96 708 713 717 722 727 731 736 741 745 750
928 96 755 759 764 769 774 778 783 768 792 797
929 96 802 806 811 816 820 825 830 834 839 844
930 96 848 853 858 862 867 872 876 881 886 890
931 96 895 900 904 909 914 918 923 928 932 937
932 96 942 946 951 956 960 965 970 974 979 984
933 96 988 993 997 002 007 Oil 016 021 025 030
934 97 035 039 044 049 053 058 063 067 072 077
935 97 081 086 090 095 100 104 109 114 118 123
936 97 128 132 137 142 146 151 155 160 165 169
937 97 174 179 183 188 192 197 202 206 211 216
938 97 220 225 230 234 239 243 248 253 257 262
939 97 267 271 276 280 285 290 294 299 304 308
940 97 313 317 322 327 331 336 340 345 350 354
941 97 359 364 368 373 377 382 387 391 396 400
942 97 403 410 414 419 424 428 433 437 442 447
943 97 451 456 460 465 470 474 479 483 488 493
944 97 97 502 506 511 516 520 325 529 534 539
945 97 543 548 552 557 562 566 571 575 580 585
946 97 389 594 598 603 607 612 617 621 626 630
947 97 635 640 644 649 633 658 663 667 672 676
948 97 681 685 690 695 699 704 708 713 717 722
949 97 727 731 736 740 745 749 754 759 763 768
950 97 772 777 782 786 791 795 800 604 809 813
LG N
3 4
950 97 772 777 762 78* 791 795 00 804 809 813
951 97 818 823 827 832 836 641 845 850 855 859
952 97 864 868 873 877 882 886 891 896 900 905
953 97 909 914 918 923 928 932 937 941 946 950
954 97 955 959 964 968 973 978 982 987 991 996
955 98 000 005 009 014 019 023 028 032 037 041
956 98 046 050 055 059 064 068 073 078 082 087
957 98 091 096 100 105 109 114 118 123 127 132
958 98 137 141 146 150 155 159 164 168 173 177
959 98 182 186 191 195 200 204 209 214 218 223
960 98 227 232 236 241 245 250 254 259 263 268
961 98 272 277 281 286 290 295 299 304 308 313
962 98 318 322 327 331 336 340 345 349 354 358
963 98 363 367 372 376 381 385 390 394 399 403
964 98 408 412 417 421 426 430 435 439 444 448
965 98 453 457 462 466 471 475 480 484 489 493
966 98 498 502 507 511 516 520 525 529 534 538
967 98 543 547 552 556 561 565 570 574 579 583
968 98 588 592 597 601 605 610 614 619 623 628
969 98 632 637 641 646 650 655 659 664 668 673
970 98 677 682 686 691 693 700 704 709 713 717
971 98 722 726 731 735 740 744 749 753 758 762
972 98 767 771 776 780 784 789 793 798 802 807
973 98 811 816 820 825 829 634 838 843 847 851
974 98 856 86Q 865 869 874 878 883 887 892 896
975 98 900 90* 909 914 918 923 927 932 936 941
976 98 945 949 954 958 963 967 972 976 981 985
977 98 989 994 998 003 007 012 016 021 023 029
978 99 034 038 043 047 052 056 061 065 069 074
979 99 078 083 087 092 096 100 103 109 114 118
980 99 123 127 131 136 140 145 149 154 158 162
981 99 167 171 176 180 185 189 193 198 202 207
982 99 211 216 220 224 229 233 238 242 247 251
983 99 255 260 264 269 273 277 282 286 291 295
984 99 300 304 308 313 317 322 326 330 335 339
985 99 344 348 352 357 361 366 370 374 379 383
986 99 388 392 396 401 405 410 414 419 423 427
987 99 432 436 441 445 449 454 458 463 467 471
988 99 476 480 484 489 493 498 502 506 511 515
989 99 520 524 528 533 537 542 546 550 555 559
990 99 564 568 572 577 581 585 590 594 599 603
991 99 607 612 616 621 625 629 634 638 642 647
992 99 651 656 660 664 669 673 677 682 686 691
993 99 695 699 704 708 712 717 721 726 730 734
994 99 739 743 747 752 756 760 765 769 774 778
993 99 782 787 791 795 800 804 808 813 817 622
996 99 826 830 835 839 843 848 852 856 861 865
997 99 870 874 878 883 887 891 896 900 904 909
998 99 913 917 922 926 930 933 939 944 948 952
999 99 957 961 965 970 974 976 983 987 991 996
000 00 000 004 009 013 017 022 026 030 03S 039
TABLE 3
Trigonometrical functions
x = 0-000 to x = 0-800
Graph for Table 3
Trigonometrical functions
cot
1 J I
,an
1
/cos
t >v sin
V / \
cot
f\
tan/ \
-3
.71 n 3 7i
o f 2
2tj
1
tan x cot x
tan x cot x
0*050 2
e'51' 53.24" 0.04998 0.99875 0.05004 19.9833
cot X
fan x cot x
tan x
tan x cot x
C
.150 8 35 39.72 .14944 0.98877 .15114 6.61659
2IA
tan x cot x
cot X
0*400 22 55 05.92 0.38942 0.92106 0.42279 2. 36522
cof X
tan x cot x
tan x cot x
tan x
cot X
tan x cot x
tan x cot x
tan x cot x
tan x cot x
tan x cot x
tan x cot x
tan x cot x
tan x cot x
tan x cot x
tan x cot x
TABLE 4
Exponential functions
Natural logarithms
Hyperbolic functions
from x = 0000 to x = 1-650
Graph for Table 4
Ordinate A: In x, e x , B: e~x
-i 1
r
-1 Inx
-2 i i
1 1 1 1 1
cos IX
coth X
sirih x
"t anh X
/
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6
cosh x tanh x coth
sinh ;
cosh x tanh x coth x In x
sinh cosh x tanh coth x
sinh cosh :
tanh :
coth
:
33
linh x cosh x tanh x cotb x In x
Trigonometrical functions
Degrees in terms of radians
Range: <j> = 0 to
<f>
= 90
sin <p cos q> ton v cot <p
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0-1 0-2 0-3 0-4 0-5 0-6 0-7 0-8 0-9 1-0 11 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5
0-2 0-4 0-6 0-8 1-0 1-2 1-4 1-6 1-8 2-0 2-2 2-4 2-6 2-8 30
0-3 0-6 0-9 1-2 1-5 1-8 2-1 2-4 2-7 3-0 3-3 3-6 3-9 4-2 4-5
0-4 0-8 1-2 1-6 2-0 2-4 2-8 3-2 3-6 40 4-4 4-8 5-2 5-6 60
0-5 1-0 1-5 20 2-5 3-0 3-5 4-0 4-5 5-0 5-5 6-0 6-5 7-0 7-5
0-6 1-2 1-8 2-4 3-0 3-6 4-2 4-8 5-4 60 6-6 7-2 7-8 8-4 90
0-7 1-4 2*1 2-8 3-5 4-2 4-9 5-6 6-3 7-0 7-7 8-4 91 9-8 10-5
0-8 1-6 2-4 3-2 4-0 4-8 5-6 6-4 7-2 80 8-8 9-6 10-4 tl-2 12-0
0-9 1-8 2-7 3-6 4-5 5-4 6-3 7-2 8-1 90 9-9 10-8 11-7 12-6 13-5
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
1-6 1-7 1-8 1-9 2-0 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 3-0
3; 2 3-4 3-6 3-8 4-0 4-2 4-4 4-6 4-8 5-0 5-2 5-4 5-6 5-8 60
4-8 51 5-4 5-7 60 6-3 6-6 6-9 7-2 7-5 7-8 8-1 8-4 8-7 90
6-4 6-8 7-2 7-6 80 8-4 8-8 9-2 9-6 10-0 10-4 10-8 11-2 11-6 120
8-0 8-5 90 9-5 10-0 10-5 11-0 11-5 12-0 12-5 13-0 13-5 14-0 14-5 15-0
9-6 10-2 10-8 11-4 12-0 12-6 13-2 13-8 14-4 15-0 15-6 16-2 16-8 17-4 18-0
11-2 11-9 12-6 13-3 14-0 14-7 15-4 16-1 16-8 17-5 18-2 18-9 19-6 20-3 21-0
12-8 13-6 14-4 15-2 16-0 16-8 17-6 18-4 19-2 20-0 20-3 21-6 22-4 23-2 24-0
14-4 15-3 16-2 17-1 18-0 18-9 19-8 20-7 21-6 22-5 23-4 24-3 25-2 26-1 270
31 32 33 34 33 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
3-1 3-2
3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 3-9 4-0 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5
6-2 6-4
6-6 6-8 7-0 7-2 7-4 7-6 7-8 8-0 8-2 8-4 8-6 8-8 9-0
9-3 9-6 9-9 10-2 10-5 10-8 11-1 11-4 11-7 12-0 12-3 12-6 12-9 13-2 13-5
12-4 12-8 13-2 13-6 140 14-4 14-8 15-2 15-6 160 16-4 16-8 17-2 17-6 180
15-5 160 16-5 17-0 17-5 18-0 18-5 190 19-5 20-0 20-5 21-0 21-5 22-0 22-5
18-6 19-2 19-8 20-4 21-0 21-6 22-2 22-8 23-4 240 24-6 25-2 25-8 26-4 27-0
21-7 22-4 23-1 23-8 24-5 25-2 25-9 26-6 27-3 28-0 28-7 29-4 30-1 30-8 31-5
24-8 25-6 26-4 27-2 280 28-8 29-6 30-4 31-2 320 32-8 33-6 34-4 35-2 36-0
27-9 28-8 29-7 30-6 31-5 32-4 33-3 34-2 35-1 360 36-9 37-8 38-7 39-6 40-5
46 47 48 49 50 51 32 53 54 S3 56 57 58 59 60
4-6 4-7 4-8 4-9 5-0 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-8 5-9 60
9-2 9-4 9-6 9-8 100 10-2 10-4 10-6 10-8 110 11-2 U-4 11-6 11-8 12-0
13-8 14-1 14-4 14-7 150 15-3 15-6 15-9 16-2 16-5 16-8 17-1 17-4 17-7 18-0
18-4 18-8 19-2 19-6 20-0 20-4 20-8 21-2 21-6 22-0 22-4 22-8 23-2 23-6 24-0
23-0 23-5 24-0 24-5 25-0 25-5 26-0 26-5 27-0 27-5 28-0 28-5 390 29-5 30
27-6 28-2 28-8 29-4 30-0 30-6 31-2 31-8 32-4 33-0 33-6 34-2 34-8 35-4 36-0
32-2 32-9 33-6 34-3 350 35-7 36-4 37-1 37-8 38-5 39-2 39-9 40-6 41-3 42-0
36-8 37-6 38-4 39-2 40-0 40-8 41-6 42-4 43-2 44-0 44-8 45-6 46-4 47-2 480
41-4 42-3 43-2 44-1 45-0 45-9 46-8 47-7 48-6 49-5 50-4 51-3 52-2 53-1 540
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
6-1 6-2 6-3 6-4 6-5 6-6 6-7 6-8 6-9 7-0 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5
12-2 12-4 12-6 12-8 13-0 13-2 13-4 13-6 13-8 14-0 14-2 14-4 14-6 14-8 15-0
18-3 18-6 18-9 19-2 19-5 19-8 20-1 20-4 20-7 21-0 21-3 21-6 21-9 22-2 22-5
24-4 24-8 25-2 25-6 26-0 26-4 26-8 27-2 27-6 28-0 28-4 28-8 29-2 29-6 300
30-5 31-0 31-5 32-0 32-5 33-0 33-5 34-0 34-5 35-0 35-5 360 36-5 37-0 37-5
36-6 37-2 37-8 38-4 39-0 39-6 40-2 40-8 41-4 42-0 42-6 43-2 43-8 44-4 450
42-7 43-4 44-1 44-8 45-5 46-2 46-9 47-6 48-3 49-0 49-7 50-4 51-1 51-8 52-5
48-8 49-6 50-4 51-2 52-0 52-8 53-6 54-4 55-2 56-0 56-8 57-6 58-4 59-2 600
54-9 55-8 56*7 57-6 58-5 59-4 60-3 61-2 62-1 63-0 63-9 64-8 65-7 66-6 67-5
77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88
76
7-6 7-7 7-8 7-9 8-0 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 8-7 88
15-6 15-8 160 16-2 16-4 16-6 16-8 17-0 17-2 17-4 17-6
15-2 15-4
22-8 231 23-4 23:7 240 24-3 24-6 24-9 25-2 25-5 261 26-4
25-8
304 30-8 31-2 31-6 32-0 32-4 32-8 33-2 33-6 340 348 352
34-4
390 39-5 400 40-5 41-0 41-5 42-0 42-5 430 43-5 440
380 38-5
45-6 46-2 46-8 47-4 48-0 48-6 49-2 49-8 50-4 51-0 51-6 52-2 52-8
53-2 53-9 54-6 55-3 56-0 56-7 57-4 581 58-8 59-5 60-2 609 61-6
60-8 61-6 62-4 63-2 640 64-8 65-6 66-4 67-2 680 68-8 69-6 70-4
720 72-9 73-8 74-7 75-6 76-5 77-4 78-3 79-2
684 693 70-2 71-1
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101
8-9 90 91 9-2 9-3 9-4 9-5 9-6 9-7 9-8 9-9 100 101
17-8 180 18-2 18-4 18-6 18-8 190 19-2 19-4 19-6 19-8 200 20-2
26-7 27- 27-3 27-6 27-9 28-2 28-5 28-8 29-1 29-4 29-7 300 30-3
35-6 360 36-4 36-8 37-2 37-6 380 38-4 38-8 39-2 39-6 400 40-4
44-5 450 45-5 46-0 46-5 47-0 47-5 48-0 48-5 490 49-5 500 50-5
53-4 54-0 54-6 55-2 55-8 56-4 57-0 57-6 58-2 58-8 59-4 60-0 60-6
62-3 630 63-7 64-4 651 65-8 66-5 67-2 67-9 68-6 69-3 700 70-7
71-2 720 72-8 73-6 74-4 72-2 76-0 76-8 77-6 78-4 79-2 800 80-8
80-1 81-0 81-9 82-8 83-7 84-6 85-5 86-4 87-3 88-2 89-1 900 90-9
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114
10-2 10-3 10-4 10-5 10-6 10-7 10-8 10-9 110 11-1 11-2 11-3 11-4
20-4 20-6 20-8 21-0 21-2 21-4 21-6 21-8 220 22-2 22-4 22-6 22-8
30-6 30-9 31-2 31-5 31-8 32-1 32-4 32-7 330 33-3 33-6 33-9 34-2
40-8 41-2 41-6 42-0 42-4 42-8 43-2 43-6 44- 44-4 44-8 45-2 45-6
510 51-5 520 52-5 53-0 53-5 540 54-5 550 55-5 56-0 56-5 570
61-2 61-8 62-4 63-0 63-6 64-2 64-8 65-4 66-0 66-6 67-2 67-8 68-4
71-4 72-1 72-8 73-5 74-2 74-9 75-6 76-3 77-0 77-7 78-4 79-1 79-8
81-6 82-4 83-2 840 84-8 85-6 86-4 87-2 88-0 88-8 89-6 90-4 91-2
91-8 92-7 93-6 94-5 95-4 96-3 97-2 98-1 99-0 99-9 100-8 101-7 102-6
115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127
11-5 11-6 11-7 11-8 11-9 120 12-1 12-2 12-3 12-4 12-5 12-6 12-7
230 23-2 23-4 23-6 23-8 24-0 24-2 24-4 24-6 24-8 250 25-2 25-4
34-5 34-8 351 35-4 35-7 36-0 36-3 36-6 36-9 37-2 37-5 37-8 381
46-0 46-4 46-8 47-2 47-6 480 48-4 48-8 49-2 49-6 50-0 50-4 50-8
57-5 580 58-5 590 59-5 60-0 60-5 61-0 61-5 62-0 62-5 63-0 63-5
69-0 69-6 70-2 70-8 71-4 720 72-6 73-2 73-8 74-4 75-0 75-6 76-2
80-5 81-2 81-9 82-6 83-3 84-0 84-7 85-4 86-1 86-8 87-5 88-2 88-9
92-0 92-8 93-6 94-4 95-2 96- 96-8 97-6 98-4 99-2 1000 100-8 101-6
103-5 104-4 105-3 106-2 107 1 108-0 108-9 109-8 110-7 111-6 112-5 113-4 114-3
128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140
12-8 12-9 13-0 131 13-2 13-3 13-4 13-5 13-6 13-7 13-8 13-9 14-0
256 25-8 26-0 26-2 26-4 26-6 26-8 27-0 27-2 27-4 27-6 27-8 28-0
38-4 38-7 39-0 39-3 39-6 39-9 40-2 40-5 40-8 411 41-4 41-7 420
51-2 51-6 52-0 52-4 52-8 53-2 53-6 54-0 54-4 54-8 55-2 55-6 560
64-0 64-5 65-0 65-5 660 66-5 67-0 67-5 680 68-5 69-0 69-5 700
76-8 77-4 78-0 78-6 79-2 79-8 80-4 81-0 81-6 82-2 82-8 83-4 84-0
89-6 90-3 91-0 91-7 92-4 93-1 93-8 94-5 95-2 95-9 96-6 97-3 980
102-4 103-2 104-0 104-8 105-6 106-4 107-2 108-0 108-8 109-6 110-4 111-2 112-0
115-2 116-1 1170 117-9 118-8 119-7 120-6 121-5 122-4 123-3 124-2 1251 1260
EXPLANATIONS OF USE OF TABLES
A. Method of linear interpolation
If, for the sake of greater accuracy in calculation, intermediary
values must be found lying between the tabulated values,
linear interpolation is usually used. The interval between two
values given is divided into equal parts (usually 10), intermediary
values of the function tabulated being obtained corresponding to
the points of division (see Fig.).
Curve Y- vz
!'
J^Ss^i
^
1
o
> **
1.
t
CO cp
TO
" a a >
c\ 013
u, 10
706
EXPLANATIONS OF USE OF TABLES
Example:
Given x =3-284, to find Vx =
V3-284. The root cannot be
taken directly from Table I. If we had a Table in which the x- values
were given at intervals of 0-001 instead of 0-01, we could extract
the following values from it:
x Vx
3-2801 1-8111
= 4 d = 11
3-284 1-8122]
10 Y D= 27.
3-290 1-8138
These values yield d and hence the required value V3-284. For
the sake of simplicity we use only digits in the last two decimal
places (in the example, 4, 10, 11, 27). Since n: 10 = d: D, we have
D
n.
10
707
EXPLANATIONS OF USE OF TABLES
27 108
</=ttX4
10 "
= -rr- = 10-8, or 11 after rounding-off.
10
1-8122.
This value coincides with the value which would have been
obtained from a more refined tabulation.
An inverse procedure is necessary if we have to start out from
the table-values, i.e. if we have to determine an argument corre-
sponding to a given function-value.
Thus in our example, suppose the root-value, namely 1-8122,
is given and the radicand (3-284) is to be found. In this case the
equation : 10 =
d: D must be solved for n:
n =
zyio
In the example
11 110
n ~~
27/10
~ 27
4;
3 280
+ 4
3-284.
708
EXPLANATIONS OF USE OF TABLES
sight.
e.g. x =
1-2207 (found in the Vx-column) gives x2 1-49 =
(found in the x-column) x ; =
2-0793 (found in the column
^x-column) gives x3 = 8-99 (found in the x-column).
x= 1-96-^j = 2-744.
The column for VlOx extends the range [1-00-10-00] to
[10-00-100-0];
But the roots can also be obtained by passing from the x2- and
.^-columns to the x-column.
x =
42-144 (found in the ^-column) - tyx = 3-48
(found in the jc-column).
Examples:
1. If a value n is given which is 10 times as large as the available
710
;; ;
- column by 10;
3
: x = 3-43 - x3 = 40-354 -> 3 = 0-040,354;
Table 2, p. 621
The logarithms in this table are taken with respect to base 10,
i.e. are Briggsian or common logarithms. The logarithms of a
number occurs in two parts, the characteristic and the mantissa;
etc.
0-315 = 3-15 .
10-1 -1 0-49831 - 1
Table 3, p. 641
This table has as argument the angle x measured in radians
(arc-length of the unit circle). Corresponding values in degrees
are given in the second column, sin x, cos x, tan x, cot x are the
abbreviations for sine, cosine, tangent and cotangent, the
trigonometric functions.
Table 4, p. 660
In the In x column we have the natural logarithms of numbers
appearing under x. Natural logarithms are based on the number
e = 2-71828. and are abbreviated as In.
. .
log e = 0-43429
In x = ~! In * = 2-3026 X log
jc.
log e
Table 5, p. 694
This table has as argument the angle <j> measured in degrees.
Corresponding arc-lengths of the unit circle (^ in radians) are
given in the x-column and values of the four principal trigono-
metric functions in the remaining columns.
Since sin (90 <f>)
=
cos <f>, tan (90 <f>)
=
cot <f> and con-
versely cos (90 4>) =
sin <f>, cot (90 <f>)
=
tan <f>, <f> runs on
the left side of the table (reading from top to bottom) from 0 to
45 and on the right side of the table (reading from bottom to
top) from 45 to 90. Similarly with x. For angles between 0
and 45 the designations at the head of the table are the relevant
ones, for angles between 45 and 90 those in the lower border.
714
EXPLANATIONS OF USE OF TABLES
angle, reading off the residual angle from the table, and adding;
e.g. <f>
= =3*
288 90 + 18,
A Tr .
'"
~'OM PI"
::
""i?A^'^
715
GEORGE ALLEN & UNWIN LTD
London: 40 Museum Street, W.C.I
Auckland: 24 Wyndham Street
Bombay: 15 Graham Road, Ballard Estate, Bombay 1
ATMSMATICS
george allen
and unwin
&m